all | frequencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
manuals | photos | labels |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 |
|
User Manual 1 of 2 | Users Manual | 3.56 MiB | August 16 2016 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
User Manual 2 of 2 | Users Manual | 3.12 MiB | August 16 2016 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
User manual | Users Manual | 662.44 KiB | May 21 2013 / November 17 2013 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Internal Photos | Internal Photos | 1.06 MiB | August 16 2016 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
External Photos | External Photos | 546.47 KiB | August 16 2016 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
ID Label and Location | ID Label/Location Info | 137.37 KiB | August 16 2016 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Label | ID Label/Location Info | 55.04 KiB | May 21 2013 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
15.407(c) | Attestation Statements | 85.82 KiB | August 16 2016 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Agent Authorization | Cover Letter(s) | 96.09 KiB | August 16 2016 | |||
1 2 3 | Block Diagram | Block Diagram | August 16 2016 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
Confidentiality Request | Cover Letter(s) | 164.17 KiB | August 16 2016 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Cover Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 63.10 KiB | August 16 2016 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
DTS Test Report | Test Report | 1.86 MiB | August 16 2016 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Hardware and Antenna | Attestation Statements | 106.88 KiB | August 16 2016 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
MPE | RF Exposure Info | 445.18 KiB | August 16 2016 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Manufacturer | Attestation Statements | 96.33 KiB | August 16 2016 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
NII Test Report | Test Report | 712.37 KiB | August 16 2016 | |||
1 2 3 | Operational Description | Operational Description | August 16 2016 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
RI7LN930 MPE | RF Exposure Info | 756.42 KiB | August 16 2016 | |||
1 2 3 | Schematics | Schematics | August 16 2016 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
Software Security | Cover Letter(s) | 531.04 KiB | August 16 2016 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Test Setup Photos | Test Setup Photos | 369.99 KiB | August 16 2016 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Third-party Confidentiality Request | Cover Letter(s) | 307.69 KiB | August 16 2016 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Agents letter | Cover Letter(s) | 20.39 KiB | May 21 2013 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Attestation letter | Cover Letter(s) | 19.47 KiB | May 21 2013 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Confidentiality letter - permanent | Cover Letter(s) | 20.70 KiB | May 21 2013 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Confidentiality letter - short term | Cover Letter(s) | 19.04 KiB | May 21 2013 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Test report | Test Report | 558.88 KiB | May 21 2013 | |||
1 2 3 | Antenna spec. | Operational Description | May 21 2013 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 | Block diagam | Block Diagram | May 21 2013 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 | Parts list | Parts List/Tune Up Info | May 21 2013 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
RF exposure info. | RF Exposure Info | 114.47 KiB | May 21 2013 |
1 2 3 | User Manual 1 of 2 | Users Manual | 3.56 MiB | August 16 2016 |
Operating Manual VIP4G / VIP4Gb LTE Ethernet Bridge/Serial Gateway Document: VIP4Gb Operating Manual.v1.6.1.pdf FW Version: 1.1.6-r1190-4 August 2016 150 Country Hills Landing NW Calgary, Alberta Canada T3K 5P3 Phone: (403) 248-0028 Fax: (403) 248-2762 www.microhardcorp.com Important User Information Warranty Microhard Systems Inc. warrants that each product will be free of defects in material and workmanship for a period of one (1) year for its products. The warranty commences on the date the product is shipped by Micro-
hard Systems Inc. Microhard Systems Inc.s sole liability and responsibility under this warranty is to repair or replace any product which is returned to it by the Buyer and which Microhard Systems Inc. determines does not conform to the warranty. Product returned to Microhard Systems Inc. for warranty service will be shipped to Microhard Systems Inc. at Buyers expense and will be returned to Buyer at Microhard Systems Inc.s ex-
pense. In no event shall Microhard Systems Inc. be responsible under this warranty for any defect which is caused by negligence, misuse or mistreatment of a product or for any unit which has been altered or modified in any way. The warranty of replacement shall terminate with the warranty of the product. Warranty Disclaims Microhard Systems Inc. makes no warranties of any nature of kind, expressed or implied, with respect to the hardware, software, and/or products and hereby disclaims any and all such warranties, including but not lim-
ited to warranty of non-infringement, implied warranties of merchantability for a particular purpose, any inter-
ruption or loss of the hardware, software, and/or product, any delay in providing the hardware, software, and/
or product or correcting any defect in the hardware, software, and/or product, or any other warranty. The Pur-
chaser represents and warrants that Microhard Systems Inc. has not made any such warranties to the Pur-
chaser or its agents MICROHARD SYSTEMS INC. EXPRESS WARRANTY TO BUYER CONSTITUTES MICROHARD SYSTEMS INC. SOLE LIABILITY AND THE BUYERS SOLE REMEDIES. EXCEPT AS THUS PROVIDED, MICROHARD SYSTEMS INC. DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MER-
CHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PROMISE. MICROHARD SYSTEMS INC. PRODUCTS ARE NOT DESIGNED OR INTENDED TO BE USED IN ANY LIFE SUPPORT RELATED DEVICE OR SYSTEM RELATED FUNCTIONS NOR AS PART OF ANY OTHER CRITICAL SYSTEM AND ARE GRANTED NO FUNCTIONAL WARRANTY. Indemnification The Purchaser shall indemnify Microhard Systems Inc. and its respective directors, officers, employees, suc-
cessors and assigns including any subsidiaries, related corporations, or affiliates, shall be released and dis-
charged from any and all manner of action, causes of action, liability, losses, damages, suits, dues, sums of money, expenses (including legal fees), general damages, special damages, including without limitation, claims for personal injuries, death or property damage related to the products sold hereunder, costs and de-
mands of every and any kind and nature whatsoever at law. IN NO EVENT WILL MICROHARD SYSTEMS INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, CATASTROPHIC, PUNITIVE OR OTHER DAMAGES WHICH MAY BE CLAIMED TO ARISE IN CONNECTION WITH THE HARDWARE, REGARDLESS OF THE LEGAL THEORY BEHIND SUCH CLAIMS, WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR REGULATORY LAWS, RULES, REGULATIONS, EXECUTIVE OR ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS OR DECLARATIONS OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF MICROHARD SYSTEMS INC. HAS BEEN ADVISED OR OTHERWISE HAS KNOWLEDGE OF THE POSSIBIL-
ITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND TAKES NO ACTION TO PREVENT OR MINIMIZE SUCH DAMAGES. IN THE EVENT THAT REGARDLESS OF THE WARRANTY DISCLAIMERS AND HOLD HARMLESS PROVISIONS INCLUDED ABOVE MICROHARD SYSTEMS INC. IS SOMEHOW HELD LIABLE OR RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE OR INJURY, MI-
CROHARD SYSTEMS INC.'S LIABILITY FOR ANYDAMAGES SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PROFIT REALIZED BY MI-
CROHARD SYSTEMS INC. ON THE SALE OR PROVISION OF THE HARDWARE TO THE CUSTOMER. Proprietary Rights The Buyer hereby acknowledges that Microhard Systems Inc. has a proprietary interest and intellectual prop-
erty rights in the Hardware, Software and/or Products. The Purchaser shall not (i) remove any copyright, trade secret, trademark or other evidence of Microhard Systems Inc.s ownership or proprietary interest or confiden-
tiality other proprietary notices contained on, or in, the Hardware, Software or Products, (ii) reproduce or mod-
ify any Hardware, Software or Products or make any copies thereof, (iii) reverse assemble, reverse engineer or decompile any Software or copy thereof in whole or in part, (iv) sell, transfer or otherwise make available to others the Hardware, Software, or Products or documentation thereof or any copy thereof, except in accor-
dance with this Agreement. Microhard Systems Inc. 2 Important User Information (continued) About This Manual It is assumed that users of the products described herein have either system integration or design experience, as well as an understanding of the fundamentals of radio communications. Throughout this manual you will encounter not only illustrations (that further elaborate on the accompanying text), but also several symbols which you should be attentive to:
Point to Remember Highlights a key feature, point, or step which is noteworthy. Keeping these in mind will simplify or enhance device usage. Caution or Warning Usually advises against some action which could result in undesired or detrimental consequences. Tip An idea or suggestion to improve efficiency or enhance usefulness. Information Information regarding a particular technology or concept. Microhard Systems Inc. 3 Important User Information (continued) Regulatory Requirements To satisfy FCC RF exposure requirements for mobile transmitting devices, a separation distance of 23cm or more should be main tained between the antenna of this device and persons during device operation. To ensure compliance, operations at closer than this distance is not recommended. The antenna being used for this transmitter must not be co-located in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. WARNING Pour satisfaire aux exigences de la FCC d'exposition RF pour les appareils mobiles de transmission, une distance de sparation de 23cm ou plus doit tre maintenue entre l'antenne de cet appareil et les personnes au cours de fonctionnement du dispositif. Pour assurer le respect, les oprations de plus prs que cette distance n'est pas recommande. L'antenne utilise pour ce transmetteur ne doi t pas tre co-localiss en conjonction avec toute autre antenne ou transmetteur. MAXIMUM EIRP FCC Regulations allow up to 36dBm Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP). Therefore, the sum of the transmitted power (in dBm), the cabling loss and the antenna gain cannot exceed 36dBm. WARNING Rglementation de la FCC permettra 36dBm Puissance isotrope rayonne quivalente (EIRP). Par consquent, la somme de la puissance transmise (en dBm), la perte de cblage et le gain d'antenne ne peut pas dpasser 36dBm. WARNING WARNING EQUIPMENT LABELING / TIQUETAGE DE L'QUIPEMENT This device has been modularly approved. The manufacturer, product name, and FCC and Industry Canada identifiers of this product must appear on the outside label of the end-user equipment. Ce dispositif a t approuv de faon modulaire. Le fabricant, le nom du produit, et la FCC et de l'Industrie du Canada identifiants de ce produit doit figurer sur l'tiquette l'extrieur de l'quipement de l'utilisateur final. TRANSITION UPDATE TO FCC NEW UNII RULES / TRANSITION MISE JOUR DES REGLES FCC NOUVEAU UNII The device listed below have been originally approved under FCC rule part 15.247. Based on the implementation of the rule cha nges from docket 13-49 this device can no longer be manufactured, sold, imported or placed into operation after June 2, 2016. After this date this device must comply with the new rule changes provided in docket 13-49. Le dispositif numrs ci-dessous ont t initialement approuv en vertu de la rgle FCC part 15.247. Sur la base de la mise en uvre des changements de rgles de dossier 13-49 ce dispositif ne peut plus tre fabriqu, vendu, importe ou mise en service aprs le 2 Juin 2016. Aprs cette date, cet appareil doit se conformer aux nouvelles modif ications aux rgles prvues dans le dossier 13 -49. The Memorandum of Opinion and Order issued on March 6 allows for this device to be updated from 15.247 to compliance with new rules 15.407(b)(4)(ii) so long as there are no hardware changes or changes to output power. Device approved under 15.407(b)(4)(ii) may be sold until March 2, 2020. Le protocole d'Avis et ordonnance rendue le 6 Mars permet cet appareil tre mis jour partir de 15.247 au respect des nouvelles rgles 15.407 (b) (4) (ii) tant qu'il n'y a pas de changement de matriel ou des modifications la puissance de so rtie. Dispositif approuv en vertu de 15.407 (b) (4) (ii) peut tre vendu jusqu'au 2 Mars, 2020. The following device approved under 15.407(b)(4)(ii) may be marketed, sold and imported until March 2, 2020. After this date this device must comply with the emission limits of 15.407. Le dispositif suivant approuv en vertu de 15.407 (b) (4) (ii) peuvent tre commer cialiss, vendus et imports jusqu'au 2 Mars 2020. Aprs cette date, ce dispositif doit tre conforme aux limites d'mission de 15,407. VIP4Gb FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 SAMPLE LABEL REQUIREMENT / EXIGENCE D'TIQUETTE :
VIP4G VIP4Gb FCCID: PKRNVWE371 / NS9VIP4GABGN20 IC: 3229A-E371 / 3143A-VIP4GABGN20 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. FCCID: R17LN930 / NS9VIP4GABGN20 IC: 5131A-LN930 / 3143A-VIP4GABGN20 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. Please Note: These are only sample labels; different products contain different identifiers. The actual identifiers should be seen on your devices if applicable. S'il vous plat noter: Ce sont des exemples d'tiquettes seulement; diffrents produits contiennent des identifiants diffrents. Les identifiants rels devrait tre vu sur vos priphriques le cas chant. Microhard Systems Inc. 4 CSA Class 1 Division 2 Option CSA Class 1 Division 2 is Available Only on Specifically Marked Units If marked this for Class 1 Division 2 then this product is available for use in Class 1, Division 2, in the indicated Groups on the product. In such a case the following must be met:
The transceiver is not acceptable as a stand-alone unit for use in hazardous locations. The transceiver must be mounted within a separate enclosure, which is suitable for the intended application. Mounting the units within an approved enclosure that is certified for hazardous locations, or is installed within guidelines in accordance with CSA rules and local electrical and fire code, will ensure a safe and compliant installation. Do not connect or disconnect equipment unless power has been switched off or the area is known to be non-hazardous. Installation, operation and maintenance of the transceiver should be in accordance with the transceivers installation manual, and the National Electrical Code. Tampering or replacement with non-factory components may adversely affect the safe use of the transceiver in hazardous locations, and may void the approval. The wall adapters supplied with your transceivers are NOT Class 1 Division 2 approved, and therefore, power must be supplied to the units using the screw-type or locking type connectors supplied from Microhard Systems Inc. and a Class 1 Division 2 power source within your panel. If you are unsure as to the specific wiring and installation guidelines for Class 1 Division 2 codes, contact CSA International. Microhard Systems Inc. 5 Revision History Revision Description 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.31 1.32 1.33 1.34 1.4 1.5 1.6 Initial Release Updated Screen shots, Firewall settings, added VPN settings Updated Network (LAN/WAN), Added SMS, SMS over Serial, GPS over serial, I/O Rules, Acceler-
ometer, GPS, Updated Firewall, Added MultiWAN, Event Reporting, Modbus, NMS Settings, Up-
dated Screen shots, Updated reference numbers for drawings and images, misc formatting. Added IP-Passthrough, Port Forwarding Examples. Based on firmware v1.1.6-r1114. Initials Date PEH PEH PEH June 2012 August 2012 Dec 2012 Updated to reflect changes made in firmware version v.1.1.6-r1130. Updated Network (LAN/
WAN), Added SMS Alerts, Wireless Virtual Interfaces, AP Isolation, Updated GPS Report, Added GPSGate, Recorder and Load Record, Updated Gateway-Gateway VPN, Added AT Commands
(Serial & Telnet), Supported AT Commands. Misc formatting & various corrections. Updated screenshots. PEH Mar 2013 Added GPS Receiver specs Corrected LTE Frequency Band Specs Added PoE information Added IP67 Enclosure Dimensional Info Updated to reflect changes made up to firmware version v.1.1.6-r1172. Added Data Usage Alerts, GPS TAIP, WebSocket, Updated Firewall, Updated Network, Updated WAN, Updated MultiWan, Added Firewall Examples, Updated VPN etc. Updated to firmware version v.1.1.6-r1184-14. Updated to firmware version v1.1.6-r1190-4. Added Router menu. Updated AT Commands, Up-
dated AT commands, Removed Mesh, Updated System, Updated Network, Updated Carrier, Up-
dated Wireless, Updated Tools, Updated Screenshots. Misc Corrections & Formatting. PEH PEH PEH PEH PEH PEH PEH Mar 2013 Apr 2013 Apr 2013 Apr 2013 Apr 2014 June 2015 Dec 2015 1.6.1 Added Transition Update to FCC New UNII Rules PEH Aug 2016 Microhard Systems Inc. 6 Table of Contents 1.0 Overview ......................................................................................................... 10 1.1 Performance Features ............................................................................................................... 10 1.2 Specifications ............................................................................................................................ 11 2.0 QUICK START ................................................................................................. 13 2.1 Installing the SIM Card ............................................................................................................... 13 2.2 Getting Started with Cellular ....................................................................................................... 13 2.3 Getting Started with WiFi............................................................................................................ 17 2.3.1 Setting up WiFi ................................................................................................................ 17 2.3.1 Connecting to WiFi .......................................................................................................... 18 3.0 Hardware Features ......................................................................................... 20 3.1 VIP4G ....................................................................................................................................... 20 3.1.1 VIP4G Mechanical Drawings ............................................................................................ 21 3.1.2 VIP4G Connections ......................................................................................................... 22 3.1.2.1 Front ................................................................................................................... 22 3.1.2.2 Rear .................................................................................................................... 23 3.1.3 VIP4G Indicators ............................................................................................................. 25 4.0 Configuration.................................................................................................. 26 4.0 Web User Interface ...................................................................................................... 26 4.0.1 Logon Window................................................................................................................. 27 4.1 System ......................................................................................................................... 28 4.1.1 Summary......................................................................................................................... 28 4.1.2 Settings ........................................................................................................................... 29 Host Name ...................................................................................................................... 29 Syslog ............................................................................................................................. 30 Date/Time ....................................................................................................................... 31 HTTP Port Settings .......................................................................................................... 32 HTTPS Port Settings ....................................................................................................... 32 4.1.3 Access Control ................................................................................................................ 33 Password Change ........................................................................................................... 33 Users .............................................................................................................................. 34 4.1.4 Services .......................................................................................................................... 35 RSSI LEDs ..................................................................................................................... 35 SSH ................................................................................................................................ 35 Telnet .............................................................................................................................. 36 4.1.5 Power Saving .................................................................................................................. 37 4.1.6 Maintenance.................................................................................................................... 38 Version Information.......................................................................................................... 38 Firmware Upgrade ........................................................................................................... 38 Reset to Default ............................................................................................................... 39 Backup & Restore Configurations ..................................................................................... 39 4.1.7 Reboot ............................................................................................................................ 40 4.1.8 Logout ............................................................................................................................. 40 4.2 Network ....................................................................................................................... 41 4.2.1 Status ............................................................................................................................. 41 4.2.2 LAN ................................................................................................................................ 42 4.2.3 WAN ............................................................................................................................... 47 4.2.4 WIFI ................................................................................................................................ 49 4.2.5 Switch ............................................................................................................................. 50 4.2.6 Routes ............................................................................................................................ 52 4.2.7 GRE ................................................................................................................................ 54 4.2.8 PIM-SM ........................................................................................................................... 57 4.2.9 SNMP ............................................................................................................................. 61 4.2.10 sdpServer........................................................................................................................ 64 4.2.11 Local Monitor ................................................................................................................... 65 Microhard Systems Inc. 7 Table of Contents 4.3 Carrier .......................................................................................................................... 66 4.3.1 Status ............................................................................................................................. 66 4.3.2 Settings ........................................................................................................................... 67 IP-Passthrough ................................................................................................................ 68 APN (Access Point Name) ............................................................................................... 69 4.3.3 Keepalive ........................................................................................................................ 71 4.3.4 Traffic Watchdog ............................................................................................................. 72 4.3.5 Dynamic DNS .................................................................................................................. 73 4.3.6 SMS Config ..................................................................................................................... 74 System SMS Commands ................................................................................................. 74 System SMS Alerts .......................................................................................................... 75 4.3.7 SMS ................................................................................................................................ 77 4.3.8 Data Usage Alerts ........................................................................................................... 78 4.4 Wireless ....................................................................................................................... 81 4.4.1 Status ............................................................................................................................. 81 4.4.2 Radio1 ............................................................................................................................ 82 Radio Phy Configuration .................................................................................................. 82 802.11 Mode ................................................................................................................... 82 Channel Frequency ......................................................................................................... 83 Radio Virtual Interface ..................................................................................................... 84 Operating Mode ............................................................................................................... 85 TX Rate........................................................................................................................... 85 TX Power ........................................................................................................................ 86 AP Isolation ..................................................................................................................... 86 SSID ............................................................................................................................... 86 Encryption Type .............................................................................................................. 87 MAC Filter ....................................................................................................................... 87 4.4.3 Hotspot ........................................................................................................................... 88 4.4.4 Netmotion........................................................................................................................ 92 4.4.5 Roam .............................................................................................................................. 93 4.5 Comport ....................................................................................................................... 94 4.5.1 Status ............................................................................................................................. 94 4.5.2 Settings ........................................................................................................................... 95 Data Baud Rate ............................................................................................................... 96 IP Protocol Config ............................................................................................................ 99 TCP Client.................................................................................................................. 99 TCP Server ................................................................................................................ 99 TCP Client/Server....................................................................................................... 100 UDP Point-to-Point ..................................................................................................... 100 SMTP Client ............................................................................................................... 100 SMS Transparent Mode .............................................................................................. 101 GPS Transparent Mode .............................................................................................. 102 4.6 I/O ................................................................................................................................ 103 4.6.1 Status ............................................................................................................................. 103 4.6.2 Output ............................................................................................................................. 104 4.6.3 I/O Rules ......................................................................................................................... 104 4.6.4 Accelerometer ................................................................................................................. 106 4.7 GPS .............................................................................................................................. 108 4.7.1 Location .......................................................................................................................... 108 4.7.2 Settings ........................................................................................................................... 109 4.7.3 GPS Report ..................................................................................................................... 110 4.7.4 GpsGate ......................................................................................................................... 112 4.7.5 Recorder ......................................................................................................................... 115 4.7.6 Load Record.................................................................................................................... 117 4.7.7 TAIP................................................................................................................................ 119 Microhard Systems Inc. 8 Table of Contents 4.8 Firewall ....................................................................................................................... 121 4.8.1 Status ............................................................................................................................. 121 4.8.2 General ........................................................................................................................... 122 4.8.3 Rules .............................................................................................................................. 124 4.8.4 Port Forwarding ............................................................................................................... 126 DMZ ................................................................................................................................ 126 4.8.5 MAC-IP List ..................................................................................................................... 128 MAC List Configuration .................................................................................................... 128 IP List Configuration ........................................................................................................ 129 4.8.6 Reset Firewall to Defaults ................................................................................................ 130 4.9 Router .......................................................................................................................... 131 4.9.1 RIPV2 ............................................................................................................................. 131 4.9.2 OSPF .............................................................................................................................. 132 4.10 VPN ............................................................................................................................ 132 4.10.1 Summary......................................................................................................................... 132 4.10.2 Gateway to Gateway ....................................................................................................... 134 4.10.3 Client to Gateway (L2TP Client) ....................................................................................... 139 4.10.4 VPN Client Access .......................................................................................................... 141 4.10.5 Certificate Management ................................................................................................... 142 4.11 MultiWAN ..................................................................................................................... 143 4.11.1 Status ............................................................................................................................. 143 4.11.2 Settings ........................................................................................................................... 144 4.12 Tools ............................................................................................................................ 146 4.12.1 Discovery ...................................................................................................................... 146 4.12.2 Netflow Reports ............................................................................................................. 147 4.12.3 NMS Settings................................................................................................................. 149 4.12.4 Event Report ................................................................................................................. 153 4.12.4.1 Configuration ................................................................................................... 153 4.12.4.2 Message Structure ........................................................................................... 154 4.12.4.3 Message Payload ............................................................................................. 155 4.12.5 Modbus ......................................................................................................................... 156 4.12.5.1 TCP Modbus .................................................................................................... 156 4.12.5.2 COM (Serial) Modbus ....................................................................................... 158 4.12.5.3 Modbus Data Map ............................................................................................ 159 4.12.6 Websocket..................................................................................................................... 160 4.12.7 Site Survey .................................................................................................................... 162 4.12.8 Ping............................................................................................................................... 163 4.12.9 TraceRoute.................................................................................................................... 164 4.12.10 Traffic ........................................................................................................................... 165 5.0 AT Command Line Interface .......................................................................... 166 5.1 AT Command Overview .............................................................................................. 166 5.1.1 Serial Port ..................................................................................................................... 166 5.1.2 Telnet (TCP/IP) .............................................................................................................. 167 5.2 AT Command Syntax .................................................................................................. 168 5.3 Supported AT Commands .......................................................................................... 169 Appendices .......................................................................................................... 191 Appendix A: Serial Interface................................................................................................................ 191 Appendix B: IP-Passthrough Example ................................................................................................. 192 Appendix C: Port Forwarding Example ................................................................................................ 194 Appendix D: Firewall Example ............................................................................................................ 196 Appendix E: VPN Example ................................................................................................................ 198 Appendix F: GRE Example ................................................................................................................. 200 Appendix G: Firmware Recovery Procedure ........................................................................................ 203 Appendix H: Troubleshooting (FAQ) .................................................................................................... 204 Microhard Systems Inc. 9 1.0 Overview Hart) migration extension WiFi Hotspot wireless communications Legacy network/device Facilitating internetwork SCADA (PLCs, Modbus, High-speed backbone IP video surveillance Voice over IP (VoIP) Ethernet wireless The VIP4G is a high-performance 4G LTE Cellular Ethernet & Serial Gateway with 802.11 a/
b/g/n WiFi capability, 4 Gigabit Ethernet Ports, 4x Digital I/O, and a fully complimented RS232/485/422 serial port. The VIP4G utilizes the cellular infrastructure to provide network access to wired and wireless devices anywhere cellular coverage is supported by a cellular carrier. The VIP4G supports up to 100Mbps when connected to a LTE enabled carrier, or global fallback to 3G/Edge networks for areas without 4G LTE. Providing reliable wireless Ethernet bridge functionality as well gateway service for most equipment types which employ an RS232, RS422, or RS485 interface, the VIP4G can be used in a limitless number and types of applications such as:
1.1 Performance Features Key performance features of the VIP4G include:
Fast 4G LTE Link to Wireless Carrier Up to 100Mbps Downlink / 50 Mbps Uplink Fast Data Rates to 802.11a/b/g/n WiFi Devices Digital I/O - 4 Inputs, 4 Outputs DMZ and Port Forwarding 4 - 10/100/1000 Ethernet Ports (WAN/LAN) User interface via local console, telnet, web browser Local & remote wireless firmware upgradable User configurable Firewall with IP/MAC ACL communicates with virtually all PLCs, RTUs, and serial devices through either RS232, RS422, or RS485 interface Integrated GPS (TCP Server/UDP Reporting) IP/Sec secure VPN and GRE Tunneling Microhard Systems Inc. 10 1.0 Overview VIP4G VIP4Gb 1.8 / 3.0 V Cellular:
Data Features:
4G LTE Up to 100 Mbps downlink Up to 50 Mbps uplink Supported Bands:
SIM Card:
WiFi: (Order Options) 4G LTE B4/B17 (1700/2100/700 MHz) Global Fallback to:
HSPA+/UMTS 850/AWS/1900/2100 MHz GPRS 850/900/1800/1900 MHz LTE FDD (Bands 1-5,7,8,13,17,18,19,20) UMTS | DC-HSPA+ (Bands 1,2,4,5,8) GSM | GPRS | EDGE (Bands 2,3,5,8) 3GPP Protocol Stack Release 9 LTE: DL 100 Mbps, UL 50 Mbps HSPA+: DL 21 Mbps, UL 5.7 Mbps WCDMA: DL/UL 384 kbps EDGE Class 33: DL/UL 236.8 kbps GPRS Class 33: DL/UL 85.6kbps 1.2 Specifications For detailed specifications, please see the specification sheets available on the Microhard web-
site @ http:///www.microhardcorp.com for your specific model. Electrical/General TCP, UDP, TCP/IP, TFTP, ARP, ICMP, DHCP, HTTP, HTTPS*, SSH*, SNMP, FTP, DNS, Serial over IP WEP, WPA(PSK), WPA2(PSK), WPA+WPA2 (PSK)
(Subject to Export Restrictions) Frequency:
Spread Method:
802.11 b/g (up to 30dBm) or 802.11 a/b/g/n (up to 20 dBm) Network Protocols:
10/100/1000 BaseT, Auto - MDI/X, IEEE 802.3 Data Rates:
TX Power:
Data Encryption:
Access Point, Client/Station, Repeater 802.3af Passive PoE on Ethernet Port OFDM/QPSK/16QAM/64QAM Adjustable (See above) Power over Ethernet:
Operating Modes:
300bps to 921kbps Serial Baud Rate:
2.4 GHz / 5.8 GHz Input Voltage:
General:
7 - 30 VDC Ethernet:
Microhard Systems Inc. 11 1.0 Overview 2.5 m CEP 2.0 m CEP 27 seconds 4 seconds 1 second
-159 dBm
-147 dBm
-156 dBm Local Serial Console, Telnet, WebUI, SNMP, FTP &
Wireless Upgrade Status LEDs, RSSI, Ec/No, Temperature, Remote Diagnostics, Watchdog, UDP Reporting 4 Inputs / 4 Outputs Digital I/O:
Management:
Diagnostics:
Position:
SBAS:
Cold Starts:
Aided Starts:
Hot Starts:
Tracking:
Cold Starts:
Hot Starts:
Navigation Update Rate: Up to 5 Hz Accuracy:
Acquisition:
Sensitivity:
1.2 Specifications (Continued) GPS:
Environmental Mechanical Weight:
IP67 Enclosure (Optional):
Weight:
RS485:
Ethernet :
Dimensions:
Connectors:
Dimensions:
Operation Temperature: -40oF(-40oC) to 185oF(85oC) Humidity:
5% to 95% non-condensing 5.65 (145mm) X 3.72 (95mm) X 1.20 (30mm) Approx. 405 grams Cellular: 2x SMA Female (Main, DIV) GPS: 1x SMA Female (Supports Active & Passive Antennas with LNA) RS232 Data: DE-9 Female Antenna: Wi-Fi: 2x RP-SMA Female Data:
PWR, Misc: Power: SMT: 4-Pin Micro MATE-N-LOK AMP 3-794618-4 Misc:
Digital I/O: SMT: 10-Pin Micro MATE-N-LOK AMP 4-794618-0 SMT: 6-Pin Micro MATE-N-LOK AMP 3-794618-6 Mating Connector: 6-Pin Micro MATE-N-LOK AMP 794617-6 4x RJ-45 Mating Connector: 4-Pin Micro MATE-N-LOK AMP 794617-4 Mating Connector: 10-Pin Micro MATE-N-LOK AMP 1-794617-0 Approx: 8.4(213mm) X 7.2(182mm) X 1.75 (44mm) Approx: 1.25 kg Microhard Systems Inc. 12 2.0 Quick Start This QUICK START guide will walk you through the setup and process required to access the WebUI configuration window and to establish a basic wireless connection to your carrier. Note that the units arrive from the factory with the Local Network setting configured as Static
(IP Address 192.168.168.1, Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0, and Gateway 192.168.168.1), in DHCP server mode. (This is for the LAN Ethernet Adapter on the back of the VIP4G unit. 2.1 Installing the SIM Card Before the VIP4G can be used on a cellular network a valid SIM Card for your Wireless Carrier must be installed. Insert the SIM Card into the slot as shown below. To reset to factory defaults, press and hold the CFG button for 8 seconds with the VIP4G powered up. The LEDs will flash quickly and the IP4G will reboot with factory defaults. SIM Card Slot 2.2 Getting Started with Cellular Connect the Antennas to the applicable ANTENNA jacks of the VIP4G. Connect the power connector to the power adapter and apply power to the unit, once the WiFi Antennas Antennas Cellular blue CPU LED is on solid, proceed to the next step. Use the MHS-supplied power adapter or an equivalent power source. 9-30VDC Microhard Systems Inc. 13 2.0 Quick Start Connect A PC configured for DHCP directly to one of the LAN ETHERNET ports of the VIP4G, using an Ethernet Cable. If the PC is configured for DHCP it will acquire a IP Ad-
dress from the VIP4G. Open a Browser Window and enter the IP address 192.168.168.1 into the address bar. The VIP4G will then ask for a Username and Password. Enter the factory defaults listed 192.168.168.1 below. The Factory default login:
User name: admin Password: admin The factory default network settings:
IP: 192.168.168.1 Subnet: 255.255.255.0 Gateway: 192.168.168.1 The factory default login:
User name: admin Subnet: admin It is always a good idea to change the default admin login for future security. Microhard Systems Inc. 14 2.0 Quick Start Once successfully logged in, the System Summary page will be displayed. Auto APN: Introduced in firmware version v1.1.6-
r1142, the VIP4G will attempt to detect the carrier based on the SIM card installed and cycle through a list of commonly used APNs to provide quick network connectivity. As seen above under Carrier Status, the SIM card is installed, but an APN has not been specified. Setting the APN to auto (default) may provide quick network connectivity, but may not work with some carriers, or with private APNs. To set or change the APN, click on the Carrier > Settings tab and enter the APN supplied by your carrier in the APN field. Some carriers may also require a Username and Password. Once the APN and any other required information is entered to connect to your carrier, click on Submit. Return to the System > Summary tab. Microhard Systems Inc. 15 2.0 Quick Start On the Carrier > Status Tab, verify that a WAN IP Address has been assigned by your carrier. It may take a few minutes, so try refreshing the page if the WAN IP Address doesnt show up right away. The Activity Status should also show Connected. If you have set a static IP on your PC, you may need to add the DNS Servers shown in the Carrier Status Menu to you PC to enable internet access. Congratulations! Your VIP4G is successfully connected to your Cellular Carrier. The next section gives a overview on enabling and setting up the WiFi Wireless features of the mo-
dem giving 802.11 devices network access. To access devices connected to VIP4G remotely, one or more of the following must be configured: IP-Passthrough, Port Forwarding, DMZ. Another option would be to set up a VPN. Ensure that all default passwords are changed to limit access to the mo-
dem. The admin password can be changed at the System > Access Con-
trol menu. For best practices and to limit data charges it is critical to properly set up the firewall. (Especially important for Public Static IP addresses.) Ensure the default passwords are changed. Set up appropriate firewall rules to block unwanted incoming data. Microhard Systems Inc. 16 2.0 Quick Start 2.3 Getting Started with WiFi This Quick Start section walks users through setting up a basic WiFi AP (Access Point). For additional settings and configuration considerations, refer to the appropriate sections in the manual. This walkthrough assumes all setting are in the factory default state. Cell Tower 4G LTE 802.11g/n 2.3.1 Setting up WiFi Use Section 2.2 Getting Started with Cellular to connect, power up and log in and con-
figure the Carrier in a VIP4G. Click on the Wireless > Radio1 Tab to setup the WiFi portion of the VIP4G. In Radio1 Phy Configuration, ensure the mode is set for 802.11NG. In the Radio1 Virtual Interface, en-
sure that the Mode is set for Access Point. Enter a name for the Wireless Network under SSID. This example uses MyNet-
work
(Recommended) Set a password for the WiFi, this example uses MyPassword Click Submit. Microhard Systems Inc. 17 2.0 Quick Start 2.3.2 Connecting to WiFi Now that the VIP4G has connection to the Cellular Carrier (See Section 2.2) and the WiFI has been set up (See Section 2.3), WiFi devices should be able to detect and connect to the VIP4G. On a WiFi enabled PC/Device, the SSID of MyNetwork, that was created in the last exam-
ple should be visible. Connect to that SSID and enter the password. Once connected the status should change to connected, and network access should be enabled. Microhard Systems Inc. 18 2.0 Quick Start The status of the WiFi connection should also be visible in the Wireless > Status tab in the WebUI as seen below. Microhard Systems Inc. 19 3.0 Hardware Features 3.1 VIP4G The VIP4G is a fully-enclosed unit ready to be interfaced to external devices. VIP4G Hardware Features Include:
Image 3-1: Front View of VIP4G Image 3-2: Rear View of VIP4G Standard Connectors for:
1 WAN Ethernet Ports (RJ45) 3 LAN Ethernet Ports (RJ45) Data Port (RS232/DB9) 4-Pin: MATE-N-LOK Type Connector for Power 6-Pin: MATE-N-LOK Type Connector for RS485 Data 10-Pin: MATE-N-LOK Type Connector for Digital I/O Cellular Antenna (SMA Female Antenna Connection x2) WiFi Antenna (RP-SMA Female Antenna Connection x2) Built in GPS (SMA Female Antenna Connection) Status/Diagnostic LEDs for CPU, POWER, RSSI, RF_ACT, GPS, CELL_ACT CFG Button for resetting to factory settings and firmware recovery operations Mounting Holes/Tabs Microhard Systems Inc. 20 3.0 Hardware Features 3.1.1 Mechanical Drawings Drawing 3-1: VIP Top View Dimensions Drawing 3-2: VIP Front View Dimensions Drawing 3-3: VIP Rear View Dimensions Note: All dimension units: Millimeter & Inches (mm/inches) Microhard Systems Inc. 21 3.0 Hardware Features 3.1.2 Connections 3.1.2.1 Front On the front of the VIP4G Series are, from left to right:
Drawing 3-4: VIP4G Front View WAN port 10/100/1000 Ethernet RJ45 Connection. 802.3af Passive PoE (WAN port only) Caution: Using a power supply that does not provide proper voltage may damage the VIP4G unit. Ethernet RJ45 Connector Pin Number Source Voltage 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 - 30 Vdc Data Data Data DC+ DC+ Data DC- DC-
Table 3-1: WAN PoE Connections LAN port GPS 3x - 10/100/1000 Ethernet RJ45 Connection. SMA Female Digital I/O Connector 10-Pin: (Use AMP MATE-N-LOK PN# 1-794617-0) I-4, I-3, I-2, I-1, GND O-4, O-3, O-2, O-1, GND RS485/422 Connector 6-Pin: (Use AMP MATE-N-LOK PN# 794617-6) Rx+, Tx+, GND Rx-, Tx-, GND Power Connector 4-Pin: (Use AMP MATE-N-LOK PN# 794617-4) PWR, GND IGN - Ignition signal for Power Saving Mode*
* Power Saving Mode only available on select units, must be specified at time of order or returned to factory for upgrade. Name TxB (D+) TxA (D-) RxB (R+) RxA (R-) GND -
PWR +
Input or Output O O I I I Table 3-2: Data RS422/485 Vin Pin Assignment Microhard Systems Inc. 22 3.0 Hardware Features 3.1.2.2 Rear CFG Button Holding this button for 8 seconds while the VIP4G is powered up and running, will cause the unit to reset and load factory default settings:
IP: 192.168.168.1 Subnet: 255.255.255.0 With these settings a web browser can be used to configure the unit. Holding this button depressed while powering-up the VIP4G will boot the unit into FLASH FILE SYSTEM RECOVERY mode. The default IP address for system recovery (only - not for normal access to the unit) is static: 192.168.1.39. Drawing 3-5: VIP4G Rear View ANTENNA Connectors The VIP4G uses female SMA antenna connectors for the Cellular and female RP-SMA connectors for the WiFi antennas. Two antenna connections are provided for Wi-Fi, ANT1, and ANT2. Two connectors are also provided for Cellular, MAIN and DIV. Digital I/0 LEDs The I-1, I-2, I-3, and I-4 LEDs indicate the status of the input pins on the digital I/O interface. The O-1, O-2, O-3 and O-4 LEDs indicate the current state of the corresponding output relays. Serial Port The Serial port can be used for console type configuration (If disabled), or as a data communications port for RS232 Devices. Default Console Port Settings:
Bits per Second: 115,200 Data Bits: 8 Parity: None Stop bits: 1 Flow control: None Microhard Systems Inc. 23 3.0 Hardware Features Serial Port (Continued) See Appendix A for a full description of the COM1 RS-
232 interface functions. Pin Name No. Description DCD RXD TXD DTR SG DSR RTS CTS 1 Data Carrier Detect 2 Receive Data 3 Transmit Data 4 Data Terminal Ready 5 Signal Ground 6 Data Set Ready 7 Request To Send 8 Clear To Send In/
Out O O I I O I O Table 3-3: COM2 DB9 Pin Assignment SIM Card This slot is used to install a SIM card provided by the cellular carrier to enable communication to their cellular network. Ensure the SIM card is installed properly by paying attention to the diagram printed above the SIM card slot. Microhard Systems Inc. 24 3.0 Hardware Features 3.1.3 Indicators Drawing 3-6: VIP4G Indicators CPU (Blue) ON indicates the CPU is running. POWER (Red) Illuminates when power is correctly applied to the unit. RSSI (3 LEDs) Indicate the received signal strength of the signal to the Cellular carrier. The number of LEDs illuminated indicate the strength of the signal, with all 3 being illuminated representing a strong signal. RF-ACT The RF Activity LED illuminates when there is activity on the WiFi wireless interface. GPS Indicates that the GPS module is powered on and ready. CELL_ACT The CELL Activity LED illuminates when there is cellular activity. Microhard Systems Inc. 25 4.0 Configuration 4.0 Web User Interface Image 4-0-1: WebUI Initial configuration of an VIP4G using the Web User (Browser) Interface (Web UI) method involves the following steps:
configure a static IP Address on your PC to 192.168.168.10 (or any address on the 192.168.168.X subnet other than the default IP of 192.168.168.1) connect a VIP4G LAN ETHERNET port to PC NIC card using an Ethernet cable apply power to the VIP4G and wait approximately 60 seconds for the system to load open a web browser and enter the factory default IP address of the unit: 192.168.168.1 In this section, all aspects of the Web Browser Interface, presented menus, and available configuration options will be discussed. logon window appears; log on using default Username: admin Password: admin use the web browser based user interface to configure the VIP4G as required. refer to Section 2.0: Quick Start for step by step instructions. Microhard Systems Inc. 26 4.0 Configuration For security, do not allow the web browser to remember the User Name or Password. It is advisable to change the login Password. Do not FORGET the new password as it cannot be recovered. 4.0.1 Logon Window Upon successfully accessing the VIP4G using a Web Browser, the Logon window will appear. Image 4-0-2: Logon Window The factory default User Name is: admin The default password is: admin Note that the password is case sensitive. It may be changed (discussed further along in this section), but once changed, if forgotten, may not be recovered. When entered, the password appears as dots as shown in the image below. This display format prohibits others from viewing the password. The Remember my password checkbox may be selected for purposes of convenience, however it is recommended to ensure it is deselected - particularly once the unit is deployed in the field - for one primary reason: security. Image 4-0-3: Logon Window : Password Entry Microhard Systems Inc. 27 4.0 Configuration 4.1 System The main category tabs located at the top of the navigation bar separate the configuration of the VIP4G into different groups based on function. The System Tab contains the following sub menus:
Summary Settings Access Control Services Maintenance
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Status summary of entire radio including network settings, version information, and radio connection status. Host Name, Default System Mode (Bridge or Router), System Time/Date, HTTP Port for the WebUI, Change passwords, create new users Enable/Disable RSSI LEDs, SSH and Telnet services Version information, firmware Upgrades, reset to defaults, configuration backup and restore. Remotely reboot the system. Logout of the current browser session. Reboot Logout 4.1.1 System > Summary The System Summary screen is displayed immediately after initial login, showing a summary and status of all the functions of the VIP4G in a single display. This information includes System Status, Carrier Status, LAN & WAN network information, version info and WiFi radio status as seen below. Microhard Systems Inc. 28 Image 4-1-1: System Info Window 4.0 Configuration 4.1.2 System > Settings System Settings Options available in the System Settings menu allow for the configuration of the Host Name. The Host Name must not be confused with the Network Name (SSID) (Wireless Configuration menu). The Network Name MUST be exactly the same on each wireless device within a VIP4G network. Image 4-1-2: System Settings > System Settings Host Name The Host Name is a convenient identifier for a specific VIP4G unit. This feature is most used when accessing units remotely: a convenient cross-reference for the units WAN IP address. This name appears when logged into a telnet session, or when the unit is reporting into Microhard NMS System. Values (characters) VIP4G (varies) up to 30 characters Console Timeout The console timeout is used to automatically logout a User, after the specified time period of inactivity, on the console port. This affects bother the serial console port or a TCP/IP telnet session. Values (seconds) 120 Microhard Systems Inc. 29 4.0 Configuration System Log Server IP/Name The modem can be configured to report system level events to a third party Syslog server, as shown below. Syslog data can then be filtered and depending on the features of the Syslog server application, alerts can be generated accordingly. The screenshot below shows a sample from a simple Syslog Server application. Values 0.0.0.0 Image 4-1-3: System Settings > Syslog Server Example System Log Server Port Enter the UDP port number on the Syslog Server where the actual service is running. Consult with the documentation of your chosen Syslog Server for the correct port number. The most common port is 514, which has been set as the default. Values (UDP Port #) 514 Microhard Systems Inc. 30 4.0 Configuration Time Settings The VIP4G can be set to use a local time source, thus keeping time on its own, or it can be configured to synchronize the date and time via a NTP Server. The options and menus available will change depending on the current setting of the Date and Time Setting Mode, as seen below. Network Time Protocol (NTP) can be used to synchronize the time and date or computer systems with a centralized, referenced server. This can help ensure all systems on a network have the same time and date. Image 4-1-3: System Settings > Time Settings Date and Time Setting Mode Select the Date and Time Setting Mode required. If set for Use Local Time the unit will keep its own time and not attempt to synchronize with a network server. If Synchronize Date And Time Over Network is selected, a NTP server can be defined. Values (selection) Use Local Time Source Synchronize Date And Time Over Network The calendar date may be entered in this field. Note that the entered value is lost should the VIP4G lose power for some reason. Values (yyyy-mm-dd) Date 2011.04.01 (varies) Time The time may be entered in this field. Note that the entered value is lost should the VIP4G lose power for some reason. Values (hh:mm:ss) 11:27:28 (varies) Timezone If connecting to a NTP time server, specify the timezone from the dropdown list. Values (selection) This displays the POSIX TZ String used by the unit as determined by the timezone setting. User Defined (or out of date) POSIX TZ String Values (read only)
(varies) Microhard Systems Inc. 31 4.0 Configuration Specify the frequency, in seconds, in which the VIP4G will synchronize its time and date with the specified NTP Server. If disabled the VIP4G will only sync to an NTP Server during boot-up. *Please note: Each time the VIP4G synchronizes with a NTP Server, cellular data may be consumed*
0 NTP Client Interval Values (seconds) Enter the IP Address or domain name of the desired NTP time server. Enter the IP Address or domain name of the desired NTP time server. NTP Server Values (address) pool.ntp.org NTP Port Values (port#) 123 Web Configuration Settings The last section of the System Setting menu allows the configuration of the HTTP and HTTPS Ports used for the web server of the WEBUI. Image 4-1-4: System Settings > Web Configuration Settings The default web server port for the web based configuration tools used in the VIP4G is port 80. If a non standard port is used, it must be specified the unit. (example:
http://192.168.168.1:8080) in a internet browser to access The secure web port (HTTPS) can be enabled or disabled using the HTTP SSL On/Off drop down menu. If enabled, the port used can be specified, the default is port 443. This option can be used to disable LAN access of the HTTP WebUI port. If disabled, connection can only be made from the WAN side
(Wired or 4G). HTTP Port Values (port#) HTTP SSL Port Values (port#) 80 443 LAN Access Values (selection) On / Off Microhard Systems Inc. 32 4.0 Configuration 4.1.3 System > Access Control Password Change The Password Change menu allows the password of the user admin to be changed. The admin username cannot be deleted, but additional users can be defined and deleted as required as seen in the Users menu below. Image 4-1-5: Access Control > Password Change Enter a new password for the admin user. It must be at least 5 characters in length. The default password for admin is admin. Values (characters) New Password admin min 5 characters Confirm Password The exact password must be entered to confirm the password change, if there is a mistake all changes will be discarded. Values (characters) admin min 5 characters Microhard Systems Inc. 33 4.0 Configuration 4.1.3 System > Access Control Users Different users can be set up with customized access to the WebUI. Each menu or tab of the WebUI can be disabled on a per user basis as seen below. Image 4-1-6: Access Control > Users Enter the desired username. Minimum or 5 character and maximum of 32 character. Changes will not take effect until the system has been restarted. Username Values (characters)
(no default) Min 5 characters Max 32 characters Passwords must be a minimum of 5 characters. The Password must be re-entered exactly in the Confirm Password box as well. Values (characters)
(no default) min 5 characters Password / Confirm Password Microhard Systems Inc. 34 4.0 Configuration 4.1.4 System > Services Available Services Certain services in the VIP4G can be disabled or enabled for either security considerations or resource/
power considerations. The Enable/Disable options are applied after a reboot and will take affect after each start up. The Start/Restart/Stop functions only apply to the current session and will not be retained after a power cycle. Image 4-1-7: System > Services RSSI LED The VIP4G has the ability to turn off the RSSI LEDs. The RSSI value can still be read from the unit, but the status will not be visible on the unit itself . Values (selection) Enable / Disable For testing purposes the VIP4G has an internal iperf server that can be used to test unit performance. The user must install a iperf client to use this functionality. Values (selection) Enable / Disable Throughput Test Server SSH Service Using the SSH Service Enable/Disable function, you can disable the SSH service (Port 22) from running on the VIP4G. You can also specify a alternate port to use. Any port number changes require the modem to be restarted. Values (selection) Enable / Disable Microhard Systems Inc. 35 4.0 Configuration Using the Telnet Service Enable/Disable function, you can disable the Telnet service (Port 23) from running on the VIP4G. You can also specify a alternate port to use. Any port number changes require the modem to be restarted. Values (characters) Enable / Disable Telnet Service Using the FTP Service Enable/Disable function, you can disable the FTP service (Port 21) from running on the VIP4G. This port is reserved for internal use / future use. Values (selection) Start / Restart / Stop FTP Server Custom SSH Port. Reserved for internal use. Microhard Sh Values (selection) Start / Restart / Stop Microhard Systems Inc. 36 4.0 Configuration 4.1.5 System > Power Saving (Factory Installed Option) The Power Saving feature of the VIP4G is only available in firmware version 1.1.6-1170 or later. It also requires a factory installed modification that must be specified at the time of order, or returned to the factory for an upgrade. The Power Saving feature of the VIP4G works with the IGN line located on the PWR connector. It was designed with vehicle systems in mind, but could be useful in other applications. The VIP4G must run for at least 5 minutes before power saving will work. The VIP4G requires that the IGN line be ON (1.8 - 32V) to boot up and perform normal operations. If the IGN line goes OFF (Less than 1.8V) or floating (The Ignition of the vehicle turned OFF), the VIP4G will then look at the Power Down Delay and start counting down to when it will turn itself off. It will also look at the Power Down Voltage, if the voltage drops below the set value, the VIP4G will power down. The VIP4G will power up and resume normal operation once the IGN line is retuned to the ON state. Image 4-1-8: System > Power Saving Power Saving Status Enable or disable the power saving feature of the VIP4G. If enabled, it requires that the IGN line is high to run, if IGN is low it will initiate the power down delay. Values (selection) Enable / Disable Once the VIP4G is running for at least five minutes, and the IGN line goes low (less than 1.8V), the VIP4G will stay on for the amount of time (minutes) defined here. Values (minutes) 60 Power Down Delay The VIP4G can be configured to power down if the supply voltage drops below the value defined here. This ensures that the unit will power down before it causes a significant drain on the vehicles battery. Values (8 - 32 V)) 10 Power Down Voltage Microhard Systems Inc. 37 4.0 Configuration 4.1.6 System > Maintenance Version Information Detailed version information can be found on this display. The Product Name, Firmware Version, Hardware Type, Build Version, Build Date and Build Time can all be seen here, and may be requested from Microhard Systems to provide technical support. Image 4-1-9: Maintenance > Version Information / Firmware Upgrade Firmware Upgrade Occasional firmware updates may be releases by Microhard Systems which include fixes and new features. The firmware can be updated here wirelessly using the WebUI. Erase Current Configuration Allows a user to select if the unit is to keep its current configuration, erase its configuration, or to erase the configuration, but keep Carrier Settings during the firmware upgrade process. Values (selection) Keep ALL Configuration Keep Carrier Configuration Erase Configuration Firmware Image Use the Browse button to find the firmware file supplied by Microhard Systems. Select Upgrade Firmware to start the upgrade process. This can take several minutes. Values (file)
(no default) Microhard Systems Inc. 38 4.0 Configuration 4.1.6 System > Maintenance Reset to Default The VIP4G may be set back to factory defaults by using the Reset to Default option under System >
Maintenance > Reset to Default. *Caution* - All settings will be lost!!!
Image 4-1-10: Maintenance > Reset to Default / Backup & Restore Configuration Backup & Restore Configuration The configuration of the VIP4G can be backed up to a file at any time using the Backup Configuration feature. The file can the be restored using the Restore Configuration feature. It is always a good idea to backup any configurations in case of unit replacement. The configuration files cannot be edited offline, they are used strictly to backup and restore units. Name this Configuration / Backup Configuration Use this field to name the configuration file. The .config extension will automatically be added to the configuration file. Restore Configuration file / Check Restore File / Restore Use the Browse button to find the backup file that needs to be restored to the unit. Use the Check Restore File button to verify that the file is valid, and then the option to restore the configuration is displayed, as seen above. Microhard Systems Inc. 39 4.0 Configuration 4.1.7 System > Reboot The VIP4G can be remotely rebooted using the System > Reboot menu. As seen below a button OK, reboot now is provided. Once pressed, the unit immediately reboots and starts its boot up procedure. Image 4-1-11: System > Reboot 4.1.8 System > Logout The logout function allows a user to end the current configuration session and prompt for a login screen. Image 4-1-12: System > logout Microhard Systems Inc. 40 4.0 Configuration 4.2 Network 4.2.1 Network > Status The Network Status display gives a overview of the currently configured network interfaces including the Connection Type (Static/DHCP), IP Address, Net Mask, Default Gateway, DNS, and IPv4 Routing Table. Image 4-2-1: Network > Network Status Microhard Systems Inc. 41 4.0 Configuration 4.2.2 Network > LAN Network LAN Configuration The Ethernet port (RJ45) on the back of the VIP4G is the LAN port, used for connection of devices on a local network. By default, this port has a static IP Address of 192.168.168.1. It also, by default is running a DHCP server to provide IP Addresses to devices that are connected to the physical port, and devices connected by a WiFi connection (if equipped). DHCP: Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol may be used by networked devices (Clients) to obtain unique network addresses from a DHCP server. Advantage:
Ensures unique IP addresses are assigned, from a central point (DHCP server) within a network. Disadvantage:
The address of a particular device is not known and is also subject to change. STATIC addresses must be tracked (to avoid duplicate use), yet they may be permanently assigned to a device. Image 4-2-2: Network > LAN Configuration LAN Add/Edit Interface The VIP4G has the capability to have multiple SSIDs for the WiFi radio (optional). New Interfaces can be added for additional SSIDs, providing, if required, separate subnets for each SSID. By default any additional interfaces added will automatically assign IP addresses to connecting devices via DHCP. Additional interfaces can only be used by additional WIFI SSIDs (virtual interfaces). Image 4-2-3: Network > Add/Edit LAN Interface Microhard Systems Inc. 42 4.0 Configuration Use this option to enable or disable the use of Spanning Tree Protocol
(STP). Values (selection) Spanning Tree (STP) Within any IP network, each device must have its own unique IP address. A SUBNET MASK is a bit mask that separates the network and host (device) portions of an IP address. The unmasked portion leaves available the information required to identify the various devices on the subnet. This selection determines if the VIP4G will obtain an IP address from a DHCP server on the attached network, or if a static IP address will be entered. If a Static IP Address is chosen, the fields that follow must also be populated. On Off Connection Type Values (selection) DHCP Static IP Address If Static Connection Type is selected, a valid IPv4 Address for the network being used must be entered in the field. If DHCP is chosen this field will not appear and it will be populated automatically from the DHCP server. Values (IP Address) 192.168.168.1 If Static Connection Type is selected, the Network Mask must be entered for the Network. If DHCP is chosen this field will not appear and it will be populated automatically from the DHCP server. Netmask Values (IP Address) 255.255.255.0 Microhard Systems Inc. 43 4.0 Configuration LAN DHCP A VIP4G may be configured to provide dynamic host control protocol (DHCP) service to all attached (either wired or wireless (WiFi)-connected) devices. By default the DHCP service is enabled, so devices that are connected to the physical Ethernet LAN ports, as well as any devices that are connected by WiFi will be assigned an IP by the VIP4G. Prior to enabling this service, verify that there are no other devices - either wired (e.g. LAN) or wireless (e.g. another VIP Series unit) with an active DHCP SERVER service.
(The Server issues IP address information at the request of a DHCP Client, which receives the information.) Image 4-2-4: Network > Add/Edit Interface DHCP DHCP The option is used to enable or disable the DHCP service for devices connected to the LAN Port and devices connected through a Wireless connection. This includes VIP connected as clients and other wireless devices such as 802.11 connections. Values (selection) On / Off Select the starting address DHCP assignable IP Addresses. The first octets of the subnet will be pre-set based on the LAN IP configuration, and can not be changed. Values (IP Address) 192.168.168.100 Set the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned by the VIP4G. Values (integer) Limit Start 150 Lease Time The DHCP lease time is the amount of time before a new request for a network address must be made to the DHCP Server. Values (minutes)
(minutes) Microhard Systems Inc. 44 4.0 Configuration Specify an alternate gateway for DHCP assigned devices if the default gateway is not to be used. Values (IP Address) Alternate Gateway
(IP Address) Preferred DNS Server Specify a preferred DNS server address to be assigned to DHCP devices. Values (IP Address)
(IP Address) Alternate DNS Server Specify the alternate DNS server address to be assigned to DHCP devices. Values (IP Address) Enter the Domain Name for the DHCP devices.
(IP Address) Domain Name Values (string)
(IP Address) WINS/NBNS Servers Enter the address of the WINS/NBNS (NetBIOS) Server. The WINS server will translate computers names into their IP addresses, similar to how a DNS server translates domain names to IP addresses. Values (IP/Domain)
(no default) Select the method used to resolve computer names to IP addresses. Four name resolution methods are available:
B-node: broadcast P-node: point-to-point M-node: mixed/modified H-node: hybrid WINS/NBT Node Type Values (selection) none b-node p-node m-node h-node Microhard Systems Inc. 45 4.0 Configuration Static IP Addresses (for DHCP) In some applications it is important that specific devices always have a predetermined IP address. This section allows for MAC Address binding to a IP Address, so that whenever the device that has the specified MAC address, will always get the selected IP address. In this situation, all attached (wired or wireless) devices can all be configured for DHCP, but still get a known IP address. Image 4-2-5: Network > MAC Address Binding Name The name field is used to give the device a easily recognizable name. Values (characters)
(no default) MAC Address Enter in the MAC address of the device to be bound to a set IP address. Set the IP Address in the next field. Must use the format:
AB:CD:DF:12:34:D3. It is not case sensitive, but the colons must be present. Values (MAC Address)
(no default) IP Address Enter the IP Address to be assign to the device specified by the MAC address above. Values (IP Address)
(minutes) Static Addresses This section displays the IP address and MAC address currently assigned through the DCHP service, that are bound by its MAC address. Also shown is the Name, and the ability to remove the binding by clicking Remove _______. Active DHCP Leases This section displays the IP Addresses currently assigned through the DCHP service. Also shown is the MAC Address, Name and Expiry time of the lease for reference. Network Interfaces When additional Network Interfaces are added, they will show up here in a list. You can remove Network Interfaces by clicking Remove _______. Microhard Systems Inc. 46 4.0 Configuration 4.2.3 Network > WAN WAN Configuration The WAN configuration refers to the wired WAN connection on the VIP4G. The WAN port can be used to connect the VIP4G to other networks, the internet and/or other network resources. DHCP: Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol may be used by networked devices (Clients) to obtain unique network addresses from a DHCP server. Advantage:
Ensures unique IP addresses are assigned, from a central point (DHCP server) within a network. Disadvantage:
The address of a particular device is not known and is also subject to change. STATIC addresses must be tracked (to avoid duplicate use), yet they may be permanently assigned to a device. Image 4-2-6: Network > WAN Configuration Working Mode Use this to set the function of the physical WAN RJ45 port. If set to independent, the physical WAN port will operate as a standard WAN port, if disabled, the physical port will operate as another LAN port on the LAN. Values (selection) Independent Bridge to LAN This selection determines if the VIP4G will obtain an WAN IP address from a DHCP server, or if a static IP address will be entered. If a Static IP Address is chosen, the fields that follow must also be populated. Connection Type Values (selection) DHCP Static IP Address If Static Connection Type is selected, a valid IPv4 Address for the network being used must be entered in the field. If DHCP is chosen this field will not appear and it will be populated automatically from the DHCP server. Values (IP Address)
(no default) If Static Connection Type is selected, the Network Mask must be entered for the Network. If DHCP is chosen this field will not appear and it will be populated automatically from the DHCP server. Values (IP Address)
(no default) Netmask Microhard Systems Inc. 47 4.0 Configuration If the VIP4G is integrated into a network which has a defined gateway, then, as with other hosts on the network, this gateways IP address will be entered into this field. If there is a DHCP server on the network, and the Connection Type (see previous page) is selected to be DHCP, the DHCP server will populate this field with the appropriate gateway address. Default Gateway Values (IP Address)
(no default) Default Route The WAN can be added as the default route for all traffic exiting the modem (unless specified otherwise in the Routes menu). Values (selection) Yes / No DNS server mode Select between Auto and Manual for the WAN DNS Services. If set to auto it will be population by the ISP, if set the manual up to (2) DNS servers can be specified. Values (selection) Auto / Manual DNS (Domain Name Service) Servers are used to resolve domain names into IP addresses. If the DNS server mode is set for Auto the DHCP server will populate this field and the value set can be viewed on the Network > Status page. Values (IP Address)
(no default) Primary/Secondary DNS Servers Microhard Systems Inc. 48 4.0 Configuration 4.2.4 Network > WIFI Network WIFI Configuration The WIFI menu is used to define (if required) a virtual interface in which to bind a WIFI connection. This connection can then be bound to the Wireless Radio in the Wireless > Radio1 menu. If this interface is not bound to the Wireless interface it has no operation or purpose. The WIFI interface can be used setup a separate WIFI connection for connected devices (separating them from the devices connected to the LAN), this would be the same as adding another interface under the LAN configuration. In this mode the VIP4G would be operating as a Access Point (AP) providing network access to any connected devices. A separate DHCP server must be defined if it is required to provide DHCP services to connecting devices. In most cases the WIFI interface would be setup to allow the VIP4G to operate as a Client to another Access Point (AP). Using this menu it can be decided to use DHCP to obtain an IP address and related networking information from the connected Access Point, or it could be setup with a static IP address that is part of the APs network. When connected as a Client the VIP4G would be able to use the WIFI network for data rather that the cellular connection. However unless NetMotion or a static default route was set to manage this connection there would be no way to predict which interface is used for data. Image 4-2-7: Network > WIFI WIFI Configuration The description of each of the parameters for setting up a WIFI interface is identical to those of adding/
editing a virtual LAN interface, which is discussed in the last section. Microhard Systems Inc. 49 4.0 Configuration 4.2.5 Network > Switch The VIP4G has the capability to add multiple network interfaces. It may also be desirable to segment these different subnets. The VIP4G features two different VLAN mode, Port Based, and 802.1Q VLAN. In port based VLAN port membership is exclusive, a port can only belong to a single VLAN, and is generally used to separate the different subnets. In a port based VLAN every port should be a Untagged Member, not a Tagged Member. 802.1Q VLAN uses tagging to allow separation of network segments. Ports can belong to multiple VLANs. A Trunk port can be configured to communicate with other VLAN switch by adding all configured VLANs to a single port. The native VLAN1 is used by default, it is important that any connected VLAN switch use the same Native VLAN. Image 4-2-8: Network > Switch By default the VIP4G is configured to Port Based VLAN with all ports bridged. See above description for differences between Port Based and Tagged VLANs. VLAN Mode Values (selection) Port Based 802.1Q (Tagged) Microhard Systems Inc. 50 4.0 Configuration If 802.1Q is selected for the VLAN mode, the Native VLAN can be configured here. It is important for switch-to-switch connections to use a consistent Native VLAN. Values 1 Native VLAN By default the VIP4G is configured to Port Based VLAN with all ports bridged. See above description for differences between Port Based and Tagged VLANs. VLAN Mode Values (selection) Port Based 802.1Q (Tagged) Native VLAN If 802.1Q is selected for the VLAN mode, the Native VLAN can be configured here. It is important for switch-to-switch connections to use a consistent Native VLAN. Values 1 When adding a VLAN you must select a VLAN ID. Select between 2 and 127 for valid VLAN IDs. Values 2 (2-127) VLAN names can be added to aid in VLAN identification (purpose, I,e Engineering, Accounting, etc). Values VLAN ID VLAN Name Assign port to the current VLAN. Exclude: Not part of the current VLAN Tagged Member: In 802.1Q this assigns the current VLAN to the port, Untagged Member: In port based VLAN this assigns a port to the current VLAN. As mentioned previously, in port based VLAN, ports can only belong to a single VLAN. vlan2 Port 1 - 3 Values (selection) Exclude Tagged Member Untagged Member Network Allows the user the ability to assign specific configured network interfaces to a specific VLAN. (802.1Q) Values (selection) None LAN
(additional network interfaces) Microhard Systems Inc. 51 4.0 Configuration 4.2.6 Network > Routes Static Routes Configuration It may be desirable to have devices on different subnets to be able to talk to one another. This can be accomplished by specifying a static route, telling the VIP4G where to send data. The modem must be restarted before new routes will take effect. Image 4-2-9: Network > Routes Name Routes can be names for easy reference, or to describe the route being added. Values (characters) Enter the network IP address for the destination.
(no default) Destination Values (IP Address)
(192.168.168.0) Gateway Specify the Gateway used to reach the network specified above. Values (IP Address) Enter the Netmask for the destination network. 192.168.168.1 Netmask Values (IP Address) 255.255.255.0 Microhard Systems Inc. 52 4.0 Configuration In some cases there may be multiple routes to reach a destination. The Metric can be set to give certain routes priority, the lower the metric is, the better the route. The more hops it takes to get to a destination, the higher the metric. Values (Integer) 0 Metric Define the exit interface. Is the destination a device on the LAN, or the WAN?
Values (Selection) Interface LAN WAN 4G None Microhard Systems Inc. 53 4.0 Configuration 4.2.7 Network > GRE GRE Configuration The VIP4G supports GRE (Generic Routing Encapsulation) Tunneling which can encapsulate a wide variety of network layer protocols not supported by traditional VPN. This allows IP packets to travel from one side of a GRE tunnel to the other without being parsed or treated like IP packets. Image 4-2-10: Network > GRE Summary For an example of how to set up a GRE Tunnel, refer to the Appendix: GRE Example. Image 4-2-11: Network > Edit/Add GRE Tunnel Name Each GRE tunnel must have a unique name. Up to 10 GRE tunnels are supported by the VIP4G. Values (Chars(32)) gre Microhard Systems Inc. 54 4.0 Configuration Enable / Disable the GRE Tunnel. Enable / Disable Multicast support over the GRE tunnel. Enable Values (selection) Disable / Enable Multicast Values (selection) Disable / Enable Set the TTL (Time-to-live) value for packets traveling through the GRE tunnel. Values (value) 1 - 255 Enter a key is required, key must be the same for each end of the GRE tunnel. Values (chars)
(none) TTL Key ARP For an example of how to set up a GRE Tunnel, refer to the Appendix: GRE Example. Enable / Disable ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) support over the GRE tunnel. Values (selection) Disable / Enable Local Setup The local setup refers to the local side of the GRE tunnel, as opposed to the remote end. This is the WAN IP Address of the VIP4G, this field should be populated with the current WAN IP address. Values (IP Address) Gateway IP Address This is the IP Address of the local tunnel.
(varies) Tunnel IP Address Values (IP Address)
(varies) Netmask Enter the subnet mask of the local tunnel IP address. Values (IP Address)
(varies) Microhard Systems Inc. 55 4.0 Configuration Enter the subnet address for the local network. The subnet mask for the local network/subnet. Subnet IP Address Values (IP Address)
(varies) Subnet Mask Values (IP Address)
(varies) Remote Setup The remote setup tells the VIP4G about the remote end, the IP address to create the tunnel to, and the subnet that is accessible on the remote side of the tunnel. Enter the WAN IP Address of the VIP4G or other GRE supported device in which a tunnel is to be created with at the remote end. Values (IP Address) Gateway IP Address
(varies) Subnet IP Address For an example of how to set up a GRE Tunnel, refer to the Appendix: GRE Example. The is the IP Address of the remote network, on the remote side of the GRE Tunnel. Values (IP Address)
(varies) Subnet Mask The is the subnet mask for the remote network/subnet. Values (IP Address)
(varies) IPsec Setup Refer to the IPsec setup in the VPN Site to Site section of the manual for more information. Microhard Systems Inc. 56 4.0 Configuration 4.2.8 Network > PIM-SM PIM-SM Configuration The VIP4G can be set up with Protocol Independent Multicast - Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) which is a multicast routing protocol developed by Cisco Systems. This menu allows the configuration of the VIP4G to perform as a multicast router, which when enabled can transport multicast data streams to/from other multicast routers or to/from source/clients. Image 4-2-12: Network > PIM-SM Configuration PIM-SM Status This is the main control to enable or disable the PIM-SM service on the VIP4G. If disabled PIM-SM is not running and will not operate as a Multicast Router. Values (selection) Enable / Disable Shows a list of available interfaces that can support multicast. Users can select which interfaces are to use multicast. Values (selection) Enable / Disable Interfaces Configuration Candidate RP Configuration This field is used to set up which port (IP address) is used as Candidate Rendezvous Point (CRP). It specifies which interface on the modem should be included in RP elections. Microhard Systems Inc. Candidate RP Values (selection) Varies based on configured interfaces 57 4.0 Configuration Set the time (seconds) in which to advertise this CRP (Candidate Rendezvous Point). Values (seconds)
(none) time The priority determines how important this CRP is compared to others. The lower the value, the more important the CRP. Values (integer)
(none) Priority This field is used to set up which port (IP address) is used as the Candidate Bootstrap Router. Candidate Bootstrap Router Values (selection) Varies based on configured interfaces Candidate RP Configuration The RP Point Configuration is for static Rendezvous Point Configurations. The argument can be either a unicast address or a multicast group, with optional group address, mask length, and priority arguments as seen below. Image 4-2-13: Network > PIM-SM Configuration If the static RP is a unicast address, enter that address here. Enter the optional multicast group IP here for the RP. RP Point IP Group IP Values
(none) Values
(none) Microhard Systems Inc. 58 4.0 Configuration Enter the optional mask length here. A priority value can be set in the filed. The lower this value, the higher the priority. Mask Length Priority Values
(none) Values
(none) Group Prefix Address Configuration The group prefix statement outlines the set of multicast addresses that the CRP, if it wins an election, will advertise to other routers. Image 4-2-14: Network > PIM-SM Configuration A specific multicast group or network range this router will handle. Group Prefix Address Values
(none) Mask Length The number of IP address segments taken up by the netmask. Remember that a multicast address is a Class D and has a netmask of 240.0.0.0, which means its length is 4. Values
(none) Microhard Systems Inc. 59 4.0 Configuration Switch Threshold Configuration The Switch Data Threshold setting defines the threshold at which transmission rates trigger the changeover from the shared tree to the RP tree; Switch Register Threshold does the opposite in the same format. Regardless of which of these you choose, the rate option is for transmission rate in bits per second, interval is the sample rate in seconds -- with a recommended minimum of five seconds. It is recommended to have the same interval if both settings are used. Image 4-2-15: Network > PIM-SM Configuration Switch Data Threshold Rate The Switch Data Threshold setting defines the threshold at which transmission rates trigger the changeover from the shared tree to the RP tree. Values (bps)
(none) Sample rate in seconds (recommended minimum of 5 seconds) Values (seconds) Switch Data Threshold Interval
(none) Switch Register Threshold Rate Switch Register Threshold does the opposite of the Switch Data Threshold Rate in the same format. Values (bps)
(none) Sample rate in seconds (recommended minimum of 5 seconds) Values (seconds) Switch Register Threshold Interval
(none) Microhard Systems Inc. 60 4.0 Configuration SNMP: Simple Network Management Protocol provides a method of managing network devices from a single PC running network management software. Managed networked devices are referred to as SNMP agents. 4.2.10 Network > SNMP The VIP4G may be configured to operate as a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) agent. Network management is most important in larger networks, so as to be able to manage resources and measure performance. SNMP may be used in several ways:
configure remote devices monitor network performance detect authentication failures audit network usage detect faults A SNMP management system (a PC running SNMP management software) is required for this service to operate. This system must have full access to the VIP4G. Communications is in the form of queries
(information requested by the management system) or traps (information initiated at, and provided by, the SNMP agent in response to predefined events). Objects specific to the VIP4G are hosted under private enterprise number 21703. An object is a variable in the device and is defined by a Management Information Database (MIB). Both the management system and the device have a copy of the MIB. The MIB in the management system provides for identification and processing of the information sent by a device (either responses to queries or device-sourced traps). The MIB in the device relates subroutine addresses to objects in order to read data from, or write data to, variables in the device. An SNMPv1 agent accepts commands to retrieve an object, retrieve the next object, set and object to a specified value, send a value in response to a received command, and send a value in response to an event (trap). SNMPv2c adds to the above the ability to retrieve a large number of objects in response to a single request. SNMPv3 adds strong security features including encryption; a shared password key is utilized. Secure device monitoring over the Internet is possible. In addition to the commands noted as supported above, there is a command to synchronize with a remote management station. The pages that follow describe the different fields required to set up SNMP on the VIP4G. MIBS may be requested from Microhard Systems Inc. The MIB file can be downloaded directly from the unit using the Get MIB File button on the Network >
SNMP menu. Image 4-2-16: Network > MIB Download Microhard Systems Inc. 61 4.0 Configuration SNMP Settings Image 4-2-17: Network > SNMP SNMP Operation Mode If disabled, an SNMP service is not provided from the device. Enabled, the device - now an SNMP agent - can support SNMPv1, v2,
& v3. Values (selection) Disable / V1&V2c&V3 Effectively a plain-text password mechanism used to weakly authenticate SNMP queries. Being part of the community allows the SNMP agent to process SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c requests. This community name has only READ priority. Values (string) public Read Only Community Name Also a plain-text password mechanism used to weakly authenticate SNMP queries. Being part of the community allows the SNMP agent to process SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c requests. This community name has only READ/WRITE priority. Values (string) private Read Only Community Name Defines the user name for SNMPv3. SNMP V3 User Name Values (string) V3user Microhard Systems Inc. 62 4.0 Configuration V3 User Read Write Limit Defines accessibility of SNMPv3; If Read Only is selected, the SNMPv3 user may only read information; if Read Write is selected, the SNMPv3 user may read and write (set) variables. Values (selection) Read Only / Read Write V3 User Authentication Level Defines SNMPv3 users authentication level:
NoAuthNoPriv: No authentication, no encryption. AuthNoPriv:
AuthPriv:
Authentication, no encryption. Authentication, encryption. (Not supported) Values (selection) NoAuthNoPriv AuthNoPriv AuthPriv SNMPv3 users authentication password. Only valid when V3 User Authentication Level set to AuthNoPriv or AuthPriv. Values (string) V3 User Authentication Password 00000000 V3 User Privacy Password SNMPv3 users encryption password. Only valid when V3 User Authentication Level set to AuthPriv (see above). Values (string) 00000000 SNMP Trap Version Select which version of trap will be sent should a failure or alarm condition occur. Values (string) V1 Traps V3 Traps V1&V2&V3 Traps V2 Traps V1&V2 Traps Auth Failure Traps If enabled, an authentication failure trap will be generated upon authentication failure. Values (selection) The community name which may receive traps. Disable / Enable Trap Community Name Values (string) TrapUser Trap Manage Host IP Defines a host IP address where traps will be sent to (e.g. SNMP management system PC IP address). Values (IP Address) 0.0.0.0 Microhard Systems Inc. 63 4.0 Configuration 4.2.10 Network > sdpServer sdpServer Settings Microhard Radio employ a discovery service that can be used to detect other Microhard Radios on a network. This can be done using a stand alone utility from Microhard Systems called IP Discovery or from the Tools > Discovery menu. The discovery service will report the MAC Address, IP Address, Description, Product Name, Firmware Version, Operating Mode, and the SSID. Image 4-2-18: Network > sdpServer Settings Use this option to disable or enable the discovery service. Discovery Service Status Values (selection) Disable / Discoverable /
Changable Server Port Settings Specify the port running the discovery service on the VIP4G unit. Values (Port #) 20097 Microhard Systems Inc. 64 4.0 Configuration 4.2.11 Network > Local Monitor The Local Device Monitor allows the VIP4G to monitor a local device connected locally to the Ethernet port or to the locally attached network. If the VIP4G cannot detect the specified IP or a DHCP assigned IP, the unit will restart the DHCP service, and eventually restart the modem to attempt to recover the connection. Image 4-2-19: Network Configuration , Local Monitor Enable or disable the local device monitoring service. Select the IP mode. By selecting a fixed IP address the service will monitor the connection to that specific IP. If auto detect is selected, the VIP4G will detect and monitor DHCP assigned IP address. Status Values (selection) Disable / Enable IP Mode Values (selection) Fixed local IP Auto Detected IP Local IP Setting This field is only shown if Fixed Local IP is selected for the IP Mode. Enter the static IP to be monitored in this field. Values (IP) The status timeout is the maximum time the VIP4G will wait to detect the monitored device. At this time the VIP4G will restart the DHCP service. (5-
65535 seconds) 0.0.0.0 Status Timeout Values (seconds) 10 This field defines the amount of time the VIP4G will wait to detect the monitored device before it will reboot the modem. (30-65535 seconds) Values (seconds) 60 Waiting DHCP Timeout Microhard Systems Inc. 65 4.0 Configuration 4.3 Carrier 4.3.1 Carrier > Status The Carrier Status window provides complete overview information related to the Cellular Carrier portion of the VIP4G. A variety of information can be found here, such as Activity Status, Network (Name of Wireless Carrier connected) , Data Service Type WCDMA/HSPA/HSPA+/LTE etc), Frequency band, Phone Number etc. Image 4-3-1: Carrier > Status Not all statistics parameters displayed are applicable. The Received and Transmitted bytes and packets indicate the respective amount of data which has been moved through the radio. The Error counts reflect those having occurred on the wireless link. Microhard Systems Inc. 66 4.0 Configuration 4.3.2 Carrier > Settings The parameters within the Carrier Configuration menu must be input properly; they are the most basic requirement required by your cellular provider for network connectivity. For best practices and to control data usage it is critical that the firewall be configured properly. It is recommended to block all incoming 4G/Cellular traffic and create rules to open specific ports and/or use ACL lists to limit incoming connections. Enabling Data Roaming may result in increased data charges from the Carrier. In some cases this could be an excessive, and unexpected amount. It is important to understand the data plan with the Cellular Carrier. Image 4-3-2: Carrier > Settings Carrier Status Carrier Status is used to Enable or Disable the connection to the Cellular Carrier. By default this option is enabled. If disabled the cellular module is disabled and the modem will not even attempt to connect to the cellular carrier. Values (Selection) Enable Disable Enable or disable Data Roaming. If enabled the modem will be allowed to roam on another carriers network if their home carrier is not available. In most cases the data roaming usage data charges are much higher than home service areas. Roaming is Disabled by default. Values (Selection) Enable Disable Data Roaming Microhard Systems Inc. 67 4.0 Configuration In some cases, a user may want to lock onto certain carrier to avoid data roaming. There were four options presented to a user to choose from, Auto, SIM based, Scan & Select and Fixed. Auto will allow the VIP4G to pick the carrier automatically. Data roaming is permitted. SIM based will only allow the VIP4G to connect to the network indicated by the SIM card used in the unit. Manual will scan for available carriers and allow a user to select from the available carriers. It takes 2 to 3 minutes to complete a scan. Fixed allows a user to enter the carrier code (numerical) directly and then the VIP4G will only connect to that carrier. IP pass-through allows the 4G WAN IP address to be assigned to the device connected to the physical LAN or WAN Port (DHCP or Static). In this mode the VIP4G is for the most part transparent and forwards all traffic to the device connected to the specified port except that listed below:
The WebUI port (Default Port:TCP 80), this port is retained for remote management of the VIP4G. This port can be changed to a different port under the System > Settings Menu. The SNMP Listening Port (Default Port: UDP 161). Local WebUI of the VIP4G is retained by using the first 3 octets of the Wan IP and changing the last octet to 1. Carriers Values (Selection) Auto Based on SIM Manual Fixed IP-Passthrough Values (Selection) Disable Ethernet WAN Port This field is only visible once IP Passthrough has been selected above. This gives the user the option to manually configure the IP-
Passthrough feature of the modem. (It is recommended to only use this option if you are an advanced user and the automatic settings do not work for your application or carrier) IP-Passthrough Mode Values (selection) Auto / Manual IP-Passthrough Gateway This field is used to specify the Gateway to be used for IP Passthrough if set to manual mode. As mentioned above it is recommended to use the Auto mode for IP-Passthrough. Values
(no default) This field is used to specify the Netmask to be used for IP Passthrough if set to manual mode. As mentioned above it is recommended to use the Auto mode for IP-Passthrough. Values
(no default) IP-Passthrough Netmask This is a read only field that displays the current IP address assigned by the cellular carrier that will be assigned (DHCP) or needs to be configured (Static) on the attached device. Values (selection)
(current carrier IP to be assigned to attached device). IP-Passthrough Local IP Microhard Systems Inc. 68 4.0 Configuration When enabled DNS-Passthrough will pass on the WAN assigned DNS information to the end device. Values (Selection) DNS-Passthrough Enable / Disable APN (Access Point Name) The APN is required by every Carrier in order to connect to their networks. The APN defines the type of network the VIP4G is connected to and the service type. Most Carriers have more than one APN, usually many, dependant on the types of service offered. Values (characters) auto Auto APN (default) may allow the unit to quickly connect to a carrier, by cycling through a predetermined list of common APNs. Auto APN will not work for private APNs or for all carriers. The SIM Pin is required for some international carriers. If supplied and required by the cellular carrier, enter the SIM Pin here. Values (characters) SIM Pin
(none) Technologies Type Set to ALL by default, the Technologies field allows the selection of 3GPP technologies (LTE), and or 3GPP2 technology (CDMA). Values (Selection) ALL / 3GPP / 3GPP2 Technologies Mode The Technologies Mode option allows a user the ability to specify what type of Cellular networks to connect to. Values (Selection) AUTO / LTE Only / WCDMA Only / GSM Only Data Call Parameters Sets the modems connect string if required by the carrier. Not usually required in North America. Values (string) If let blank the VIP4G with use the DNS server as specified automatically by the service provider. If let blank the VIP4G with use the DNS server as specified automatically by the service provider.
(none) Primary DNS Address Values (IP Address)
(none) Secondary DNS Address Values (IP Address)
(none) Microhard Systems Inc. 69 4.0 Configuration Enter the Primary NetBIOS Name Server if required by the carrier. Values (IP Address) Primary NetBIOS Name Server Enter the Secondary NetBIOS Name Server if required by the carrier. Values (IP Address)
(none) Secondary NetBIOS Name Server
(none) IP Address In some cases the Static IP address must be entered in this field if assigned by a wireless carrier. In most cases the IP will be read from the SIM card and this field should be left at the default value. Values (IP Address)
(none) Sets the authentication type required to negotiate with peer. PAP - Password Authentication Protocol. CHAP - Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol. Authentication Values (Selection) Device decide (AUTO) PAP CHAP User Name A User Name may be required for authentication to a remote peer. Although usually not required for dynamically assigned IP addresses from the wireless carrier, but required in most cases for static IP addresses. Varies by carrier. Values (characters) Carrier/peer dependant Enter the password for the user name above. May not be required by some carriers, or APNs Values (characters) Carrier/peer dependant Password Microhard Systems Inc. 70 4.0 Configuration 4.3.3 Carrier > Keepalive The Keep alive tab allows for the configuration of the keep alive features of the VIP4G. The VIP4G can either do a ICMP or HTTP keep alive by attempting to reach a specified address at a regular interval. If the VIP4G cannot reach the intended destination, it will reset the unit in an attempt to obtain a new connection to the carrier. The Keepalive ensures that there is internet/network connectivity to the address specified at all times. If the VIP4G does not have a SIM card installed, is not connected to the Carrier, or is on a private APN, the default keepalive may not work and the unit will reboot at the interval configured. Image 4-3-3: Carrier > Keepalive Enable or Disable the keep alive functions in the VIP4G. Keep Alive Status Values (Selection) Enable / Disable Type Select the type of keep alive used. ICMP uses a ping to reach a select destination. Values (Selection) ICMP / HTTP Host Name Specify a IP Address or Domain that is used to test the VIP4G connection. The Test button can be used to verify that the specified host/IP is reachable and a candidate for the keepalive feature. Values (IP or Domain) 8.8.8.8 The Interval value determines the frequency, or how often, the VIP4G will send out PING messages to the Host. Values (seconds) Interval 300 Count The Count field is the maximum number of PING errors such as Host unreachable the VIP4G will attempt before the unit will reboot itself to attempt to correct connection issues. If set to zero (0), the unit will never reboot itself. Values (number) 10 Microhard Systems Inc. 71 4.0 Configuration 4.3.4 Carrier > Traffic Watchdog The Wireless Traffic Watchdog will detect if there has been no wireless traffic, or communication with the Cellular carrier for a configurable amount of time. Once that time has elapsed, the unit will reset, and attempt to re-establish communication with the cellular carrier. Image 4-3-4: Carrier > Traffic Watchdog Enable or Disable the Traffic Watchdog. Traffic Watchdog Values (Selection) Enable / Disable Check Interval The Check Interval tells the VIP4G how often (in seconds) to check for wireless traffic to the cellular carrier. (1-60000 seconds) Values (seconds) 1 Reboot Time Limit The Reboot Timer will reset the unit if there has been no Cellular RF activity in the configured time. (300 60000 seconds) Values (seconds) 600 Microhard Systems Inc. 72 4.0 Configuration 4.3.5 Carrier > Dynamic DNS Unless a carrier issues a Static IP address, it may be desirable to use a dynamic DNS service to track dynamic IP changes and automatically update DNS services. This allows the use of a constant resolvable host name for the VIP4G. Image 4-3-5: Carrier > Traffic Watchdog This selection allows the use of a Dynamic Domain Name Server
(DDNS), for the VIP4G. This is a list of supported Dynamic DNS service providers. Free and premium services are offered, contact the specific providers for more information. DDNS Status Values (Selection) Enable / Disable Service Values (selection) changeip dyndns eurodyndns hn noip ods ovh regfish tzo zoneedit User Name Enter a valid user name for the DDNS service selected above. Values (characters)
(none) Password Enter a valid password for the user name of the DDNS service selected above. Values (characters)
(none) Host This is the host or domain name for the VIP4G as assigned by the DDNS provider. Values (domain name)
(none) Microhard Systems Inc. 73 4.0 Configuration 4.3.6 Carrier > SMS Config SMS messages can be used to remotely reboot or trigger events in the VIP4G. SMS alerts can be set up to get SMS messages based on system events such as Roaming status, RSSI, Ethernet Link Status or IO Status. System SMS Command Image 4-3-6: SMS > SMS Configuration Status This option allows a user to enable or disable to use of the following SMS commands to reboot or trigger events in the VIP4G:
Values (Selection) Enable / Disable MSC#REBOOT Reboot system MSC#NMS Send NMS UDP Report MSC#WEB Send web client inquiry MSC#MIOP1 open I/O ouput1 MSC#MIOP2 open I/O ouput2 MSC#MIOP3 open I/O ouput3 MSC#MIOP4 open I/O ouput4 MSC#MIOC1 close I/O ouput1 MSC#MIOC2 close I/O ouput2 MSC#MIOC3 close I/O ouput3 MSC#MIOC4 close I/O ouput4 MSC#EURD0 trigger event report0 MSC#EURD1 trigger event report1 MSC#EURD2 trigger event report2 MSC#EURD3 trigger event report3 MSC#GPSR0 trigger gps report0 MSC#GPSR1 trigger gps report1 MSC#GPSR2 trigger gps report2 MSC#GPSR3 trigger gps report3 SMS Commands are case sensitive. If enabled, the VIP4G will only accept and execute commands originating from the phone numbers in the Phone Filter List. Up to 6 numbers can be added. Values (Selection) Enable / Disable Set Phone Filter Microhard Systems Inc. 74 4.0 Configuration System SMS Alerts Image 4-3-7: SMS > SMS Alerts Enable SMS Alerts. IF enabled SMS alerts will be send when conditions are met as configured to the phone numbers listed. Status Values (Selection) Enable / Disable Received Phone Numbers SMS Alerts can be sent to up to 6 different phone numbers that are listed here. Values (Selection)
(no default) Time Interval(s) SMS alerts, when active, will be sent out at the frequency defined here. Values (Seconds) 300 Device Alias The Device Alias allows you to add a useful, recognizable name or other text characters with each SMS notifcation Values (chars)
(varies) Microhard Systems Inc. 75 4.0 Configuration Enable or disable the RSSI alerts. If enable, enter the low RSSI threshold. Set the threshold for RSSI alerts. Enable or disable SMS Alerts for Roaming Status. The VIP4G can send alerts based on the roaming status. Data rates during roaming can be expensive and it is important to know when a device has started roaming. Enable or disable SMS Alerts for the Ethernet Link status of the LAN RJ45 port. The status of the Ethernet Link of the LAN (RJ45) can be used to send SMS Alerts. The link status may indicate an issue with the connected device. SMS Alerts can be sent based on the state changes of the Digital I/O lines. Input/Out Alias: Allows 20 characters to be added to the SMS message to help identify the input or output that has triggered the alert. RSSI Check Values (Selection) Disable RSSI check Enable RSSI check RSSI Check Values (dBm)
-99 Carrier Network Values (Selection) Disable Roaming Check Enable Roaming Check Home / Roaming Status Values (Selection) In Roaming Changed or In Roaming Changed to Roaming Ethernet Values (Selection) Disable Ethernet check Enable Ethernet check Ethernet Link Status Values (Selection) Changed In no-link Changed or in no-link Changed to no-link I/O Status Values (Selection) Disable IO Check Enable: INPUT Changed Enable: Output Changed Enable: INPUT or OUTPUT Changed. Microhard Systems Inc. 76 4.0 Configuration 4.3.7 Carrier > SMS SMS Command History The SMS menu allows a user to view the SMS Command History and view the SMS messages on the SIM Card. Image 4-3-8: SMS > SMS Command History Microhard Systems Inc. 77 4.0 Configuration 4.3.8 Carrier > Data Usage The Data Usage tool on the VIP4G allows users to monitor the amount of cellular data consumed. Since cellular devices are generally billed based on the amount of data used, alerts can be triggered by setting daily and/or monthly limits. Notifications can be sent using SMS or Email, allowing a early warning if configurable limits are about to be exceeded. The usage data reported by the Data Usage Monitor may not precisely match the data reported by the carrier, but it gives the users an idea of the bandwidth consumed by the VIP4G. Set up appropriate firewall rules to block unwanted data which may result in excessive data charges. Image 4-3-10: Carrier > Data Usage Status If enabled the VIP4G will track the amount of cellular data consumed. If disabled, data is not recorded, even in the Current Data Usage display. Values (selection) Disable Enable Microhard Systems Inc. 78 4.0 Configuration Select the notification method used to send alerts when daily or monthly thresholds are exceeded. If none is selected, notifications will not be sent, but data usage will be recorded for reference purposes. Values (selection) None Send Notice SMS Send Notice Email Monthly/Daily Over Limit Image 4-3-11: Data Usage > SMS Config Select the data unit to be used for data usage monitoring. Monthly/Daily Data Unit Values (selection) Bytes / K Bytes / M Bytes G Bytes Data Limit Select the data limit for the day or month, used in connection with the data unit is the previous field. If you want to set the limit to 250 Mbytes, select M Bytes for the data unit, and 250 for the data limit. Values (1-65535) 500 For Monthly tracking, select the day the billing/data cycles begins. On this day each month the VIP4G will reset the data usage monitor numbers. Values (1-31) Period Start Day 1 (Day of Month) Phone Number If SMS is selected as the notification method, enter the phone number to send any SMS messages generated when the data usage exceeds the configured limits. Values (phone)
+1403 Microhard Systems Inc. 79 Image 4-3-12: Data Usage > Email Config 4.0 Configuration If Email is selected as the notification method, enter the desired email subject line for the notification email sent when daily and/or monthly usage limits are exceeded. Mail Subject Values (string) Daily/Monthly Data Usage Notice Mail Server(IP/Name) If Email is selected as the notification method, enter the SMTP server details for the account used to send the Email notifications. Domain or IP address with the associated port as shown. Values (xxx:port) smtp.gmail.com:465 If Email is selected as the notification method, enter the username of the Email account used to send Emails. Values (username) Username
@gmail.com Password If Email is selected as the notification method, enter the password of the Email account used to send Emails. Most email servers require authentication on outgoing emails. Values (string)
***
Authentication type allows users to specific which, if any, Authentication type is used to send email via a SMTP server. Ensure that the Mail Server/
Port settings above reflect the correct settings. Contact your provider for this information if it is not known. Authentication Values (selection) None SSL/TLS STARTTLS SSL/TLS + STARTTTLS Mail Recipient Enter the email address of the individual or distribution list to send the email notification to. Values (xx@xx.xx) host@
Microhard Systems Inc. 80 4.0 Configuration 4.4 Wireless (WiFi) 4.4.1 Wireless > Status The Status window gives a summary of all radio or wireless related settings and connections. The General Status section shows the Wireless MAC address of the current radio, the Operating Mode
(Access Point, Client, Repeater etc), the SSID being used, frequency channel information and the type of security used. Traffic Status shows statistics about the transmitted and received data. The VIP4G shows information about all Wireless connections in the Connection Status section. The Wireless MAC address, Noise Floor, Signal to Noise ratio (SNR), Signal Strength (RSSI), The transmit and receive Client Connection Quality (CCQ), TX and RX data rates, and a graphical representation of the signal level or quality. Image 4-4-1: Wireless > Status Microhard Systems Inc. 81 4.0 Configuration 4.4.2 Wireless > Radio1 Radio1 Phy Configuration The top section of the Wireless Configuration allows for the configuration of the physical radio module. You can turn the radio on or off, and select the channel bandwidth and frequency as seen below. Image 4-4-2: Wireless > Radio Configuration Radio This option is used to turn the radio module on or off. If turned off Wireless connections can not be made. The default is On. Values (selection) The Mode defines which wireless standard to use for the wireless network. The VIP4G supports all 802.11a/b/g/n modes as seen here. Select the appropriate operating mode from the list. The options below are dependant and vary on the operating mode chosen here. On / Off Mode Values (selection) 802.11B ONLY 802.11BG 802.11NG-High Throughout 2.4GHz 802.11A ONLY 802.11NA-High Throughout 5GHz Channel Bandwidth Only appears when using 802.11b, bg or a modes. Lower channel bandwidths may provide longer range and be less susceptible to noise but at the trade off of data rates. Higher channel bandwidth may provide greater data rates but will be more susceptible to noise and shorter distance potentials. Values (selection) 20MHz Normal Rate Microhard Systems Inc. 82 4.0 Configuration Select HT20 for a 20MHz channel, or HT40 for a 40 MHz Channel. The 40MHz channel is comprised of 2 adjacent 20MHz channels and the + anddesignate to use the higher or lower of the adjacent channels. High Throughput Mode Values (selection) HT20 HT40-
HT40+
Advanced Capabilities (Only shown if box is checked) MPDU Aggregation (Enable/Disable) - Allows multiple data frames to be sent in a single transmission block, allowing for acknowledging or retransmitting if errors occur. Short GI (Enable/Disable) - GI (guard interval) is the time the receiver waits for any RF reflections to settle before sampling data. Enabling a short GI (400ns) can increase throughput, but can also increase the error rate in some installations. HT Capabilities Info - TX-STBC RX-STBC1 DSSS_CCK-40 Maximum AMSDU (byte) - 3839 Maximum AMPDU (byte) - 65535 The Channel-Freq setting allows configuration of which channel to operate on, auto can be chosen where the unit will automatically pick a channel to operate. If a link cannot be established it will try another channel. Channel-Freq 2.4 GHz Channels 5 GH Channels Auto Channel 01 : 2.412 GHz Channel 02 : 2.417 GHz Channel 03 : 2.422 GHz Channel 04 : 2.427 GHz Channel 05 : 2.432 GHz Channel 06 : 2.437 GHz Channel 07 : 2.442 GHz Channel 08 : 2.447 GHz Channel 09 : 2.452 GHz Channel 10 : 2.457 GHz Channel 11 : 2.462 GHz The Wireless Distance parameter allows a user to set the expected distance the WiFi signal needs to travel. The default is 10km, so the VIP4G will assume that the signal may need to travel up to 10km so it sets various internal timeouts to account for this travel time. Longer distances will require a higher setting, and shorter distances may perform better if the setting is reduced. Auto Channel 36: 5.18 GHz Channel 40: 5.2 GHz Channel 44: 5.22 GHz Channel 48: 5.24 GHz Channel 149 : 5.745 GHz Channel 153 : 5.765 GHz Channel 157 : 5.785 GHz Channel 161 : 5.805 GHz Channel 165 : 5.825 GHz Wireless Distance Values (meters) 10000 Microhard Systems Inc. 83 4.0 Configuration Once the RTS Threshold defined packet size is reached, the system will invoke RTS/CTS flow control. A large RTS Threshold will improve bandwidth, while a smaller RTS Threshold will help the system recover from interference or collisions caused by obstructions. Values (selection) On / OFF RTS Thr (256 ~ 2346) The Fragmentation Threshold allows the system to change the maximum RF packet size. Increasing the RF packet size reduces the need to break packets into smaller fragments. Increasing the fragmentation threshold slightly may improve performance if a high packet error rate is experienced. Values (selection) On / OFF Fragment Thr (256 ~ 2346) Radio1 Virtual Interface The bottom section of the Wireless Configuration provides for the configuration of the Operating Mode of the Wireless Interface, the TX power, Wireless Network information, and Wireless Encryption. The VIP4G can support multiple virtual interfaces. These interfaces provide different SSIDs for different users, and can also be assigned to separate subnets (Network Interfaces) to prevent groups from interacting. Image 4-4-3: Wireless > Radio Configuration Choose between LAN or WIFI for the Virtual Interface. If additional Network Interfaces have been defined in the Network > LAN section, the Interface name will also appear here. Network Values (selection) LAN WIFI
(Additional Interfaces) Microhard Systems Inc. 84 4.0 Configuration Access Point
- An Access Point may provide a wireless data connection to many clients, such as stations, repeaters, or other supported wireless devices such as laptops etc. If more than 1 Virtual Interface (more than 1 SSID) has been defined, the VIP4G can ONLY operate as a Access Point, and will be locked into this mode. Values (selection) Access Point Client Repeater Mode
- A Station may sustain one wireless connection, i.e. to an Access Point. Station/Client Repeater wireless data connection to many clients, such as stations.
- A Repeater can be connected to an Access Point to extend the range and provide a This setting determines the rate at which the data is to be wirelessly transferred. The default is Auto and, in this configuration, the unit will transfer data at the highest possible rate in consideration of the receive signal strength (RSSI). Setting a specific value of transmission rate has the benefit of predictability of that rate, but if the RSSI drops below the required minimum level to support that rate, communications will fail. TX Rate 802.11 b/g 802.11a 802.11n (HT20/HT40) Auto 1 Mbps (802.11b,g) 2 Mbps (802.11b,g) 5.5 Mbps (802.11b,g) 11 Mbps (802.11b,g) 6 Mbps (802.11g) 9 Mbps (802.11g) 12 Mbps (802.11g) 18 Mbps (802.11g) 24 Mbps (802.11g) 36 Mbps (802.11g) 48 Mbps (802.11g) 54 Mbps (802.11g) Auto 6 Mbps 9 Mbps 12 Mbps 18 Mbps 24 Mbps 36 Mbps 48 Mbps 54 Mbps Auto mcs-0 (7.2/15) Mbps mcs-1 (14.4/30.0) Mbps mcs-2 (21.7/45.0) Mbps mcs-3 (28.9/60.0) Mbps mcs-4 (43.3/90.0) Mbps mcs-5 (57.8/120.0) Mbps mcs-6 (65.0/135.0) Mbps mcs-7 (72.2/150.0) Mbps mcs-8 (14.4/30.0) Mbps mcs-9 (28.9/60.0) Mbps mcs-10 (43.3/90.0) Mbps mcs-11 (57.8/120.0) Mbps mcs-12 (86.7/180.0) Mbps mcs-13 (115.6/240.0) Mbps mcs-14 (130.3/270.0) Mbps mcs-15 (144.4/300.0) Mbps Microhard Systems Inc. 85 4.0 Configuration This setting establishes the transmit power level which will be presented to the antenna connectors at the rear of the VIP4G. Unless required, the Tx Power should be set not for maximum, but rather for the minimum value required to maintain an adequate system fade margin. TX Power Values (selection) 11 dBm 12 dBm 13 dBm 14 dBm 15 dBm 16 dBm 17 dBm 18 dBm 19 dBm 20 dBm 21 dBm 22 dBm 23 dBm 24 dBm 25 dBm 26 dBm 27 dBm 28 dBm 29 dBm 30 dBm WDS Wireless distribution system (WDS) is a system enabling the wireless interconnection of access points. WDS preserves the MAC addresses of client frames across links between access points Values (selection) On / Off Disabling the SSID broadcast helps secure the wireless network. Enabling the broadcast of the SSID (Network Name) will permit others to see the wireless network and perhaps attempt to join it. Values (selection) On / Off ESSID Broadcast When AP Isolation is enabled wireless devices connected to this SSID will not be able to communicate with each other. In other words if the VIP4G is being used as a Hot Spot for many wireless clients, AP Isolation would provide security for those clients by not allowing access to any other wireless device. Values (selection) On / Off AP Isolation All devices connecting to the VIP4G in a given network must use the SSID of the VIP4G. This unique network address is not only a security feature for a particular network, but also allows other networks - with their own unique network address - to operate in the same area without the possibility of undesired data exchange between networks. Values (string) wlan0 SSID Refer to FCC (or as otherwise applicable) regulations to ascertain, and not operate beyond, the maximum allowable transmitter output power and effective isotropic radiated power (EIRP). SSID: Service Set Identifier. The name of a wireless network. In an open wireless network, the SSID is broadcast; in a closed system it is not. The SSID must be known by a potential client for it to be able to access the wireless network. Change the default value for the Network Name to something unique for your network. Do this for an added measure of security and to differentiate your network from others which may be operating nearby. Microhard Systems Inc. 86 4.0 Configuration Encryption Type The encryption types defines the type of security used for the Wireless Interface, to join a network a device must know the correct password/
passphrase/key. Security options are dependent on the version type. This section describes all available options. Export versions may not have all optional available to meet regulatory requirements set government policies. Values (selection) Disabled WPA (PSK) WPA2 (PSK) WPA+WPA2 (PSK) WPA Enterprise (RADIUS) WPA2 Enterprise (RADIUS) WPA+WPA2 Enterprise(RADIUS) WPA PSK This is the password, or preshared key that is required by any device to connect to the wireless interface of the VIP4G. It is strongly recommended to always have a password defined, and changed from the factory default. Values (string) 0123456789 Check this box to show the currently configured password for WPA/
WPA2 encryption passphrase. Values (selection) unchecked Show Password If using Enterprise (RADIUS) encryption, enter the IP Address of the RADIUS authentication server here. Values (IP Address)
(no default) RADIUS IP Address If using Enterprise (RADIUS) encryption, enter the port number of the RADIUS authentication server here. Values (port)
(no default) RADIUS Port This is the password, or preshared key that is required by any device to connect to the wireless interface of the VIP4G. It is strongly recommended to always have a password defined, and changed from the factory default. Values (selection) 0123456789 RADIUS Server Key The MAC filter allows the control of which WIFI devices can, or cannot connect to the VIP4G. If set to Allow, only the MAC Addresses listed will be allowed to connect, all others will be blocked. When set to Deny, only the devices (via MAC) will be blocked. Values (selection) Disabled / Allow / Deny MAC Filter Microhard Systems Inc. 87 4.0 Configuration 4.4.3 Wireless > HotSpot The Wireless Hotspot configuration is used when providing public hotspot services and it is required to use a server or web based authentication service to verify users. Image 4-4-5: Wireless > Hotspot Hotspot Status Use this option to enable or disable the hotspot authentication service. Values (selection) Specify the hotspot URL as given by your service provider. The address of the UAM Server, the authentication portal. This is a secret password between the Redirect URL and the Hotspot given by the hotspot provider. UAM Allowed is a list of websites that unauthenticated users are allowed to access. Enable / Disable Redirect URL Values
(varies) Values hotsys123 Values
(varies) UAM Secret UAM Allowed Microhard Systems Inc. 88 4.0 Configuration Hotspot Network Configuration This field is used to specify which configured network is bonded to the hotspot. Sub networks can be created in the Network > LAN menu, which are dedicated to the hotspot devices.
*The DHCP service for the network used should be turned off as all IP address assignments will be made by the hotspot service provider.*
Values Varies Hotspot Network Specify the IP Address of the Hotspot application. All hotspot clients will get an IP address in the same network as the Hotspot. Values Network IP Address 192.168.182.0 Network Netmask Specify the Netmask of the Hotspot application. All hotspot clients will get an IP address in the same network as the Hotspot. Values Provide your service providers 1st DNS Server domain. 255.255.255.0 DNS Domain Values Key.chillispot.info Primary DNS Specify the Primary DNS server to be used by devices connected to the Hotspot network. Values 208.67.222.222 Secondary DNS Specify the Secondary DNS server to be used by devices connected to the Hotspot network. Values 208.67.222.220 DHCP Start When devices connect to the BulletPlus WiFi and Hotspot is enabled, the Hotspot will assign the IP addresses to the connected devices, select the starting range here. Values 3 When devices connect to the BulletPlus WiFi and Hotspot is enabled, the Hotspot will assign the IP addresses to the connected devices, select the ending range here. Values 250 Microhard Systems Inc. 89 DHCP End 4.0 Configuration Hotspot Radius Configuration Image 4-4-5: Wireless > Hotspot Radius Configuration Radius NAS ID This is the RADIUS name of your Hotspot as given by your Hotspot Service Provider. Values Microhard_1 As assigned by the Hotspot Service Provider, the name or IP address of the primary RADIUS Server. Values Radius Server 1 radius.hotspotsystem.com Radius Server 2 As assigned by the Hotspot Service Provider, the name or IP address of the alternate RADIUS Server. Values radius2.hotspotsystem.com Radius Auth Port The Radius Authentication Port Number. The default is 1812. This is provided by your Hotspot service provider. Values 1812 The Radius Account Port Number. The default is 1813. This is provided by your Hotspot service provider. Also called a shared key, this is the RADIUS password assigned by you Hotspot provider. Radius Acct Port Values 1813 Values hotsys123 Radius Secret Microhard Systems Inc. 90 4.0 Configuration Specify the Radius CoA UDP Port here. This information is supplied by the hotspot service provider. Values (port) 3799 Radius CoA UDP Port Microhard Systems Inc. 91 4.0 Configuration 4.4.4 Wireless > Netmotion Netmotion allows the modem to use the WIFI interface for a default data connection rather than the cellular connection, when available. This is done by changing the default route between the Carrier and WIF networks. When Netmotion is enabled the modem will attempt to use the WIFI connection as a WAN connection for data first, and if that connection fails, or is not available, the modem will use the Cellular connection. Up to 10 previously used networks can be used under Roaming for mobile applications. For Netmotion to be used the modem must be configured to meet the following prerequisites. When Netmotion is enabled, the Wireless interface cannot be used as a Access Point for other devices to connect to.
- The Network > WIFI interface must be configured.
- The WIFI interface must be bound to Radio1 in the Wireless > Radio1 menu
- The Wireless interface must be setup as a Station/Client Image 4-4-6: Wireless > Netmotion Disable/Enable Use this option to enable or disable the Netmotion functionality of the modem. Values (selection) Enable / Disable Microhard Systems Inc. 92 4.0 Configuration 4.4.5 Wireless > Roam The Roam menu is used in conjunction with Netmotion. When the modem is connected to a AP (Access Point), the Roaming page will only display the currently connected network, and the History List of previously used networks. If the modem is not currently connected to a Wireless Network, Roam will display all available APs (Access Points) in range, as well as the history list of previously used networks. The last 10 configured APs will be displayed in the list and will be automatically used if they are available. This is ideal for mobile applications, where the modem will be moving from place to place. Unwanted networks can be removed from the history list to prevent the modem from using it. Image 4-4-7: Wireless > Roam Microhard Systems Inc. 93 4.0 Configuration 4.5 Comport 4.5.1 Comport > Status The Status window gives a summary of the Serial port on the VIP4G. The Status window shows if the com port has been enabled, how it is configured (Connect As), and the connection status. Also shown is statistical information about the serial port, including the number of transmitted and received packets and bytes. This can be used to diagnose connection and data usage issues. Image 4-5-1: Comport > Comport Status Microhard Systems Inc. 94 4.0 Configuration 4.5.2 Comport > Settings This menu option is used to configure the serial device server for the serial communications port. Serial device data may be brought into the IP network through TCP, UDP, or multicast; it may also exit the VIP4G network on another VIP4G serial port. The fully-featured RS232 interface supports hardware handshaking. Basic configuration of the serial port would be to first, set the appropriate interface connection settings such as the baud rate and data format. Next, it is critical to define the IP Protocol Config, since all serial data entering the VIP4G is essentially converted to IP, to either TCP, or UDP packets. The following section describes the configuration of the serial port. Image 4-5-2: Comport > Settings Configuration Microhard Systems Inc. 95 4.0 Configuration Com Port Status Select operational status of the Serial Port. The port is disabled by default, to allow the port to be used for console and AT command operations. If it is required to connect to a serial based device, the port first must be enabled. Values (selection) Disabled / Enable Determines which serial interface shall be used to connect to external devices: RS232, RS485, or RS422. When an interface other than RS232 is selected, the DE9 port will be inactive. Values (selection) RS232 / RS485 / RS422 Channel Mode Note: Most PCs do not readily support serial communications greater than 115200bps. Software flow control (XON/
XOFF) is not supported. The serial baud rate is the rate at which the modem is to communicate with the attached local asynchronous device. Data Baud Rate Values (bps) 921600 460800 230400 115200 57600 38400 28800 19200 14400 9600 7200 4800 3600 2400 1200 600 300 Data Format This setting determines the format of the data on the serial port. The default is 8 data bits, No parity, and 1 Stop bit. Values (selection) 8N1 8N2 8E1 8O1 7N1 7N2 7E1 7O1 7E2 7O2 Flow Control Flow control may be used to enhance the reliability of serial data communications, particularly at higher baud rates. If the attached device does not support hardware handshaking, leave this setting at the default value of None. When CTS Framing is selected, the VIP4G uses the CTS signal to gate the output data on the serial port. Values (selection) None Hardware CTS Framing Microhard Systems Inc. 96 Drawing 4A: CTS Output Data Framing 4.0 Configuration Refer to Drawing 4A on the preceding page. Values (time (ms) ) Pre-Data Delay 100 Post-Data Delay Refer to Drawing 4A on the preceding page. Values (time (ms) ) 100 Date Mode This setting defines the serial output data framing. In Transparent mode (default), the received data will be output promptly from the VIP4G. Values (selection) Seamless / Transparent When set to Seamless, the serial port server will add a gap between data frames to comply with the MODBUS protocol for example. See Character Timeout below for related information. In Seamless mode (see Data Mode described on the preceding page), this setting determines when the serial server will consider the recently
-received incoming data as being ready to transmit. As per the MODBUS standard, frames will be marked as bad if the time gap between frames is greater than 1.5 characters, but less than the Character Timeout value. Character Timeout Values (characters) 0 The serial server also uses this parameter to determine the time gap inserted between frames. It is measured in characters and related to baud rate. Example: If the baud rate is 9600bps, it takes approximately 1ms to move one character. With the Character Timeout set to 4, the timeout period is 4ms. When the calculated time is less than 3.5ms, the serial server will set the character timeout to a minimum value of 3.5ms. If the baud rate is greater than 19200bps, the minimum character timeout is internally set to 750us
(microseconds). Defines the buffer size that the serial server will use to receive data from the serial port. When the server detects that the Character Timeout criteria has been met, or the buffer is full, it packetizes the received frame and transmits it. Values (bytes) 1024 Maximum Packet Size This setting effects the quality of service associated with the data traffic on the COM port. Values (selection) Normal / Medium / High Priority Microhard Systems Inc. 97 4.0 Configuration When enabled the data will continue to buffer received on the serial data port when the radio loses synchronization. When disabled the VIP4G will disregard any data received on the serial data port when radio synchronization is lost. Values (selection) Disable / Enable No-Connection Data This option will enable or disable the MODBUS decoding and encoding features. Values (selection) MODBUS TCP Status Disable / Enable MODBUS TCP Protection The field allows the MODBUS TCP Protection Status flag to be enabled or disabled. If enabled the MODBUS data will be encrypted with the MODBUS Protection Key. Values (selection) Disable / Enable MODBUS encryption key used for the MODBUS TCP Protection Status feature. Values (string) 1234 MODBUS TCP Protection Key Microhard Systems Inc. 98 4.0 Configuration The protocol selected in the IP Protocol Config field will determine which configuration options appear in the remainder of the COM1 Configuration Menu. This setting determines which protocol the serial server will use to transmit serial port data over the VIP4G network. The protocol selected in the IP Protocol Config field will determine which configuration options appear in the remainder of the COM1 Configuration Menu. The serial port will not work unless the IP Protocol Config has been configured properly. Once serial data is collected at the serial port, the modem must be told how to deal with it, and where to send it. Values (selection) TCP Client TCP Server TCP Client/Server UDP Point-to-Point SMTP Client SMS Transparent Mode GPS Transparent Mode IP Protocol Config TCP Client: When TCP Client is selected and data is received on its serial port, the VIP4G takes the initiative to find and connect to a remote TCP server. The TCP session is terminated by this same unit when the data exchange session is completed and the connection timeout has expired. If a TCP connection cannot be established, the serial port data is discarded. UDP: User Datagram Protocol does not provide sequencing information for the packets sent nor does it establish a connection (handshaking) and is therefore most suited to communicating small packets of data. Remote Server Address IP address of a TCP server which is ready to accept serial port data through a TCP connection. For example, this server may reside on a LAN network server. Default: 0.0.0.0 Remote Server Port A TCP port which the remote server listens to, awaiting a session connection request from the TCP Client. Once the session is established, the serial port data is communicated from the Client to the Server. Default: 20001 Outgoing Connection Timeout This parameter determines when the VIP4G will terminate the TCP connection if the connection is in an idle state (i.e. no data traffic on the serial port). Default: 60 (seconds) TCP Server: In this mode, the VIP4G Series will not INITIATE a session, rather, it will wait for a Client to request a session of it (its being the Serverit serves a Client). The unit will listen on a specific TCP port. If a session is established, data will flow from the Client to the Server, and, if present, from the Server to the Client. If a session is not established, both Client-side serial data, and Server-side serial data , if present, will be discarded. Local Listening Port The TCP port which the Server listens to. It allows a TCP connection to be created by a TCP Client to Default: 20001 carry serial port data. Incoming Connection Timeout Established when the TCP Server will terminate the TCP connection is the connection is in an idle state. Default: 300 (seconds) TCP: Transmission Control Protocol in contrast to UDP does provide sequencing information and is connection
-oriented; a more reliable protocol, particularly when large amounts of data are being communicated. Requires more bandwidth than UDP. Microhard Systems Inc. 99 4.0 Configuration IP Protocol Config (Continued) TCP Client/Server: In this mode, the VIP4G will be a combined TCP Client and Server, meaning that it can both initiate and serve TCP connection (session) requests. Refer to the TCP Client and TCP Server descriptions and settings described previously as all information, combined, is applicable to this mode. UDP Point-to-Point: In this configuration the VIP4G will send serial data to a specifically-defined point, using UDP packets. This same VIP4G will accept UDP packets from that same point. Remote IP Address IP address of distant device to which UDP packets are sent when data received at serial port. Default: 0.0.0.0 UDP port of distant device mentioned above. Default: 20001 Remote Port Listening Port UDP port which the IP Series listens to (monitors). UDP packets received on this port are forwarded to the units serial port. Default: 20001 A UDP or TCP port is an application end-point. The IP address identifies the device and, as an extension of the IP address, the port essentially fine tunes where the data is to go within the device. Be careful to select a port number that is not predetermined to be associated with another application type, e.g. HTTP uses port 80. SMTP Client: If the VIP4G has Internet access, this protocol may be used to send the data received on the serial port (COM1), in a selectable format (see Transfer Mode (below)), to an e-mail addressee. Both the SMTP Server and the e-mail addressee must be reachable for his feature to function. Mail Subject Enter a suitable e-mail subject (e-mail heading). Default: COM1 Message Mail Server (IP/Name) IP address or Name of SMTP (Mail) Server. Default: 0.0.0.0 Mail Recipient A valid e-mail address for the intended addressee, entered in the proper format. Default: host@
Message Max Size Maximum size for the e-mail message. Default: 1024 Timeout (s) How long the unit will wait to gather data from the serial port before sending an e-mail message; data will be sent immediately upon reaching Message Max Size. Default: 10 Transfer Mode Select how the data received on COM1 is to be sent to the email addressee. Options are: Text, Attached File, Hex Code. Default: Text Microhard Systems Inc. 100
1 2 3 | User Manual 2 of 2 | Users Manual | 3.12 MiB | August 16 2016 |
4.0 Configuration SMS Transparent Mode: Serial data from the COM1 port can be send to one or multiple destinations via SMS text messaging. SMS messages received by the VIP4G can also be sent to the COM1 port. IP Protocol Config (Continued) Image 4-5-3: Comport > SMS Transparent Mode Message Max Size Enter the maximum message size. Once the number of characters has been reached the VIP4G will package the data up and send it as a SMS message to the number(s) specified.
[1.160]. The character timeout can be used to send messages more frequently by detecting a pause in the incoming data. Default: 160 Reply Timeout(s) Enter a value for the Reply Timeout in seconds. Default: 10 Access Control By selecting Anonymous, the VIP4G will accept a SMS message from any number. If Control Phone List is selected, only messages from the numbers in the Access Control List will be accepted. Default: Anonymous Read SMS Control Select Keep in SIM Card to save incoming SMS messages in the SIM card, select Delete to delete messages once they have been output to serial port. Default: Keep in SIM Card Access Control Phone List Messages can be sent to up to five (5) numbers, also, this list can be used to filter incoming SMS messages (See Access Control) Default: None Microhard Systems Inc. 101 4.0 Configuration GPS Transparent Mode: When in GPS Transparent Mode, GPS data is reported out the serial port at 1 second intervals. Sample output is shown below:
IP Protocol Config (Continued) Image 4-5-4: Comport > GPS Transparent Mode Microhard Systems Inc. 102 4.0 Configuration 4.6 I/O 4.6.1 I/O > Status The VIP4G has 4 status inputs, which can be used with various alarms and sensors for monitoring, telling the modem when certain events have occurred, such as an intrusion alarm on a door, a temperature threshold has been exceed, or a generator has failed, out of fuel. Also included are 4 outputs, that can be used to drive external relays to remotely control equipment and devices. Image 4-6-1: I/O > Status Input Status The WebUI will display the current state of each input. The I/O pins are all normally open so an open status indicates that there is nothing connected to the input pins, or that an event has not occurred to trigger the input. The inputs have a small wetting current (Vin) used to detect a contact closure, and prevent false readings by any noise or intermittent signals, it has a threshold sensitivity of 1.8V. Output Status The WebUI will display the current state of each control output. Using the Output menu discussed in the next section, a user can remotely control the status of the output pins. Microhard Systems Inc. 103 4.0 Configuration 4.6.2 I/O > OUTPUT Each of the 4 Outputs can be controlled separately, allowing a user to remotely trigger an event. Image 4-6-2: I/O > OUTPUT The output pins on the VIP4G can be used provide output signals, which can be used to drive an external relay to control an external device. Maximum recommended load for the Output Pin is 150mA @ 32 VDC
(Vin) 4.6.3 I/O > I/O Rules Custom rules can be applied to the I/O behavior, such as setting a output after a specified time, or an input or combination of inputs triggering output(s). Image 4-6-3: I/O > I/O Rules Microhard Systems Inc. 104 4.0 Configuration I/O Port Rule Define Values (selection) Disable Default Rules Custom Rules Set the type of I/O rules to perform:
Disabled: Outputs have no logical connection to inputs. Default Rules:
Each input has a logical connection to each output as follows:
Input 1 -> Output 1 Input 2 -> Output 2 Input 3 -> Output 3 Input 4 -> Output 4 Custom Rules:
User can make custom rules to trigger output states. Custom rules can contain any of the following I/O rules:
A timer has finished counting down A input signal has changed state A combination of a input state and a timer. Each I/O rule must have a unique name. This is for reference purposes and has no effect on the rule itself. Values (characters) rule0 Rule Name Define the parameters of the desired rule:
Use Timer Only: Once the programmed timer has expired, the defined output state will be triggered. Use Input States Only: The VIP4G will set puts as defined based on input states. Use Input States With Timer: A combination of inputs states and a timer would trigger an output action when the input state if changed for more than the specified time. I/O Rule Mode Values (selection) Use Timer Only Use Input States Only Use Input States With Timer Microhard Systems Inc. 105 4.0 Configuration 4.6.4 I/O > Accelerometer The VIP4G has a internal Accelerometer, which can be configured to report events to a remote host based on a specific physical activity. Image 4-6-4: I/O > Accelerometer Accelerometer Report Enable or disable reporting by the Accelerometer. Values (selection) Select reporting on event, timer or both. Disable Enable Report Trigger Mode Values (selection) Event Timer Event OR Timer Interval Set the time at which events will be reported if the timer feature is selected. Values (seconds) Select the types of events that cause a report to be sent. Values (selection) 120 Report Message ALL Impact Activity Inactivity Microhard Systems Inc. 106 4.0 Configuration Select the format in which the report will be sent, TAIP or Text. Values (selection) Report Format Type Enter the IP Address of the remote host. This is the address in which the reports will be sent via UDP packets. Enter the UDP port number to send the reports. TAIP Text Remote IP Values (IP Address) 0.0.0.0 Remote PORT Values (Port) 20100 Microhard Systems Inc. 107 4.0 Configuration 4.7 GPS 4.7.1 GPS > Location Location Map The location map shows the location on the VIP4G. The unit will attempt to get the GPS coordinates from the built in GPS receiver, and if unsuccessful, will use the Cell ID location reported by the Cellular Carrier. Image 4-7-1: GPS > Location Map When using standalone GPS the specific coordinates are shown as in the above screenshot. If the VIP4G is unable to locate GPS satellites, or if configured to use Embedded Carrier GPS, only the estimated location of the VIP4G is shown with a radius drawn on the map. Microhard Systems Inc. 108 4.0 Configuration 4.7.2 GPS > Settings The VIP4G can be polled fro GPS data via GPSD standards and/or provide customizable reporting to up to 4 different hosts using UDP or Email Reporting. GPS data can also be reported to the COM1 serial port. For more information, refer to the COM1 > IP Protocol Config > GPS Transparent Mode section. Image 4-7-2: GPS > Settings Enable or disable the GPS polling function of the VIP4G. Select the data source for GPS data. Specify the TCP port on the VIP4G where the GPS service is running and remote systems can connect and poll for GPSD data. GPS Status Values Disable / Enable GPS Source Values Stand Alone GPS Embedded Carrier GPS TCP Port Values 2947 Microhard Systems Inc. 109 4.0 Configuration 4.7.3 GPS > GPS Report The VIP4G can provide customizable reporting to up to 4 hosts using UDP or Email Reporting. Image 4-7-3: GPS > GPS Report Report Define Enable UDP and/or Email or disable GPS Reporting. Up to 4 reports can be set up and configured independently. Values (selection) Disable UDP Report Email Report Time Interval The interval timer specifies the frequency at which the GPS data is reported in seconds. Values (seconds) 600 Microhard Systems Inc. 110 4.0 Configuration The Message field allows customization of up to 4 different GPS messages to be sent to the specified host. Sends all of the below None ALL GGA GSA GSV RMC VTG GPSGate - For use with GPSGate Tracking Software
- Message is not used, no data will be sent
-
- GPS Fix Data
- Overall Satellite Data
- Detailed Satellite Data
- Recommended Min Data for GPS
-
Vector Track & Ground Speed Message 1-4 Values (selection) None ALL NMEA GGA GSA GSV RMC VTG Latitude/Longitude GPSGate UDP Protocol Trigger Set The trigger condition defines the conditions that must be met before a GPS update is reported. If OR is chosen, the Repeater Timer OR the Distance trigger conditions must be met before an update is sent. The AND condition, requires that both the Repeat timer AND the Distance trigger conditions be met before an update is sent. Values (selection) Only Timer Timer AND Distance Timer OR Distance The distance parameter allows the GPS data to only be sent when a specified distance has been traveled since the last report. Values (meters) Distance Set 1000 UDP Remote IP / Port This is the IP Address and port of the remote host in which the UDP packets are to be sent. Values (Address/Port) 0.0.0.0 / 20175 Mail Subject If an Email report is chosen, the subject line of the Email can be defined here. Values (characters) 1000 Mail Server If an Email report is to be sent, the outgoing mail server must be defined, and the port number. Values (Address:port) smtp.gmail.com:465 Username / Password Some outgoing mail servers required username and password to prevent an account being used for spam. Enter the login credentials here. Values (characters) Username / password Mail Recipient Some outgoing mail servers require a username and password to prevent an account being used for spam. Enter the login credentials here. Values (characters) host@email.com Microhard Systems Inc. 111 4.0 Configuration 4.7.4 GPS > GpsGate The VIP4G is compatible with GpsGate - GPS Tracking Software, which is a 3rd party mapping solution used for various GPS services including vehicle and asset tracking The VIP4G can communicate with GpsGate via Tracker Mode and TCP/IP. (UDP reporting can also send information to GpsGate, see the GPS > Report - UDP Reports) Image 4-7-4: GPS > GpsGate Tracker Mode GpsGate - Tracker Mode Enable GpsGate Tracker Mode or TCP modes. In tracker mode The VIP4G and GpsGate software will communicate via TCP/IP, however if a connection is not available it will attempt to use SMS messaging. Mode Set Values (selection) Disable Enable Tracker Mode Enable TCP Send Mode Server Command Channel By default VIP4G and GpsGate will use TCP and SMS to ensure communication between each other. It is also possible to specify TCP or SMS communication only. Initial setup in Tracker mode must be via SMS. Values (seconds) TCP and SMS TCP Only SMS Only TCP alive mode will keep TCP connection alive if tracker is not enabled or the tracker interval is too long. The default is 150 seconds. Values (seconds) 150 TCP Alive Mode / Alive Time Interval Microhard Systems Inc. 112 4.0 Configuration A phone number filter can be applied to prevent SMS commands not intended for the VIP4G from being processed. Values (selection) Setup Phone Filter Disable: Accept All Enable Filter Motion Trigger Use this parameter to enable or disable the motion trigger in the VIP4G. Values (selection) Disable Enable Motion Trigger Send IO Status When enabled, the VIP4G will send the current status of the Digital I/O inputs and/or outputs to the GpsGate Server. Values (selection) Disable Send Input Status Send Output Status Send Input&Output Status When GPS Invalid, Sending Data Specify what happens when the GPS data is invalid, either use the last valid position or do not use the last valid position. Values (selection) Not Use Last Valid Position Use Last Valid Position GpsGate - TCP Mode Image 4-7-5: GPS > GpsGate TCP Mode Microhard Systems Inc. 113 4.0 Configuration Enable GpsGate Tracker Mode or TCP modes. In TCP Mode the VIP4G will establish a connection with the GpsGate Server directly without the SMS setup process. If the TCP connection is not available, the VIP4G will continue to try to connect every few seconds. Mode Set Values (selection) Disable Enable Tracker Mode Enable TCP Send Mode Server Address / IP Enter the IP Address of the server running the GpsGate application. Values (IP Address) 192.168.168.1 Server Port Enter the TCP Port of the server running the GpsGate application. Values (Port) 30175 Server Interval Define the interval at which the VIP4G will send data to the GpsGate Server. Values (seconds) 60 Motion Distance Set the motion threshold in which the VIP4G will be triggered to send location data. Values (meters) 100 Send IO Status When enabled, the VIP4G will send the current status of the Digital I/O inputs and/or outputs to the GpsGate Server. Values (selection) Disable Send Input Status Send Output Status Send Input&Output Status When GPS Invalid, Sending Data Specify what happens when the GPS data is invalid, either use the last valid position or do not use the last valid position. Values (selection) Not Use Last Valid Position Use Last Valid Position Microhard Systems Inc. 114 4.0 Configuration 4.7.5 GPS > Recorder The VIP4G can be configured to record events based on time intervals, and/or an event trigger and store them in non-volatile memory. These events can then be viewed within the WebUI, on a map, or sent to a remote server in a number of different formats. Image 4-7-6: GPS > GPS Recorder Service Status Use the Status parameter to enable the GPS recording functionality of the VIP4G. The total number of records that can be recorded varies between 16,000 and 36,000, depending on the number of GPS parameters that are recorded. Values (selection) Disable Enable GPS Recorder Time Interval Define the interval at which the VIP4G will record GPS data. If there is no valid data available at the specified time (i.e. no connected satellites), the unit will wait until the next time valid information is received. Values (seconds) 300 The VIP4G can detect and report the current GPS info when a digital input or output status changes, regardless of the time interval setting. Values (selection) Record / Dont Record DI/DO Changed Microhard Systems Inc. 115 4.0 Configuration Select Record to include the current speed in the reported data. Speed Values (selection) Record / Dont Record Over Speed Trigger a GPS record entry when the speed has exceeded the configured threshold. A minimum of 30 Km/hr is required. Values (Km/hr) 120 Orientation Select Record to record the current orientation when a GPS entry is recorded. (Degree to North). Values (selection) Record / Dont Record Orientation Changed Record a GPS, regardless of the time interval, if the orientation of the unit changes. (5 ~ 180: 180 = Disable) Values (5 ~ 180) 60 Carrier RSSI Level Select Record to record the current 4G/Cellular RSSI level when a GPS entry is recorded. (-dB). Values (selection) Record / Dont Record Altitude Select Record to record the current Altitude when a GPS entry is recorded
(meters). Values (selection) Record / Dont Record Microhard Systems Inc. 116 4.0 Configuration 4.7.6 GPS > Load Record Data that has been recorded and saved by the VIP4G can then be viewed or sent to a remote server in various formats. The data recorded can also be viewed directly by selecting View Data and the data can be traced on a map (internet access required), by selecting Trace Map, or Quick Trace. The screenshots below show the raw data that can be viewed and the Trace Map/Quick Trace output. Image 4-7-7: GPS > GPS Load Record Microhard Systems Inc. 117 4.0 Configuration Check the boxes next to the records listed above that are to be sent to the server. Values (selection) Record Time Range
(no default) Send Mode / Protocol Specify the data format / protocol type for the data to be sent. Values (selection) NMEA via UDP NMEA via TCP GpsGate via UDP GpsGate via TCP Plain Text via UDP Plain Text via TCP Server Address/IP Enter the address or IP address of the remote server to which the data is to be sent. Values (IP) nms.microhardcorp.com Server Port Enter the UDP/TCP port number of the remote server to which the data is to be sent. Values (Port) 30175 Microhard Systems Inc. 118 4.0 Configuration 4.7.7 GPS > TAIP The VIP4G has the ability to send GPS data in TAIP (Trimble ACSII Interface Protocol) format to up to 4 different TAIP servers. The following section describes the configuration parameters required to initialize TAIP reporting. Image 4-7-8: GPS > TAIP TAIP service status Enable or disable TAIP service on the VIP4G. The VIP4G can report TAIP to up to 4 different hosts. Values (selection) Enter the IP Address of the Remote TAIP Server. Enable / Disable Remote TAIP Server Values (IP Address) 0.0.0.0 Socket Type Select the socket type that is used by the Remote TAIP server. Select TCP or UDP, this will define how the connection (TCP) or data is sent (UDP) to the server. Values (selection) UDP / TCP Enter the TCP or UDP port number used on the Remote TAIP server. Values (TCP/UDP) UDP / TCP Remote TAIP Port Microhard Systems Inc. 119 4.0 Configuration Select between RPV and RLN message types. RPV - Position/Velocity RLN - Long Navigation Message Message Type Values (selection) RPV / RLN Interval Set the frequency at which TAIP messages are reported to the remote server. The unit used is seconds, and the default value is 60 seconds. Values (seconds) Set the Vehicle ID using 4 alpha-numeric characters. 60 Vehicle ID Values (chars) 0000 Microhard Systems Inc. 120 4.0 Configuration 4.8 Firewall 4.8.1 Firewall > Status Firewall Status allows a user to see detailed information about how the firewall is operating. The All, Filter, Nat, Raw, and Mangle options can be used to view different aspects of the firewall. Image 4-8-1: Firewall > Status Microhard Systems Inc. 121 4.0 Configuration 4.8.2 Firewall > General The General Firewall settings allow users to enable or disable the firewall, and to decide which areas of the modem to protect. The Firewall can also be reset to factory defaults from this area of the WebUI. In a cellular device such as this, it is highly recommended to configure the firewall to protect any devices connected to the modem, and to control data usage. This is especially important units set up with a public IP address as the modem is effectively on the public internet and is susceptible to a wide range of threats which may severely impact the data usage. This can be avoided by blocking all 4G/Cellular traffic and setting up specific rules to either open only used ports, or even restrict access to specific IP/networks. Image 4-8-2: Firewall > General Firewall Status For best practices and to control data usage it is critical that the firewall be configured properly. It is recommended to block all incoming 4G/Cellular traffic and create rules to open specific ports and/or use ACL lists to limit incoming connections. When enabled, the firewall settings are in effect. When disabled, none of the settings configured in the menus below have an effect, the modem is open to anyone. Values Disable / Enable Allow remote management of the VIP4G on the WAN side using the WebUI on port 80(HTTP), and 443 (HTTPS). If disabled, the configuration can only be accessed from the LAN (or 4G if enabled).. Values Enable / Disable WAN Remote Management Allow remote management of the VIP4G from the 4G side of using the WebUI on port 80(HTTP), and 443 (HTTPS). If disabled, the configuration can only be accessed from the LAN (or WAN if enabled).. Values Enable / Disable 4G Remote Management Microhard Systems Inc. 122 4.0 Configuration When Blocked the VIP4G will block all requests from devices on the WAN unless specified otherwise in the Access Rules, MAC List, IP List configurations. Access to ports 80 (HTTP) and 443 (HTTPS-if enabled), is still available unless disabled in the WAN Remote Management option. Values Block / Allow WAN Request When 4G is set to Allow the modem is open to anyone, this is not recommended as it may impact data usage from unwanted sources. When Blocked all requests from devices on the 4G (Wireless Carrier) side will be blocked, unless specified otherwise in the Access Rules, MAC List, IP List configurations. Access to ports 80 (HTTP) and 443 (HTTPS-if enabled), is still available unless disabled in the 4G Remote Management option. Values Block / Allow Allows or Blocks traffic from the LAN accessing the WAN unless specified otherwise using the Access Rules, MAC, and IP List configuration. Values LAN to WAN Access Control 4G Request Block / Allow LAN to 4G Access Control Allows or Blocks traffic from the LAN accessing the 4G connection unless specified otherwise using the Access Rules, MAC, and IP List configuration. Values Block / Allow Anti-Spoof The Anti-Spoof protection is to create some firewall rules assigned to the external interface (WAN & 4G/Cellular) of the firewall that examines the source address of all packets crossing that interface coming from outside. If the address belongs to the internal network or the firewall itself, the packet is dropped. Values Enable / Disable Packet Normalization is the normalization of packets so there are no ambiguities in interpretation by the ultimate destination of the packet. The scrub directive also reassembled fragmented packets, protecting some operating systems from some forms of attack, and drops TCP packets that have invalid flag combinations. Values Enable / Disable Packet Normalization Microhard Systems Inc. 123 4.0 Configuration 4.8.3 Firewall > Rules Once the firewall is turned on, rules configuration can be used to define specific rules on how local and remote devices access different ports and services. MAC List and IP List are used for general access, and are applied before rules are processed. It is highly recommended to block as much traffic as possible from the modem, especially when using a public IP address. The best security would to be to allow traffic only from trusted IP addresses, and only the specific ports being used, and block everything else. Not configuring the firewall and the firewall rules correctly could result in unpredictable data charges from the cellular carrier. Refer to Appendix D for an example of how to set up a firewall to block all connections and then add access to only specific IPs and Ports. Appendix D: Firewall Example Image 4-8-3: Firewall > Rules Rule Name The rule name is used to identify the created rule. Each rule must have a unique name and up to 10 characters can be used. Values (10 Chars) characters Action The Action is used to define how the rule handles the connection request. ACCEPT will allow a connection, while REJECT (error) and DROP
(quietly dropped), will refuse connections. This is configured based on how the WAN/4G Request and LAN to WAN/4G Access Control are configured in the previous menus. Values (selection) ACCEPT DROP REJECT Select the zone which is to be the source of the data traffic. WAN applies to the WAN RJ45 connection, and 4G refers to the connection to the cellular carrier. The LAN refers to local connections on the VIP4G
(Ethernet/WiFi). Values LAN / 4G / WIFI / WAN None Source Microhard Systems Inc. 124 4.0 Configuration Match incoming traffic from the specified source IP range. Boxes accept single IP Addresses without network masks, example: 192.168.1.0 to 192.168.1.255 represents all IP Addresses in the 192.168.1.0/24 network.
(Put same IP in both boxes for a single IP match.) Select the zone which is the intended destination of the data traffic. WAN applies to the wireless connection to the cellular carrier and the LAN refers to local connections on the VIP4G (Ethernet/WiFi) Match incoming traffic from the specified destination IP range. Boxes accept single IP Addresses without network masks, example: 192.168.1.0 to 192.168.1.255 represents all IP Addresses in the 192.168.1.0/24 network. (Put same IP in both boxes for a single IP match.) Source IPs Values (IP Address) 192.168.0.0 to 192.168.0.0 Destination Values (selection) LAN / 4G / WIFI / WAN None Destination IPs Values (IP Address) 192.168.0.0 to 192.168.0.0 Destination Port Match incoming traffic directed at the given destination port or port range.
(To specify a port range use a From:To (100:200) format) Values (port) 0 The protocol field defines the transport protocol type controlled by the rule. Values Protocol TCP UDP Both ICMP Microhard Systems Inc. 125 4.0 Configuration 4.8.4 Firewall > Port Forwarding The VIP4G can be used to provide remote access to connected devices. To access these devices a user must define how incoming traffic is handled by the VIP4G. If all incoming traffic is intended for a specific connected device, DMZ could be used to simplify the process, as all incoming traffic can be directed towards a specific IP address. In the case where there is multiple devices, or only specific ports need to be passed, Port forwarding is used to forward traffic coming in from the WAN (Cellular) to specific IP Addresses and Ports on the LAN. Port forwarding can be used in combination with other firewall features, but the Firewall must be enabled for Port forwarding to be in effect. If the WAN Request is blocked on the General Tab, additional rules and/
or IP Lists must be set up to allow the port forwarding traffic to pass through the firewall. IP-Passthrough (Carrier > Settings) is another option for passing traffic through the VIP4G, in this case all traffic is passed to a single device connected to a RJ45 port on the VIP4G, The device must be set for DHCP or have the WAN IP set as its static IP, as the VIP4G assigns the WAN IP to the device, and the modem enters into a transparent mode, routing all traffic to the RJ45 port. This option bypasses all firewall features of the VIP4G, as well as all other features of the VIP4G such as COM, VPN, GPS etc. If DMZ is enabled and an exception port for the WebUI is not specified, remote management will not be possible. The default port for remote management is TCP 80. Image 4-8-4: Firewall > Port Forwarding DMZ Mode Enable or disable DMZ Mode. DMZ can be used to forward all traffic to a specific IP address (DMZ Server IP) on the LAN. Values (selection) Microhard Systems Inc. Disable / Enable 126 4.0 Configuration Select the source for the DMZ traffic, either 4G or from WAN. Values (selection) DMZ Source 4G / WAN DMZ Server IP Enter the IP address of the device on the LAN side of the VIP4G where all the traffic will be forwarded to. Values (IP Address) 192.168.100.100 Exception Port Enter a exception port number that will NOT be forwarded to the DMZ server IP. Usually a configuration or remote management port that is excluded to retain external control of the VIP4G. Values (Port #) 443 If the firewall is set to block incoming traffic on the WAN and/or 4G interfaces, additional rules or IP/MAC lists must be configured to allow desired traffic access. This is simply a field where a convenient reference or description is added to the rule. Each Forward must have a unique rule name and can use up to 10 characters. Values (10 chars) Forward Name Select the source for the DMZ traffic, either 4G or from WAN. Values (selection) Source 4G / WAN Internal Server IP Enter the IP address of the intended internal (i.e. on LAN side of VIP4G) server. This is the IP address of the device you are forwarding traffic to. Values (IP Address) 192.168.2.1 Internal Port Target port number of internal server on the LAN IP entered above. Values (Port #) Select the type of transport protocol used. For example Telnet uses TCP, SNMP uses UDP, etc. Values (selection) 3000 Protocol Port number of incoming request (from 4G/WAN-side). TCP / UDP / Both External Port Values (Port #) 2000 Microhard Systems Inc. 127 4.0 Configuration 4.8.5 Firewall > MAC-IP List MAC List configuration can be used to control which physical LAN devices can access the ports on the VIP4G, by restricting or allowing connections based on the MAC address. IP List configuration can be used to define who or what can access the VIP4G, by restricting or allowing connections based on the IP Address/Subnet. MAC-IP List can be used alone or in combination with LAN to WAN/4G Access Control to provide secure access to the physical ports of the VIP4G. Image 4-8-5: Firewall > MAC-IP List Firewall MAC List Configuration Rule Name The Rule Name field is required to give the rule a convenient name for reference. Each rule must have a unique name, up to 10 characters in length. Values (10 chars) MAC_List Specify the MAC Address to be added to the list. Must be entered in the correct format as seen above. Not case sensitive. Values (MAC Address) 00:00:00:00:00:00 MAC Address Microhard Systems Inc. 128 4.0 Configuration Firewall MAC List Configuration (Continued) The Action is used to define how the rule handles the connection request. ACCEPT will allow a connection, while REJECT (error) and DROP (quietly dropped), will refuse connections. Firewall IP List Configuration Action Values (selection) ACCEPT DROP REJECT Rule Name The Rule Name field is required to give the rule a convenient name for reference. Each rule must have a unique name, up to 10 characters in length. Values (10 chars) IP_List The Action is used to define how the rule handles the connection request. ACCEPT will allow a connection, while REJECT (error) and DROP (quietly dropped), will refuse connections. Values (selection) ACCEPT / DROP / REJECT Enter the specific zone that the IP List will apply to, 4G (Cellular), WAN , LAN (Ethernet, WiFi) or None (both). Values (Selection) Source Action Match incoming traffic from the specified source IP range. Boxes accept single IP Addresses without network masks, example: 192.168.1.0 to 192.168.1.255 represents all IP Addresses in the 192.168.1.0/24 network.
(Put same IP in both boxes for a single IP match.) Match incoming traffic from the specified destination IP range. Boxes accept single IP Addresses without network masks, example: 192.168.1.0 to 192.168.1.255 represents all IP Addresses in the 192.168.1.0/24 network. (Put same IP in both boxes for a single IP match.) LAN / WAN / / WIFI / 4G /
NONE Source Address Values (IP Address) 192.168.0.0 to 192.168.0.0 Destination Address Values (IP Address) 192.168.0.0 to 192.168.0.0 Microhard Systems Inc. 129 4.0 Configuration 4.8.6 Firewall > Reset To reset the firewall back to default settings and erase all rules, port forwards, and IP/MAC lists, use the reset button see below:
Image 4-8-6: Firewall > Reset to Defaults Microhard Systems Inc. 130 4.0 Configuration 4.9 Router 4.9.1 Router > RIPV2 The VIP4G is capable of providing and participating in RIPv2 (Routing Information Protocol v2), to exchange routing information from attached devices. Static routes can also be added in the Network >
Routes menu. Image 4-9-1: Router > RIPv2 RIPV2 Status Enable or disable RIPV2 routing on the VIP4G. If enabled the VIP4G will exchange routing information on the specified (interfaces) attached networks. Values (selection) Enable / Disable Enable MD5 authentication on for the RIPV2 protocol. Also select the port used for RIPV2, and the required password. Values (selection) Authentication Type / Port / Password None MD5 RIPV2 Network Announcement Configuration Each attached network that is to participate with the RIPV2 exchange must be specified here. Once added they participating networks are shown in the list. Values (Subnet/Length))
(no default) Microhard Systems Inc. 131 4.0 Configuration 4.9.2 Router > OSPF The VIP4G is also capable of providing and participating in OSPF (Open Shortest Path First), to exchange routing information from attached devices. Static routes can also be added in the Network > Routes menu. Image 4-9-2: Router > OSPF OSPF Status Enable or disable OSPF routing on the VIP4G. If enabled the VIP4G will exchange routing information on the specified (interfaces) attached networks. Values (selection) Enable / Disable OSPF Network Announcement Configuration Each attached network that is to participate with the OSPF exchange must be specified here. Once added they participating networks are shown in the list. Values (Subnet/Length))
(no default) Microhard Systems Inc. 132 4.0 Configuration 4.10 VPN 4.10.1 VPN > Summary A Virtual Private Network (VPN) may be configured to enable a tunnel between the VIP4G and a remote network.. The VIP4G supports VPN IPsec Gateway to Gateway (site-to-site) tunneling, meaning you are using the VIP4G to connect a tunnel to network with VPN capabilities (Another VIP4G or VPN capable device). The VIP4G can also operate as a L2TP Server, allowing users to VPN into the unit from a remote PC, and a L2TP Client. Image 4-10-1: VPN > Summary Microhard Systems Inc. 133 4.0 Configuration 4.9.2 VPN > Gateway To Gateway (Site-to-Site) A Gateway to Gateway connection is used to create a tunnel between two VPN devices such as an VIP4G and another device (another VIP4G or Cisco VPN Router or another vendor). The local and remote group settings will need to be configured below to mirror those set on the other VPN device. Image 4-9-2: VPN > Gateway to Gateway Tunnel Name Enter a name for the VPN Tunnel. Up to 16 different tunnels can be created, each requiring a unique name. Values (chars) tunnel1 Microhard Systems Inc. 134 4.0 Configuration Used to enable (checked) is disable (unchecked) the VPN tunnel. Values (checkbox) Enable Local Group Setup Enable (Checked) Local Security Gateway Type Specify the method for identifying the router to establish the VPN tunnel. The Local Security Gateway is on this router; the Remote Security Gateway is on the other router. At least one of the routers must have either a static IP address or a dynamic IP with server id to make a connection. Values (selection) IP Only IP + Server ID Dynamic IP + Server ID IP Only: Choose this option if this router has a static WAN IP address. The WAN IP address appears automatically. For the Remote Security Gateway Type, an extra field appears. If you know the IP address of the remote VPN router, choose IP Address, and then enter the address. IP + Server ID: Choose this option if this router has a static WAN IP address and a server id. The WAN IP address appears automatically. For the Remote Security Gateway Type, an extra field appears. If you know the IP address of the remote VPN router, choose IP Address, and then enter the address. Dynamic IP + Server ID: Choose this option if this router has a dynamic IP address and a server id
(available such as @microhard.vpn). Enter the server id to use for authentication. The server id can be used only for one tunnel connection. Displays the IP address of the VIP4G, which is the local VPN Gateway. Values (IP Address) Interface IP Address Current IP Address Server ID This option appears when the Local Security Gateway Type specifies that the Server ID is required for the connection. The Server ID must be in the format @name, where name can be anything. Both routers must know each others names to establish a connection. Values (IP Address)
(no default) Next-hop Gateway means the next-hop gateway IP address for the local or remote gateway participant's connection to the public network. Values (IP Address) Next-hop Gateway IP
(no default) Group Subnet IP Define the local network by specifying the local subnet. The local and remote routers must use different subnets. Values (IP Address)
(no default) Microhard Systems Inc. 135 4.0 Configuration Specify the subnet mask of the local network address. Enter the Gateway for the local group network. Remote Group Setup Group Subnet Mask Values (IP Address) 255.255.255.0 Group Subnet Gateway Values (IP Address)
(no default) Remote Security Gateway Type Specify the method for identifying the router to establish the VPN tunnel. The Local Security Gateway is on this router; the Remote Security Gateway is on the other router. At least one of the routers must have either a static IP address or a dynamic IP with server id to make a connection.
(See Local Group Setup for details) Values (selection) IP Only IP + Server ID Dynamic IP + Server ID If the remote VPN router has a static IP address, enter the IP address of the remote VPN Gateway here. Values (IP Address) Gateway IP Address
(no default) Server ID This option appears when the Remote Security Gateway Type specifies that the Server ID is required for the connection. The Server ID must be in the format @name, where name can be anything. Both routers must know each others names to establish a connection. Values (IP Address)
(no default) Next-hop Gateway means the next-hop gateway IP address for the local or remote gateway participant's connection to the public network. Values (IP Address) Next-hop Gateway IP Define the remote network by specifying the local subnet.
(no default) Subnet IP Address Values (IP Address)
(no default) Subnet Mask Specify the subnet mask of the remote network address. Values (IP Address) 255.255.255.0 Microhard Systems Inc. 136 4.0 Configuration IPsec Setup Select value to match the values required by the remote VPN router. Values (selection) Phase 1 DH Group modp1024 modp1536 modp2048 Phase 1 Encryption Select value to match the Phase 1 Encryption type used by the remote VPN router. Values (selection) 3des aes aes128 aes256 Phase 1 Authentication Select value to match the Phase 1 Authentication used by the remote VPN router. Values (selection) Select value to match the values required by the remote VPN router. md5 sha1 Phase 1 SA Life Time Values 28800 Select value to match the values required by the remote VPN router. Values (selection) Perfect Forward Secrecy (pfs) Select value to match the values required by the remote VPN router. Values (selection) Disable / Enable Phase 2 DH Group modp1024 modp1536 modp2048 Phase 2 Encryption Select value to match the Phase 1 Encryption type used by the remote VPN router. Values (selection) 3des aes aes128 aes256 Microhard Systems Inc. 137 4.0 Configuration Select value to match the Phase 1 Authentication used by the remote VPN router. Values (selection) Phase 2 Authentication Select value to match the values required by the remote VPN router. md5 sha1 Phase 2 SA Life Time Values 3600 Preshared Key Set the Preshared Key required to authenticate with the remote VPN router. Values (characters) password DPD Delay(s) Dead Peer Detection is used to detect if there is a dead peer. Set the DPD Delay (seconds), as required. Values (seconds) 32 DPD Timeout(s) Set the DPD (Dead Peer Detection) Timeout (seconds), as required. Values (seconds) 122 DPD Action Set the DPD action, hold or clear, as required. Values (seconds) Hold Clear Microhard Systems Inc. 138 4.0 Configuration 4.10.3 VPN > Client To Gateway (L2TP Client) The VIP4G can operate as a L2TP Client, allowing a VPN connection to be made with a L2TP Server. Image 4-10-3: VPN > Client to Gateway Tunnel Name Enter a name for the VPN Tunnel. Up to 16 different tunnels can be created, each requiring a unique name. Values (chars) tunnel1 Enable Used to enable (checked) is disable (unchecked) the VPN tunnel. Values (checkbox) Microhard Systems Inc. Enable (Checked) 139 4.0 Configuration This will show the WAN or 4G IP Address used for the L2TP Interface. Values (IP Address) Local Interface IP Address Current IP Remote Gateway IP Address Enter the IP Address of the Remote Gateway that you wish to establish a connection with. Values (IP Address) none Remote Server ID Some servers require that you know the Server ID as well as the IP address. Enter the Server ID of the remote router here. Values In order to communicate with the devices on the other side of the tunnel, the VIP4G must know which data to pass through the tunnel, to do this enter the Remote Subnet network IP address here. Enter the Remote Subnet Mask none Remote Subnet IP Values (IP Address) none Remote Subnet Mask Values (IP Address) none Enter the Idle time (in seconds) to wait before giving up the PPP connection. The default is 0, which means the time is infinite. (065535) Values (seconds) Idle time before hanging up Enter the Username 0 Username Values (chars) 0 Preshared Key The preshared key is required to connect to the L2TP Server. Values (chars) 0 IPSec Setup - See previous sections for additional info. Microhard Systems Inc. 140 4.0 Configuration 4.10.4 VPN > VPN Client Access For VPN L2TP Server operation, users will be required to provide a username and password. Use VPN Client Access to set up the required users. Image 4-10-4: VPN > VPN Client Access Enter a username for the user being set up. Enter a password for the use. Values (characters) Username New Password Values (characters) Confirm New Password Enter the password again, the VIP4G will ensure that the password match. Values (IP Address) Microhard Systems Inc. 141 4.0 Configuration 4.10.5 VPN > Certificate Management When using the VPN features of the VIP4G, it is possible to select X.509 for the Authentication Type. If that is the case, the VIP4G must use the required x.509 certificates in order to establish a secure tunnel between other devices. Certificate Management allows the user a place to manage these certificates. Image 4-10-5: VPN > Certificate Management Microhard Systems Inc. 142 4.0 Configuration 4.11 MultiWAN 4.11.1 MultiWAN > Status The VIP4G is capable of having 2 WAN connections, one connected to the physical WAN port on the VIP4G and the Cellular WAN connection to the wireless carrier. The MultiWAN section allows a user to define how traffic uses these WANs. The main purpose of the MultiWan feature is to use one network for a primary connection, such as a local, wired ISP for broadband access, and if that connection fails or is offline, the VIP4G can automatically switch to an alternate network connection such as the 4G/Cellular connection. The Status menu gives an overview of both WAN connections and their configuration. WAN group 1 is the wired WAN and WAN group 2 is the 4G/Cellular connection to a wireless carrier. Image 4-10-1: MultiWAN > Status Microhard Systems Inc. 143 4.0 Configuration 4.10.2 MultiWAN > Settings The following section describes the parameters required for MultiWan for failover purposes. The configuration for each interface in identical, so will only be described once. Image 4-10-2: MultiWAN > Settings Enable or disable the MultiWan service on the VIP4G. To use MultiWAN, the WAN (wired) must be configured as independent in the Network > WAN settings and/or the Wireless must be set to Client &
bound to the WIFI interface. Multi Wan status Values (selection) Enable / Disable Primary Connection Define which connection is the primary network/internet connection for the VIP4G. Normally this is the wired WAN connection to an ISP. Values (selection) WAN / 4G / WIFI Microhard Systems Inc. 144 4.0 Configuration This is the frequency at which the VIP4G will send ICMP packets to the defined host to determine if the interface has failed. Health Monitor Interval Values (selection) 5,10,20,30,60,120(sec.) Disable This is the IP Address or domain name of a valid reachable host that can be used to determine link health. Values (Address) Health Monitor ICMP Host 8.8.8.8 Health Monitor ICMP Timeout This is the amount of time the Health Monitor will wait for a response from the ICMP Host. Values (selection) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10 (seconds) Attempts Before WAN Failover This is the number of attempts the VIP4G will attempt to reach the IMCP host before going into failover and switching WAN interfaces. Values (selection) 1, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20 Attempts Before WAN Recovery The VIP4G will continue to monitor the failed interface, even after failover has occurred. This defines the number of successful attempts required before recovering the failed interface. Values (selection) 1, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20 Select the interface to use once failover has occurred. Failover Traffic Destination Values (selection) 4G, WAN, Disable Microhard Systems Inc. 145 4.0 Configuration 4.12 Tools 4.12.1 Tools > Discovery Network Discovery The Network discovery tool allows the VIP4G to send a broadcast to all VIP4G/VIP Series units on the same network. Other units on the network will respond to the broadcast and report their MAC address, IP address (With a hyperlink to that units WebUI page), description, firmware version, operating mode, and the SSID (regardless of whether it was set to broadcast or not). The discovery service can be a useful troubleshooting tool and can be used to quickly find and indentify other units on the network. It can be disabled from the Network > sdpServer menu. Image 4-12-1: Tools > Discovery To begin, click the Start discovery network again button, the VIP4G will send out a broadcast message, and will report back, by populating the network discovery screen as seen above. This will detect any VIP4G or Microhard enabled devices on the local broadcast domain, regardless of the IP address or subnet. Once devices are found, and if on a accessible subnet, the IP Address link can be used to automatically open a web browser WebUI session with that unit. Microhard Systems Inc. 146 4.0 Configuration 4.12.2 Tools > Netflow Report The VIP4G can be configured to send Netflow reports to up to 3 remote systems. Netflow is a tool that collects and reports IP traffic information, allowing a user to analyze network traffic on a per interface basis to identity bandwidth issues and to understand data needs. Standard Netflow Filters can be applied to narrow down results and target specific data requirements. Image 4-12-2: Tools > Netflow Report Enable / Disable Netflow Reporting. The Source Address is the IP Address, of which data is to be collected and analyzed. The default of 0.0.0.0 will collect and report information about all addresses connected to the interface selected below. Status Values (selection) Disable / Enable Source Address Values (IP Address) 0.0.0.0 Interface Select between WAN ,4G/Cellular and LAN interfaces, or capture data from all interfaces. Values (selection) LAN / WAN / 4G / ALL Microhard Systems Inc. 147 4.0 Configuration The Remote IP is the IP Address of the NetFlow collector where the flow reports are be sent. Values (IP Address) Remote IP Enter the Remote Port number. 0.0.0.0 Remote Port Values (IP Address) 0 Filter expression Filter expression selects which packets will be captured. If no expression is given, all packets will be captured. Otherwise, only packets for which expression is `true' will be captured. Example: tcp&&port 80 The tcpdump manual, available on the internet provides detailed expression syntax. Values (chars)
(no default) Select the Netflow version format to use. V1, 5 and 7 are supported. Values (selection) V1 / V5 / V7 Version Microhard Systems Inc. 148 4.0 Configuration 4.12.3 Tools > NMS Settings The Microhard NMS is a no cost server based monitoring and management service offered by Microhard Systems Inc. Using NMS you can monitor online/offline units, retrieve usage data, perform backups and centralized upgrades, etc. The following section describes how to get started with NMS and how to configure the VIP4G to report to NMS. To get started with NMS, browse to the Microhard NMS website, nms.microhardcorp.com, click on the register button in the top right corner to register for a Domain (profile), and set up a Domain Administrator Account. Image 4-12-3: NMS Registration Microhard Systems Inc. 149 4.0 Configuration Domain Name: A logical management zone for 3G or 4G devices will report to on NMS, the logged data is separated from any other users that are using NMS. The Domain Name is required in every 3G or 4G device for it to report to right zone. Under this user domain, one can create and manage sub-domain. The sub-domain can only be created by the domain administrator, NOT by the NMS subscription page. Domain Password: This password is used to prevent misuse of the domain. This needs to be entered into each 3G or 4G device for it to report to right zone. Email Address: The email address entered here will be the login username. During the registration stage, a confirmation email will be sent by the NMS system for verification and confirmation to activate your account. Once confirmed, this account will be the administrator of the domain. The administrator can manage sub-
domain and user accounts that belong to this domain. Once NMS has been configured, each VIP4G must be configured to report into NMS. Image 4-12-4: NMS Settings Microhard Systems Inc. 150 4.0 Configuration Network Management System (NMS) Configuration The default Settings link will reset the configuration form to the default factory values. The form still needs to be submitted before any changes will occur. Default Settings The default server address for NMS is nms.microhardcorp.com. The NMS can also be hosted privately, and if that is the case, enter the address here. Values (IP/Name) NMS Server/IP nms.microhardcorp.com Domain Name / Password This is the domain name and password that was registered on the NMS website, it must be entered to enable reporting to the NMS system. Values (chars) default NMS Report Setting Enable or Disable location estimation via carrier connection. When enabled, the VIP4G will consume some data to retrieve location information from the internet. Values (chars) Disable/Enable Carrier Location Enable or Disable UDP reporting of data to the NMS system. Report Status Values (chars) Enable NMS Report Disable NMS Report Remote Port This is the port to which the UDP packets are sent, and the NMS system is listening on. Ensure this matches what is configured on NMS. The default is 20200. Values (UDP Port#) 20200 The Interval defines how often data is reported to NMS. The more often data is reported, the more data is used, so this should be set according to a users data plan. (0 to 65535 seconds) Values (seconds) 300 Interval(s) Microhard Systems Inc. 151 4.0 Configuration The VIP4G can report information about the different interfaces it has. By default the VIP4G is set to send information about the Carrier, such as usage and RSSI. Statistical and usage data on the Radio (WiFi), Ethernet and Serial interfaces can also be reported. The more that is reported, the more data that is sent to the NMS system, be aware of data plan constraints and related costs. Webclient Setting Information Selection Values (check boxes) Ethernet Carrier Radio COM DI / DO Status The Web Service can be enabled or disabled. This service is used to remotely control the VIP4G. It can be used to schedule reboots, firmware upgrade and backup tasks, etc. Values (chars) Disable/Enable Select between HTTPS (secure), or HTTP server type. Server Type Values (chars) HTTPS/ HTTP Server Port This is the port where the service is installed and listening. This port should be open on any installed firewalls. Values (Port#) 9998 Username / Password This is the username and password used to authenticate the unit. Values (seconds) admin/admin Interval The Interval defines how often the VIP4G checks with the NMS System to determine if there are any tasks to be completed. Carrier data will be consumed every time the device probes the NMS system. Values (min) 60 Microhard Systems Inc. 152 4.0 Configuration 4.12.4 Tools > Event Report 4.12.4.1 Event Report > Configuration Event Reporting allows the VIP4G to send periodic updates via UDP packets. These packets are customizable and can be sent to up to 3 different hosts, and at a programmable interval. The event packet can report information about the modem such as the hardware/ software versions, core temperature, supply voltage, etc; carrier info such as signal strength (RSSI), phone number, RF Band; or about the WAN such as if the assigned IP Address changes. All events are reported in binary. Image 4-12-5: Tools > Event Report This box allows the selection of the type of event to be reported. The default is disabled. If Modem_Event is selected, additional options appear to the right and allow for customization of the event reported via Messages. If Management is selected, additional check boxes appear below to select the interfaces to report to the Microhard NMS system. Event Type Values (selection) Modem_Event SDP_Event Management Microhard Systems Inc. 153 4.0 Configuration Enter the IP Address of a reachable host to send the UDP packets Values (IP Address) Remote IP 0.0.0.0 Remote Port Specify the UDP port number of the Remote IP Address.
*Default Port Numbers for Microhard NMS (20100 for modem events, 20200 for Management) Values (Port #) 20200 This is the interval time in seconds, that the VIP4G will send the configured UDP message to the Remote IP and Port specified. Values (seconds) Interval Time(s) 600 Message Info Type When Modem_Event is selected, up to three different payloads can be selected. Values (seconds) Modem Carrier WAN
-
-
-
-
-
Note: packet length = length of fixed header + length of message payload. fixed header (fixed size 20 bytes) Modem ID (uint64_t (8 bytes)) Message type mask (uint8_t(1 byte)) reserved packet length (uint16_t(2 bytes)) 4.12.4.2 Event Report > Message Structure Modem_event message structure Message type mask sdp_event message structure Modem info -
Carrier info -
WAN Info -
2 bits 00 no 01 yes (0x1) 2 bits 00 no 01 yes (0x4) 2 bits 00 no 01 yes (0x10)
-
-
-
spd_cmd (1 byte(0x01)) content length (1 byte) spd_package - same as spd response inquiry package format Microhard Systems Inc. 154 4.0 Configuration
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Content length Modem name Hardware version Software version Core temperature Supply voltage 2 BYTES (UINT16_T) STRING (1-30 bytes) STRING (1-30 bytes) STRING (1-30 bytes) STRING (1-30 bytes) STRING (1-30 bytes) Content length RSSI RF Band Service type Channel number SIM card number Phone number 2 BYTES (UINT16_T) 1 BYTE (UINT8_T) 2 BYTES (UINT16_T) STRING (1-30 Bytes) STRING (1-30 Bytes) STRING (1-30 Bytes) STRING (1-30 Bytes) 4.12.4.3 Event Report > Message Payload Modem info:
Carrier info:
WAN Info:
Message Order:
Messages will be ordered by message type number. For example, If message type mask = 0x15, the eurd package will be equipped by header+modem information+carrier information+wanip information. If message type mask = 0x4, the eurd package will be equipped by header+carrier information. If message type mask = 0x11, the eurd package will be equipped by header+modem infomation+wanip infomation. 2 BYTES (UINT16_T) 4 BYTES (UINT32_T) 4 BYTES (UINT32_T) 4 BYTES (UINT32_T) Content length IP address DNS1 DNS2
-
-
-
-
Microhard Systems Inc. 155 4.0 Configuration 4.12.5 Tools > Modbus 4.12.5.1 Modbus > TCP Modbus The VIP4G can be configured to operate as a TCP/IP or Serial (COM) Modbus slave and respond to Modbus requests and report various information as shown in the Data Map. Image 4-12-6: Tools > Modbus Configuration Disable or enable the Modbus service on the VIP4G. Status Values (selection) Disable Service Enable Service TCP Mode Status Disable or enable the Modbus TCP Connection Service on the VIP4G. Values (selection) Disable Enable Microhard Systems Inc. 156 4.0 Configuration Specify the Port in which the Modbus TCP service is to listen and respond to polls. Values (Port #) Port Define the active timeout in seconds. 502 Active Timeout(s) Values (seconds) 30 Slave ID Each Modbus slave device must have a unique address, or Slave ID. Enter this value here as required by the Modbus Host System. Values (value) Enter the Coils Address offset as required by the Master. Enter the Input Address offset as required by the Master. 1 Coils Address Offset Values (value) 0 Input Address Offset Values (value) 0 Register Address Offset Enter the Register Address offset as required by the Master. Values (value) It is possible to only accept connections from specific Modbus Master IPs, to use this feature enable the Master IP Filter and specify the IP Addresses in the fields provided. Values (selection) Disable / Enable 0 Master IP Filter Set Microhard Systems Inc. 157 4.0 Configuration 4.12.5.2 Modbus > COM (Serial) Modbus The VIP4G can also participate in serial based Modbus, to configure and view the serial Modbus settings, the COM1 port must first be disabled in the Comport > Settings menu. Only the settings that are different from TCP Modbus will be discussed. Image 4-12-7: Tools > Modbus Serial Configuration Disable to select the Serial (COM) mode for the Modbus service. In RTU mode, communication in ASCII mode, communication is in ASCII format. format and in binary is Determines which (rear of unit) serial interface shall be used to connect to external devices: RS232, RS485, or RS422. This option applies only to COM1. When an interface other than RS232 is selected, the DE9 port will be inactive. COM Mode Status Values (selection) Disable Enable COM ASCII Mode Enable COM RTU Mode Data Mode Values (selection) RS232 RS485 RS422 Baud Rate The serial baud rate is the rate at which the modem is to communicate with the attached local serial device. Values (selection (bps)) This setting determines the format of the data on the serial port. The default is 8 data bits, No parity, and 1 Stop bit. 921600 460800 230400 115200 57600 38400 28800 19200 14400 9600 7200 4800 3600 2400 1200 600 300 Data Format Values (selection) 8N1 8N2 8E1 8O1 7N1 7N2 7E1 7O1 7E2 7O2 Microhard Systems Inc. 158 4.0 Configuration 4.12.5.3 Modbus > Modbus Data Map Image 4-12-8: Tools > Modbus Data Map Microhard Systems Inc. 159 4.0 Configuration 4.12.6 Tools > Websocket The Websocket service is a feature of HTML5.0 or later. Web Socket is designed to be implemented in web browsers and web servers to allow XML scripts to access the HTML web service with a TCP socket connection. It is mainly used for two purposes:
refreshing page information without refreshing the entire page to reduce network stream. to integrate internet applications with xml to get required information in real time. Currently we provide four types of information as configured:
GPS Coordinate Information GPS NMEA Data Carrier Information Comport Data Image 4-12-9: Tools > Web Socket Service Enable or disable the web socket service in the VIP4G. Status Values (selection) Enable / Disable Web Socket Port Enter the desired web socket TCP port number. The default is 7681, and the valid range is 100 to 65535. Values (TCP port) 7681 Microhard Systems Inc. 160 4.0 Configuration Enter in the time at which data is to be refreshed. The default is 10 seconds, the valid range is 2 to 65535 seconds. Values (seconds) Data Fresh Intervals For added security a password can be required to connect to the web socket service. To disable, leave this field blank. The default is disabled. 10 Connect Password Values
(blank) Max Keep Time This field determines how long the web socket is open once started/
enabled. The default is 60 mins, a value of zero means the service with continue to run indefinitely. Values (minutes) 60 If enabled the VIP4G will report GPS coordinate data to the websocket. Values (selection) GPS Coordinate Disable / Enable GPS NMEA Data If enabled the VIP4G will report GPS NMEA data to the websocket. Values (selection) If enabled the VIP4G will report carrier information to the websocket. Values (selection) Disable / Enable Carrier Information Disable / Enable Comport Data If enabled, and the COM1 port is configured for TCP Server, the comport data will be reported to the web socket. Values (selection) Disable / Enable Microhard Systems Inc. 161 4.0 Configuration 4.12.7 Tools > Site Survey Wireless Survey The Wireless Survey feature will scan the available wireless channels for any other 802.11 wireless networks in proximity to the VIP4G. The Survey will display the Channel number the other networks are operating on, the MAC address, Encryption Type, Frequency and general signal level and quality information. This can be useful for finding available networks, or troubleshooting connection and sensitivity problems. If there are other networks operating on the same frequency, or a channel close to the one chosen, it can then be decided to try to use another channel. Image 4-12-10: Tools > Site Survey Microhard Systems Inc. 162 4.0 Configuration 4.12.8 Tools > Ping Network Tools Ping The Network Tools Ping feature provides a tool to test network connectivity from within the VIP4G unit. A user can use the Ping command by entering the IP address or host name of a destination device in the Ping Host Name field, use Count for the number of ping messages to send, and the Packet Size to modify the size of the packets sent. Image 4-12-11: Tools > Ping Microhard Systems Inc. 163 4.0 Configuration 4.12.9 Tools > TraceRoute Network TraceRoute The Trace Route command can be used to provide connectivity data by providing information about the number of hops, routers and the path taken to reach a particular destination. Image 4-12-12: Tools > TraceRoute Microhard Systems Inc. 164 4.0 Configuration 4.12.10 Tools > Traffic The Traffic menu shows a graphical display of the LAN traffic by day and month. It can be used to determine when there are high and low periods of LAN traffic over a period of time. Image 4-12-13: Tools > Traffic Microhard Systems Inc. 165 5.0 AT Command Line Interface 5.1 AT Command Overview AT Commands can be issued to configure and manage the VIP4G, serial port (Serial), or by TCP/IP
(telnet). 5.1.1 Serial Port To connect and access the AT Command interface on the VIP4G, a physical connection must be made on the RS232 DB9 serial port labeled Serial. A terminal emulation program (Hyperterminal, Tera Term, ProComm, Putty etc) can then be used to communicate with the VIP4G. Default Settings:
Baud rate: 115200 Data bits: 8 Parity: None Stop Bits: 1 Flow Control: None Image 5-1: Serial Port Settings Once communication is established, a login is required to access the AT Command interface, once logged in, the AT Command Line Interface menu is displayed. Type ? or Help to list the menu commands. Default Settings:
VIP4G login: admin Password: admin Image 5-2: AT Command Window Microhard Systems Inc. 166 5.0 AT Command Line Interface 5.1.2 Telnet (TCP/IP) Telnet can be used to access the AT Command interface of the VIP4G. The default port is TCP Port 23. A telnet session can be made to the unit using any Telnet application (Windows Telnet, Tera Term, ProComm etc). Once communication is established, a login is required to continue. Image 5-3: Establishing a Telnet Session A session can be made to the WAN IP Address (if allowed in the firewall settings) for remote configuration, or to the local RJ45 interface (default IP: 192.168.168.1). Once a session is established a login is required to continue. As seen in the Serial port setup, the default login is admin, and the password is admin. Once verified, the AT Command Line Interface menu is shown and AT Commands can now be issued. (Type ? or Help to list the commands) Image 5-4: Telnet AT Command Session Microhard Systems Inc. 167 5.0 AT Command Line Interface AT<command_name>
All commands start with the AT characters and end with the <Enter> key AT<command_name>=parameter1,parameter2, (Sets Values) AT<command_name>?
To query syntax of a command: AT+<command_name>=?
Syntax for commands that are used only to query a setting:
Syntax for commands that can be used to query and set values:
-
- Microhard Specific Commands start with +M
- Help will list top level commands (ATL will list ALL available AT Commands)
-
-
-
5.2 AT Command Syntax The follow syntax is used when issuing AT Commands on the VIP4G A screen capture of the above commands entered into a unit is shown below:
Query Syntax:
AT+MLEIP=? <Enter>
+MLEIP: Command Syntax:AT+MLEIP=<IP Address>,<Netmask>,<Gateway>
OK Query a setting:
AT+MLEIP? <Enter>
+MLEIP: 192.168.0.1, 255.255.255.0, 192.168.0.1 OK Setting a value:
AT+MLEIP=192.168.0.1,255.255.255.0,192.168.0.1 <Enter>
OK
(Queries the setting) Image 5-5: Telnet AT Command Syntax Once AT commands are entered, the changes are immediate. ATO or ATA Exits the AT Command Line Interface. Microhard Systems Inc. 168 5.0 AT Command Line Interface 5.3 Supported AT Commands Command Syntax AT <enter>
AT AT+TEST Command Syntax AT+TEST <enter>
Description Echo OK. Example Input:
AT <enter>
Response:
OK Description Echo TEST Example Input:
AT+TEST <enter>
Response:
AT ECHO TEST:
:0 ATH AT&R Description Command Syntax Show a list of previously run commands. ATH <enter>
Example Input:
ATH <enter>
Response:
AT Command history: 1. ATH 2. ATL 3. ATH Description Command Syntax Read modem profile to editable profile. (Reserved) AT&R <enter>
Example Input:
AT&R <enter>
Response:
OK Microhard Systems Inc. 169 5.0 AT Command Line Interface Description Command Syntax Read modem active profile. AT&V <enter>
AT&V AT&W Command Syntax AT&W <enter>
AT+MREB Command Syntax AT+MREB <enter>
Example Input:
AT&V <enter>
Response:
&V:
hostname:VIP4G timezone:MST7MDT,M3.2.0,M11.1.0 systemmode:gateway time mode:sync OK Description Reserved. Example Input:
AT&W <enter>
Response:
OK Description Reboots the modem. Example Input:
AT+MREB <enter>
Response:
OK. Rebooting... Microhard Systems Inc. 170 5.0 AT Command Line Interface ATA ATO Description Command Syntax Quit. Exits AT Command session and returns you to login prompt. ATA <enter>
Example Input:
ATA <enter>
Response:
OK IPn3G Login:
Description Command Syntax Quit. Exits AT Command session and returns you to login prompt. ATO <enter>
Example Input:
ATA <enter>
Response:
OK IPn3G Login:
Description Command Syntax Send SMS message. To send message CTRL+Z must be entered, to exit, ESC. AT+CMGS=<Phone Number><CR>
text is entered <CTRL+Z/ESC>
AT+CMGS Example Input:
AT+CMGS=4035553776 <enter>
4035553776 Test <ctrl+z>
Response:
OK Microhard Systems Inc. 171 5.0 AT Command Line Interface AT+CMGR Description This command allows the application to read stored messages. The messages are read from the SIM card memory. Command Syntax AT+CMGR=<index>
Example Input:
AT+CMGR=<index><enter>
Response:
+CMGR: <stat>,<oa>,,<dt>
<data>
OK Parameters:
<index> Index in SIM card storage of the message
<stat> Status of Message in Memory (Text Mode) REC UNREAD Received unread messages REC READ Received read messages
<oa> Originator Address String type
<dt> Discharge Time String format: "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:sszz" (year [00-99]/ month [01-12]/Day [01-31], Hour:Min:Second and TimeZone [quarters of an hour])
<data> SMS User Data in Text Mode String type Description This command allows the application to read stored messages by indicating the type of the message to read. The messages are read from the SIM card memory. Command Syntax AT+CMGL=<status>
Status:
0 - Lists all unread messages 1 - Lists all read messages 4 - Lists all messages AT+CMGL Example Input:
AT+CMGL=1 <enter>
Response:
AT+CMGL=1
+CMGL: 0,"REC READ","+14035553776",,"2013/10/04,11:12:27-06"
Test Message 1
+CMGL: 1,"REC READ","+14035553776",,"2013/10/04,11:12:53-06"
Test Message 2
+CMGL: 2,"REC READ","+14035553776",,"2013/10/04,11:13:06-06"
Another test message!
OK Microhard Systems Inc. 172 5.0 AT Command Line Interface Description Command Syntax This command handles deletion of a single message from memory location <index>, or multiple messages according to <delflag>. AT+CMGD=<index>,<delflag>
delflag:
0 - Deletes the message specified in <index>
1 - Deletes all read messages 4 - Deletes all messages AT+CMGD Example Input:
AT+CMGD=0,4 <enter>
Response:
index=0 dflag=4 OK Description Command Syntax Modem Record Information AT+GMR <enter>
Example Input:
AT+GMR <enter>
Response:
+GMR:
Hardware Version:v1.0.0 Software Version:v1.1.0 build 1060 Copyright: 2012 Microhard Systems Inc. System Time: Mon Dec 2 16:03:51 2013 OK Description Command Syntax Get Manufacturer Identification AT+GMI=<enter>
Example Input:
AT+GMI<enter>
Response:
+GMI: 2012 Microhard Systems Inc. OK AT+GMR AT+GMI Microhard Systems Inc. 173 5.0 AT Command Line Interface AT+CNUM AT+CIMI AT+CCID Description Command Syntax Check modems phone number. AT+CNUM <enter>
Example Input:
AT+CNUM <enter>
Response:
+CNUM: "+15875558645"
OK Description Command Syntax Check modems IMEI and IMSI numbers. AT+CIMI <enter>
Example Input:
AT+CIMI <enter>
Response:
+CIMI: IMEI:012773002108403, IMSI:302720406982933 OK Description Command Syntax Check modems SIM card number. AT+CCID=<enter>
Example Input:
AT+CCID<enter>
Response:
+CCID: 89302720401025355531 OK Microhard Systems Inc. 174 5.0 AT Command Line Interface Description Command Syntax System Summary Information AT+MSYSI <enter>
AT+MSYSI Example Input:
AT+MSYSI <enter>
Response:
Carrier:
Carrier:
IMEI:012773002113114 SIMID:89302720401025355531 IMSI:302720406982933 Phone Num: +15878938645 Status: CONNECTED Network: ROGERS RSSI:WCDMA RSSI : 70 Temperature:51 degC Ethernet Port:
MAC:00:0F:92:00:B3:3B IP:192.168.168.1 MASK:255.255.255.0 Wan MAC:00:0F:92:01:B3:3B Wan IP:0.0.0.0 Wan MASK:0.0.0.0 System:
Device:VIP4G_MKT Product:VIP4G_WIFI_N Image:VIP4G Hardware:v2.0.0 Software:v1.1.6 build 1184-14 Copyright: 2012 Microhard Systems Inc. Time: Thu Jun 18 13:25:34 2015 Description Command Syntax Modem Name / Radio Description. 30 chars. AT+MMNAME=<modem_name>
AT+MMNAME Example Input: (To set value) AT+MMNAME=VIP4G_CLGY<enter>
Response:
OK Input: (To retrieve value) AT+MMNAME=?<enter>
Response:
+MMNAME: VIP4G_CLGY OK Microhard Systems Inc. 175 5.0 AT Command Line Interface Description Command Syntax Set the IP Address, Netmask, and Gateway for the local Ethernet interface. AT+MLEIP=<IPAddress>, <Netmask>,
<Gateway>
AT+MLEIP Example Input:
AT+MLEIP=192.168.168.1,255.255.255.0,192.168.168.1 <enter>
Response:
OK Description Enable/Disable the DHCP server running of the local Ethernet interface. Command Syntax AT+MDHCP=<action>
0 Disable 1 Enable AT+MDHCP Example Input:
AT+MDHCP=1 <enter>
Response:
OK Description Command Syntax Define the Starting and Ending IP Address (range) assignable by DHCP on the local Ethernet interface. AT+MDHCPA=<Start IP>, <End IP>
AT+MDHCPA Example Input:
AT+MDHCPA=192.168.168.100,192.168.168.200 <enter>
Response:
OK Microhard Systems Inc. 176 5.0 AT Command Line Interface Description Command Syntax Retrieve the MAC Address of the local Ethernet interface. AT+MEMAC <enter>
AT+MEMAC Example Input:
AT+MEMAC<enter>
Response:
+MEMAC: "00:0F:92:00:40:9A"
OK Description Set LAN static IP Example Input:
AT+MSIP=192.168.168.1 <enter>
Response:
+MSIP: setting and restarting network... OK Description Set LAN Connection Type. Example Input:
AT+MSCT=1 <enter>
Response:
OK AT+MSIP Command Syntax AT+MSIP=<static IP address> <enter>
AT+MSCT Command Syntax AT+MSCT=<Mode>
Mode:
0 DHCP 1 Static IP Microhard Systems Inc. 177 5.0 AT Command Line Interface Description Command Syntax AT+MNTP AT+MNTP=<status>,<NTP server>
Status:
0 Disable 1 Enable AT+MPIPP Command Syntax AT+MPIPP=<Mode>
Mode:
0 Disable 1 Ethernet Enable and define a NTP server. Example Input:
AT+MNTP=1,pool.ntp.org<enter>
Response:
OK Description Enable/Disable IP-Passthrough Example Input:
AT+MPIPP=1 <enter>
Response:
OK Description Command Syntax Sets the timeout value for the serial and telnet consoles. Once expired, user will be return to login prompt. AT+MCNTO=<Timeout_s>
0 - Disabled 0 - 65535 (seconds) AT+MCNTO Example Input:
AT+MCNTO=300 <enter>
Response:
OK Microhard Systems Inc. 178 5.0 AT Command Line Interface Description Command Syntax Reset the modem to the factory default settings stored in non-volatile (NV) memory. Unit will reboot with default settings. AT+MRTF <action>
Action:
0 pre-set action 1 confirm action OK AT+MRTF Example Input:
AT+MRTF=1 <enter>
Response:
OK Description Command Syntax Enable/Disable the Wireless Traffic Timeout. Unit will reset if it does not see any traffic from the carrier for the amount of time defined. AT+MTWT=<Mode>[,<Interval_s>,<Reboot Time Limit_s>]
Mode:
0 Disable 1 Enable Reboot Time Limit:300-60000 AT+MTWT Example Input:
AT+MTWT=1,1,300 <enter>
Response:
OK AT+MSCMD Description Command Syntax Enable/Disable the Wireless Traffic Timeout. Unit will reset if it does not see any traffic from the carrier for the amount of time defined. Example Input:
AT+MSCMD=1,1,403556767,4057890909<enter>
Response:
OK AT+MSCMD=<Mode>[,<Filter Mode>[,<Phone No.1>[,...,<Phone No.6>]]]
Mode:
0 Disable 1 Enable SMS Command Filter Mode:
0 Disable 1 Enable Phone Filter OK Microhard Systems Inc. 179 5.0 AT Command Line Interface Description Configure discovery mode service used by VIP4G and utilities such as IP Discovery. Command Syntax AT+MDISS=<Mode>
Mode:
0 Disable 1 Discoverable Example Input:
AT+MDISS=1 <enter>
Response:
OK AT+MDISS AT+MPWD Description Command Syntax Used to set or change the ADMIN password for the VIP4G. AT+MPWD=<New password>,<confirm password>
password: at least 5 characters Example Input:
AT+MPWD=admin,admin<enter>
Response:
OK Description Enable or Disable IMCP ICMP keep-alive check. Command Syntax AT+MIKACE=<Mode>
Mode:
0 Disable 1 Enable AT+MIKACE Example Input:
AT+MIKACE=1<enter>
Response:
OK Microhard Systems Inc. 180 5.0 AT Command Line Interface Description Command Syntax Set ICMP Keep-alive check parameters. AT+MIKAC=<host name>, <interval in seconds>, <count>
AT+MIKAC Example Input:
AT+MIKAC=www.google.com,600,10<enter>
Response:
OK Description Enable/Disable DDNS. Example Input:
AT+MDDNSE=0<enter>
Response:
OK AT+MDDNSE Command Syntax AT+MDDNSE=<Mode>
Mode:
0 Disable 1 Enable Description Command Syntax AT+MDDNS Select DDNS service provider, and login credentials as required for DDNS services. Example Input:
AT+MDDNS=0,user.dydns.org,user,password <enter>
Response:
OK AT+MDDNS=<service type>,<host>,<user name>,<password>
service type:
0 changeip 1 dyndns 2 eurodyndns 3 hn 4 noip 5 ods 6 ovh 7 regfish 8 tzo 9 zoneedit Microhard Systems Inc. 181 5.0 AT Command Line Interface Description Command Syntax AT+MEURD1 AT+MEURD2 AT+MEURD3 Define Event Report UDP Report No.1/2/3. Example Input:
AT+MIKAC=www.google.com,600,10<enter>
Response:
OK Description Define NMS Report. Example Input:
AT+MNMSR=1,20200,300<enter>
Response:
OK AT+MEURD1=<Mode>[,<Remote IP>,<Remote Port>,<Interval Ti me_s>]
Mode:
0 Disable 1 Moden Event Report 2 SDP Event Report 3 Management Report AT+MNMSR Command Syntax AT+MNMSR=<Mode>[,<Remote Port>,<Interval Time_s>]
Mode:
0 Disable 1 Enable NMS Report AT+MGPSR1 AT+MGPSR2 AT+MGPSR3 AT+MGPSR4 Description Command Syntax Define GPS Report No.1/2/3/4. Example Input:
AT+MGPSR1=1,192.168.168.25,20175,600 <enter>
Response:
OK AT+MGPSR1=<Mode>[,<Remote IP>,<Remote Port>,<Interval Ti me_s>]
Mode:
0 Disable 1 Enable UDP Report Microhard Systems Inc. 182 5.0 AT Command Line Interface Description Enable/Disable the Comport serial port. This port is located on the front of the VIP4G and is labelled as the SERIAL port. It is disabled by default allowing it to be used for Console/AT Commands. If enabled it can be used for data. Command Syntax AT+MCTPS=<Mode>
Mode:
0 Disable 1 Enable Example Input:
AT+MCTPS=0<enter>
Response:
OK Description Set Comport baud rate. Example Input:
AT+MCTBR=13<enter>
Response:
OK Command Syntax AT+MCTBR=<Baud Rate>
Baud Rate:
0 300 1 600 2 1200 3 2400 4 3600 5 4800 6 7200 7 9600 8 14400 9 19200 10 28800 11 38400 12 57600 13 115200 AT+MCTPS AT+MCTBR Microhard Systems Inc. 183 5.0 AT Command Line Interface Description Set Comport data format Example Input:
AT+MCTDF=0<enter>
Response:
OK Description Set Comport data mode. Example Input:
AT+MCTDM=1<enter>
Response:
OK AT+MCTDF AT+MCTDM Command Syntax AT+MCTDF=<data format>
Data Format:
0 8N1 1 8N2 2 8E1 3 8O1 4 7N1 5 7N2 6 7E1 7 7O1 8 7E2 9 7O2 Command Syntax AT+MCTDM=<Data Mode>
Data Mode:
0 Seamless 1 Transparent Description Command Syntax Set Comport character timeout. AT+MCTCT=<timeout_s>
AT+MCTCT Example Input:
AT+MCTCT=0<enter>
Response:
OK Microhard Systems Inc. 184 5.0 AT Command Line Interface Description Command Syntax Set comport maximum packet size. AT+MCTMPS=<size>
AT+MCTMPS AT+MCTP Command Syntax AT+MCTP=<Mode>
Mode:
0 Normal 1 Medium 2 High AT+MCTNCDI Command Syntax AT+MCTNCDI=<Mode>
Mode:
0 Disable 1 Enable Example Input:
AT+MCTMPS=1024<enter>
Response:
OK Description Set Comport port priority. Example Input:
AT+MCTP=0<enter>
Response:
OK Description Enable/Disable Comport port no-connection data intake. Example Input:
AT+MCTNCDI=1<enter>
Response:
OK Microhard Systems Inc. 185 5.0 AT Command Line Interface Description Command Syntax Set Comport modbus TCP configuration. AT+MCTMTC=<Status>, <Protection status>,
<Protection Key>
Status and Protection Status:
0 Disable 1 Enable AT+MCTMTC Example Input:
AT+MCTMTC=0,0,1234<enter>
Response:
OK Description Command Syntax AT+MCTIPM Set the Comport serial port IP Protocol Mode. Example Input:
AT+MCTIPM=1<enter>
Response:
OK AT+MCTIPM=<Mode>
Mode:
0 TCP Client 1 TCP Server 2 TCP Client/Server 3 UDP Point to Point 4 UDP Point to Multipoint(P) 5 UDP Point to Multipoint(MP) 6 UDP Multipoint to Multipoint 7 SMTP Client 9 SMS Transparent Mode 11 GPS Transparent Mode Description Command Syntax Set Comport TCP Client parameters when IP Protocol Mode is set to TCP Client. AT+MCTTC=<Remote Server IP>, <Remote Server Port>, <Outgoing timeout_s>
AT+MCTTC Example Input:
AT+MCTTC=0.0.0.0,20002,60<enter>
Response:
OK Microhard Systems Inc. 186 5.0 AT Command Line Interface AT+MCTTS Description Command Syntax Set COM2 TCP Server parameters when IP Protocol Mode is set to TCP Server. Example Input:
AT+MCTTS=0,100,20002,300<enter>
Response:
OK AT+MCTTS=<Polling Mode>, <Polling timeout_s>, <Local Listener Port>,
<Connection timeout_s>
Polling Mode:
0 Monitor 1 Multi-polling AT+MCTTCS Description Command Syntax Set COM2 TCP Client/Server parameters when IP Protocol is set to TCP Client/Server mode. Example Input:
AT+MCTCS=0.0.0.0,20002,60,0,100,20002,300<ent er>
Response:
OK AT+MCTTCS=<Remote Server IP>, <Remote Server Port>, <Outgoing timeout_s>, <Polling Mode>, <Polling timeout_s>,<Local Listener Port>, <Connection timeout_s>
Polling Mode:
0 Monitor 1 Multi-polling Description Command Syntax Set COM2 UDP Point-to-Point parameters when IP Protocol is set to UDP Point-to-Point mode. AT+MCTUPP=<Remote Server IP>, <Remote Server Port>, <Liste ner Port>, <UDP timeout_s>
AT+MCTUPP Example Input:
AT+MCTUPP=0.0.0.0,20002,20002,10<enter>
Response:
OK Microhard Systems Inc. 187 5.0 AT Command Line Interface Description Module Input Status. Example Input:
AT+MIS <enter>
Response:
+MIS: available input status INPUT 1: 0 open OK Description Module Output Status. Example Input:
AT+MOS=0 <enter>
Response:
+MOS: available output status OUTPUT 1: 0 open OK Input:
AT+MOS=1,1,1 <enter>
Response:
OK AT+MIS Command Syntax AT+MIS AT+MOS Command Syntax AT+MOS=<Mode>[,<Setting No.>,<Status>]
Mode:
0 All Output Status 1 Output Setting Setting No.: 1, 2, 3, 4(if output available) Status:
0 open 1 close Microhard Systems Inc. 188 5.0 AT Command Line Interface Description Command Syntax Lists all available AT Commands. ATL <enter>
Example ATL AT Echo OK List all available AT commands ATL <enter>
AT Commands available:
AT AT+TEST AT Echo TEST ATH Show a list of previously run AT commands ATL AT&R Reserved AT&V Display modem active profile AT&W Reserved AT+MREB Reboot the modem ATA Quit ATO Quit AT+CMGS AT+CMGR AT+CMGL AT+CMGD AT+GMR AT+GMI AT+CNUM AT+CIMI AT+CCID AT+MSYSI AT+MMNAME AT+MLEIP AT+MDHCP AT+MDHCPA AT+MEMAC AT+MSIP AT+MSCT AT+MNTP AT+MPIPP AT+MCNTO AT+MRTF AT+MTWT AT+MSCMD AT+MDISS AT+MPWD AT+MIKACE AT+MIKAC AT+MDDNSE AT+MDDNS AT+MEURD1 AT+MEURD2 AT+MEURD3 AT+MNMSR AT+MGPSR1 AT+MGPSR2 AT+MGPSR3 AT+MGPSR4 Send SMS Read SMS with changing status List SMSs with changing status Delete SMSs Modem Record Information Get Manufacturer Identification Check Modem's Phone Number Check Modem's IMEI and IMSI Check Modem's SIM Card Number System summary information Modem Name Setting Set the IP address of the modem LAN Ethernet interface Enable or disable DHCP server running on the Ethernet interface Set the range of IP addresses to be assigned by the DHCP server Query the MAC address of local Ethernet interface Set LAN static IP Set LAN Connection Type Define NTP server Enable or disable IP-Passthrough Set console timeout Reset the modem to the factory default settings from non-volatile (NV) memory Enable or disable traffic watchdog timer used to reset the modem Enable or disable system sms command service Set discovery service used by the modem Set password Enable or disable ICMP keep-alive check Set ICMP keep-alive check Enable or disable DDNS Set DDNS Define Event UDP Report No.1 Define Event UDP Report No.2 Define Event UDP Report No.3 Define NMS Report Define GPS Report No.1 Define GPS Report No.2 Define GPS Report No.3 Define GPS Report No.4
(Continued.) Microhard Systems Inc. 189 5.0 AT Command Line Interface AT+MCTPS Enable or disable com port AT+MCTBR Set com port baud rate AT+MCTDF Set com port data format Set com port data mode AT+MCTDM Set com port character timeout AT+MCTCT AT+MCTMPS Set com port maximum packet size AT+MCTP Set com port priority AT+MCTNCDI Enable or disable com port no-connection data intake AT+MCTMTC Set com port modbus tcp configuration AT+MCTIPM Set com port IP protocol mode AT+MCTTC AT+MCTTS Set com port tcp server configuration when IP protocol mode be set to TCP Server AT+MCTTCS Set com port tcp client/server configuration when IP protocol mode be set to TCP Client/Server AT+MCTUPP Set com port UDP point to point configuration when IP protocol mode be set to UDP point to point AT+MIS AT+MOS Module Output status and setting Set com port tcp client configuration when IP protocol mode be set to TCP Client Module Input status Microhard Systems Inc. 190 Appendix A: Serial Interface Host (e.g. PC)
(DTE) Signal DCD Module
(DCE) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RX TX DTR SG DSR RTS CTS Arrows denote the direction that signals are asserted (e.g., DCD originates at the DCE, informing the DTE that a carrier is present). The interface conforms to standard RS-232 signals, so direct connection to a host PC (for example) is accommodated. The signals in the asynchronous serial interface are described below:
IN IN OUT OUT IN OUT IN DCD Data Carrier Detect - Output from Module - When asserted (TTL low), DCD informs the DTE that a communications link has been established with another MHX 920A. RX Receive Data - Output from Module - Signals transferred from the MHX 920A are received by the DTE via RX. TX Transmit Data - Input to Module - Signals are transmitted from the DTE via TX to the MHX 920A. DTR Data Terminal Ready - Input to Module - Asserted (TTL low) by the DTE to inform the module that it is alive and ready for communications. SG Signal Ground - Provides a ground reference for all signals transmitted by both DTE and DCE. DSR Data Set Ready - Output from Module - Asserted (TTL low) by the DCE to inform the DTE that it is alive and ready for communications. DSR is the modules equivalent of the DTR signal. RTS Request to Send - Input to Module - A handshaking signal which is asserted by the DTE (TTL low) when it is ready. When hardware handshaking is used, the RTS signal indicates to the DCE that the host can receive data. CTS Clear to Send - Output from Module - A handshaking signal which is asserted by the DCE (TTL low) when it has enabled communications and transmission from the DTE can commence. When hardware handshaking is used, the CTS signal indicates to the host that the DCE can receive data. Notes: It is typical to refer to RX and TX from the perspective of the DTE. This should be kept in mind when looking at signals relative to the module (DCE); the module transmits data on the RX line, and receives on TX. DCE and module are often synonymous since a module is typically a DCE device. DTE is, in most applications, a device such as a host PC. Microhard Systems Inc. 191 Appendix B: IP-Passthrough Example (Page 1 of 2)
- IP-Passthrough
- Port Forwarding
- DMZ (a type of Port Forwarding) By completing the Quick Start process, a user should have been able to log in and set up the VIP4G to work with their cellular carrier. By completing this, the modem is ready to be used to access the internet and provide mobile connectivity. However, a common application of the VIP4G is to access connected devices remotely. In order to do this, the VIP4G must be told how to deal with incoming traffic, where to send it to. To accomplish this there are three options :
In this section we will talk about IP-Passthrough and how to configure the VIP4G and the connected device/PC to work with IP-Passthrough. IP-Passthrough means that the VIP4G is transparent, and all outside (WAN) traffic is simply sent directly to a single device connected to one of the physical LAN RJ-45 ports on the VIP4G (With exception of port 80, which is retained for remote configuration (configurable). Also, any traffic that is sent to the RJ45 port is sent directly out the WAN port and is not processed by the VIP4G. IP-Passthrough is ideal for applications where only a single device is connected to the VIP4G, and other features of the VIP4G are not required. When in passthrough mode, most features of the VIP4G are bypassed, this includes the serial ports, the GPS features, VPN, the Firewall, and much more. The advantage of IP-Passthrough is that the configuration is very simple. In the example below we have a VIP4G connected to a PC (PC2). The application requires that PC1 be able to access several services on PC2. Using Port Forwarding this would require a new rule created for each port, and some applications or services may require several ports so this would require several rules, and the rules may be different for each installation, making future maintenance difficult. For IP-
Passthrough, PC1 only needs to know the Public Static IP Address of the VIP4G, the VIP4G would then automatically assign, via DHCP, the WAN IP to the attached PC2, creating a transparent connection. PC1: Connected to internet. Cellular Network/
Internet Wireless Cellular Connection Connected to RJ45 LAN Ethernet Port. WAN IP: 74.198.186.193
(Cellular Carrier) LAN IP: 74.198.186.1 (Used for WebUI from LAN) PC2: (DHCP) WebServer running on port 80 Step 1 Log into the VIP4G (Refer to Quick Start), and ensure that DHCP is enabled on the Network > LAN page. Step 2 Since PC2 requires port 80 to be used as its Web server port, port 80 cannot be used on the VIP4G, by default it retains this port for remote configuration. To change the port used by the VIP4G, navigate to the System > Settings page as seen below. For this example we are going to change it to port 8080. When changing port numbers on the VIP4G, it is recommended to reboot the unit before continuing, remember the new WebUI port is now 8080 when you log back into the VIP4G. (e.g. 192.168.168.1:8080). Microhard Systems Inc. 192 Appendix B: IP-Passthrough Example (Page 2 of 2) Step 3 Now IP-Passthrough can be enabled on the VIP4G. Under the Carrier > Settings tab, IP-Passthrough can be found. To enable this feature, select Ethernet from the drop down box. Once the changes are applied, whichever device is physically connected to the LAN RJ45 port, will dynamically be assigned the WAN IP Address. In this example, this would be 74.198.186.193. The default IP address of 192.168.168.1 on the LAN is no longer available, but it is still possible to access and configure the VIP4G on the LAN side, by using the X.X.X.1 IP Address, where the first 3 octets of the WAN IP are used in place of the Xs. (e.g. 74.198.186.1, and remember the HTTP port in this example was changed to 8080). Step 4 Attach the remote device or PC to the RJ45 port of the VIP4G. The end device has to be set up for DHCP to get an IP address from the VIP4G (Or it needs the carrier IP set as a static IP). In the test/example setup we can verify this by looking at the current IP address. In the screenshot to the right we can see that the Laptop connected to the VIP4G has a IP Address of 74.198.186.193, which is the IP address assign by the cellular carrier for the modem. Step 5 (Optional) IP-Passthrough operation can also be verified in the VIP4G. Once IP-
Passthrough is enabled you can access the VIP4G WebUI by one of the following methods:
Remotely on the WAN side (usually the internet), using the WAN IP, and the port specified for HTTP operation (or, if enabled, by using the HTTPS (443) ports), in this example with would be 74.198.186.193:8080. On the LAN side, by entering in the first 3 octets of the WAN IP and .1 for the fourth, so in our example 74.198.186.1:8080. Once logged in, navigate to the Carrier > Status page. Under WAN IP Address it should look something like shown in the image to the right, 74.198.186.193 on LAN. Step 6 The last step is to verify the remote device can be accessed. In this example a PC is connected to the RJ45 port of the VIP4G. On this PC a simple apache web server is running to illustrate a functioning system. On a remote PC, enter the WAN IP Address of the VIP4G into a web browser. As seen below, when the IP Address of the VIP4G is entered, the data is passed through to the attached PC. The screen shot below shows that our test setup was successful. Microhard Systems Inc. 193 Appendix C: Port Forwarding Example (Page 1 of 2)
- IP-Passthrough
- Port Forwarding
- DMZ (a type of Port Forwarding) By completing the Quick Start process, a user should have been able to log in and set up the VIP4G to work with their cellular carrier. By completing this, the modem is ready to be used to access the internet and provide mobile connectivity. However, one of the main applications of the VIP4G is to access connected devices remotely. In order to do this, the VIP4G must be told how to deal with incoming traffic, where to send it to. To accomplish this there are three options :
In the previous section we illustrated how to use and setup IP-Passthrough. In this section we will talk about port forwarding. Port forwarding is ideal when there are multiple devices connected to the VIP4G, or if other features of the VIP4G are required (Serial Ports, Firewall, GPS, etc). In port forwarding, the VIP4G looks at each incoming Ethernet packet on the WAN and by using the destination port number, determines where it will send the data on the private LAN . The VIP4G does this with each and every incoming packet. DMZ (a form of port forwarding) is useful for situations where there are multiple devices connected to the VIP4G, but all incoming traffic is destined for a single device. It is also popular to use DMZ in cases where a single device is connected but several ports are forwarded and other features of the VIP4G are required, since in passthrough mode all of these features are lost. Consider the following example. A user has a remote location that has several devices that need to be accessed remotely. The User at PC1 can only see the VIP4G directly using the public static IP assigned by the wireless carrier, but not the devices behind it. In this case the VIP4G is acting a gateway between the Cellular Network and the Local Area Network of its connected devices. Using port forwarding we can map the way that data passes through the VIP4G. Wired or Wireless Devices Wireless Cellular Connection PC2: 192.168.168.20 Webserver on port 80 Cellular Network/
Internet PC1: Connected to internet. VIP4G WAN IP:
74.198.186.193
(Cellular Carrier) LAN IP:
192.168.168.1 Step 1 Log into the VIP4G (Refer to Quick Start), and ensure that the Firewall is enabled. This can be found under Firewall > General. Also ensure that that sufficient Rules or IP lists have been setup to allow specific traffic to pass through the VIP4G. See the Firewall Example in the next Appendix for information on how to allow connections from an IP or to open ports. Once that is complete, remember to Submit the changes. PLC/RTU: 192.168.168.30 Webserver on port 80 Modbus on port 502 IP Camera: 192.168.168.40 Webserver on Port 80 Microhard Systems Inc. 194 Appendix C: Port Forwarding Example (Page 2 of 2) Internal Port 80 80 80 502 80 External Port 80 8080 8081 10502 8082 Internal IP 192.168.168.1 192.168.168.20 192.168.168.30 192.168.168.30 192.168.168.40 WAN IP 74.198.186.193 74.198.186.193 74.198.186.193 74.198.186.193 74.198.186.193 Step 2 Determine which external ports (WAN) are mapped to which internal IP Addresses and Ports (LAN). It is important to understand which port, accessible on the outside, is connected or mapped to which devices on the inside. For this example we are going to use the following ports, in this case it is purely arbitrary which ports are assigned, some systems may be configurable, other systems may require specific ports to be used. Description VIP4G WebUI PC2 Web Server PLC Web Server PLC Modbus Camera Web Server Notice that to the outside user, the IP Address for every device is the same, only the port number changes, but on the LAN, each external port is mapped to an internal device and port number. Also notice that the port number used for the configuration GUI for all the devices on the LAN is the same, this is fine because they are located on different IP addresses, and the different external ports mapped by the VIP4G (80, 8080, 8081, 8082), will send the data to the intended destination. Step 3 Create a rule for each of the lines above. A rules does not need to be created for the first line, as that was listed simply to show that the external port 80 was already used, by default, by the VIP4G itself. To create port forwarding rules, Navigate to the Firewall >
Port Forwarding menu. When creating rules, each rules requires a unique name, this is only for reference and can be anything desired by the user. Click on the Add Port Forwarding button to add each rule to the VIP4G. Once all rules have been added, the VIP4G configuration should look something like what is illustrated in the screen shot to the right. Be sure to Submit the Port Forwarding list to the VIP4G. For best results, reboot the VIP4G. Step 4 Configure the static addresses on all attached devices. Port forwarding required that all the attached devices have static IP addresses, this ensure that the port forwarding rules are always correct, as changing IP addresses on the attached devices would render the configured rules useless and the system will not work. Step 5 Test the system. The devices connected to the VIP4G should be accessible remotely. To access the devices:
For the Web Server on the PC, use a browser to connect to 74.198.186:193:8080, in this case the same webserver is running as in the IP-Passthrough example, so the result should be as follows:
To access the other devices/services: For the PLC Web Server: 74.198.186.193:8081, for the Camera 74.198.186.193:8082, and for the Modbus on the PLC telnet to 74.198.186.193:10502 etc. Microhard Systems Inc. 195 Appendix D: Firewall Example (Page 1 of 2)
- Customizable Rules
- MAC and/or IP List
- ACL (Access Control List) or Blacklist using the above tools. By completing the Quick Start process, a user should have been able to log in and set up the VIP4G to work with their cellular carrier. By completing this, the modem is ready to be used to access the internet and provide mobile connectivity. However, one of the main applications of the VIP4G is to access connected devices remotely. Security plays an important role in M2M deployments as in most cases the modem is publically available on the internet. Limiting access to the VIP4G is paramount for a secure deployment. The firewall features of the VIP4G allow a user to limit access to the VIP4G and the devices connected to it by the following means Consider the following example. An VIP4G is deployed at a remote site to collect data from an end device such as a PLC or RTU connected to the serial DATA port (Port 20001 on the WAN. It is required that only a specific host (Host A) have access to the deployed VIP4G and attached device, including the remote management features. Step 1 Log into the VIP4G (Refer to Quick Start). Navigate to the Firewall > General tab as shown below and ensure that the Firewall is turned on by enabling the Firewall Status. Next block all WAN traffic by setting the 4G Request to Block, and disable 4G Remote Management. Be sure to Apply the settings. At this point it should be impossible to access the VIP4G remotely through its cellular connection. WAN IP: 173.181.197.156 Local Device on TCP 184.71.46.126 186.41.57.101 84.53.23.12 Port 20001 Host A:
Host B:
Host C:
VIP4G Firewall Microhard Systems Inc. 196 Appendix D: Firewall Example (Page 2 of 2) Rule 1 Step 2 Under the Rules tab we need to create two new rules. A rule to enable Host A access to the Remote Management Port
(TCP Port 80), and another to access the device attached the to serial port (WAN TCP Port 20001). After each rule is created be sure to click the ADD Rule button, once both rules are created select the Submit button to write the rules to the VIP4G. The Firewall Rules Summary should look like what is shown below. Rule 2 Step 3 Test the connections. The VIP4G should only allow connections to the port specified from the Host A. An alternate means to limit connections to the VIP4G to a specific IP would have been to use the MAC-IP List Tool. By using Rules, we can not only limit specific IPs, but we can also specify ports that can be used by an allowed IP address. Microhard Systems Inc. 197 Appendix E: VPN Example (Page 1 of 2) By completing the Quick Start process, a user should have been able to log in and set up the VIP4G to work with their cellular carrier. By completing this, the modem is ready to be used to access the internet and provide mobile connectivity. However, one of the main applications of the VIP4G is to access connected devices remotely. In addition to Port Forwarding and IP-Passthrough, the VIP4G has several VPN capabilities, creating a tunnel between two sites, allowing remote devices to be accessed directly. VPN allows multiple devices to be connected to the VIP4G without the need to individually map ports to each device. Complete access to remote devices is available when using a VPN tunnel. A VPN tunnel can be created by using two VIP4G devices, each with a public IP address. At least one of the modems require a static IP address. VPN tunnels can also be created using the VIP4G to existing VPN capable devices, such as Cisco or Firebox. Example: VIP4G to VIP4G (Site-to-Site) Site A Site B VIP4G WAN IP Carrier VIP4G WAN IP Carrier Assigned: A.B.C.D Assigned: E.F.G.H Step 1 Log into each of the VIP4Gs (Refer to Quick Start), and ensure that the Firewall is enabled. This can be found under Firewall > General. Also ensure that either WAN Request is set to Allow, which allows traffic to come in from the WAN, or that sufficient Rules or IP lists have been setup to allow specific traffic to pass through the VIP4G. Once that is complete, remember to Apply the changes. Step 2 Configure the LAN IP and subnet for each VIP4G. The subnets must be different and cannot overlap. Site B Site A Microhard Systems Inc. 198 Appendix E: VPN Example (Page 2 of 2) A.B.C.D Site A Site B Step 3 Add a VPN Gateway to Gateway tunnel on each VIP4G. Step 4 Submit changes to both units. It should be possible to ping and reach devices on either end of the VPN tunnel if both devices have been configured correctly and have network connectivity. Must Match!
E.F.G.H Microhard Systems Inc. 199 Appendix F: GRE Example The following pages outline the different GRE configurations available for the VIP4G. This may be useful in determining which fields are populated by showing a working example. Three different setups are shown:
General GRE (without IPsec), GRE over IPsec (Transport Mode) and GRE over IPsec (Tunnel Mode). Appendix F Image 1: Network Configuration Example Topology Prerequisites:
1. Firewall > General > WAN Request Allow (Not Recommened), OR add a specific firewall rules
(Recommened) 2. Add a route on PC-1: ip route add 192.168.169.0/24 via 192.168.168.1 dev eth0 Add a route on PC-2: ip route add 192.168.168.0/24 via 192.168.169.1 dev eth0 Example 1: General GRE (without IPsec) Microhard Systems Inc. 200 Appendix F: GRE Example Example 2: GRE over IPsec (Transport Mode) Microhard Systems Inc. 201 Appendix F: GRE Example Example 3: GRE over IPsec (Tunnel Mode) Microhard Systems Inc. 202 Appendix G: Firmware Recovery Procedure In event that your unit becomes unresponsive it may be required to perform a firmware recovery procedure outlined below:
1. Download and save firmware file in a local folder, for example C:\;
2. Separate the PC from the network and set IP to static:
192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 3. Connect PC Ethernet port to the Ethernet port of the modem to be recovered 4. Start a ping on the PC C:\>ping 192.168.1.39 -t Pinging 192.168.1.39 with 32 bytes of data:
Request timed out. Request timed out. 5. Power cycle modem while pressing and holding CFG(Config) button;
6. Release the CFG button when ping responded:
C:\>ping 192.168.1.39 -t Pinging 192.168.1.39 with 32 bytes of data:
Request timed out. Request timed out. Request timed out. Reply from 192.168.1.39: bytes=32 time<1ms TTL=128 Reply from 192.168.1.39: bytes=32 time<1ms TTL=128 Reply from 192.168.1.39: bytes=32 time<1ms TTL=128 Reply from 192.168.1.39: bytes=32 time<1ms TTL=128 Note, If ping responds as shown above, then you can probably recover the unit, please proceed. Otherwise, send the unit back for RMA. 7. Now use TFTP to push firmware file into the corrupted unit:
For example, on Windows XP using following command line:
tftp -i 192.168.1.39 put VIPn4G-v1_1_0-r1084-14.bin (or the file saved). 8. Wait until above command to successfully transfered the image, similar message should show Transfer successful: xxxxxxx bytes in 5 seconds, nnnnnnn bytes/s, note the number might change for different firmware file Note, if you see message above, the unit will re-flash itself and reboot, otherwise call for help or send back for RMA. 9. Wait for the unit to recover and reboot. Microhard Systems Inc. 203 Appendix H: Troubleshooting (FAQ) Below is a number of the common support questions that are asked about the VIP4G. The purpose of the section is to provide answers and/or direction on how to solve common problems with the VIP4G. __________________________________________________________________ Question: Why cant I connect to the internet/network?
Answer: To connect to the internet a SIM card issued by the Wireless Carrier must be installed and the APN programmed into the Carrier Configuration of the VIP4G. For instructions of how to log into the VIP4G refer to the Quick Start. __________________________________________________________________ Question: What is the default IP Address of the VIP4G?
Answer: The default IP address for the LAN is 192.168.168.1. __________________________________________________________________ Question: What is the default login for the VIP4G?
Answer: The default username is admin, the default password is admin. __________________________________________________________________ Question: What information do I need to get from my wireless carrier to set up the VIP4G?
Answer: The APN is required to configure the VIP4G to communicate with a wireless carrier. Some carriers also require a username and password. The APN, username and password are only available from your wireless carrier. Newer units may support an AUTO APN feature, which will attempt to determine the APN from a preconfigured list of carriers and commonly used APNs. This is designed to provide quick network connectivity, but will not work with private APNs. Success with AUTO APN will vary by carrier. ________________________________________________________________ Question: How do I reset my modem to factory default settings?
Answer: If you are logged into the VIP4G navigate to the System > Maintenance Tab. If you cannot log in, power on the VIP4G and wait until the status LED in on solid (not flashing). Press and hold the CONFIG button until the unit reboots (about 8-10 seconds). _________________________________________________________________ Question: I can connect the Carrier, but I cant access the Internet/WAN/network from a connected PC?
Answer: Ensure that you have DHCP enabled or manually set up a valid IP, Subnet, Gateway and DNS set on the local device. __________________________________________________________________ Question: I connected a device to the serial port of the VIP4G and nothing happens?
Answer: In addition to the basic serial port settings, the IP Protocol Config has to be configured. Refer to the Comport Configuration pages for a description of the different options. Microhard Systems Inc. 204 Appendix H: Troubleshooting __________________________________________________________________ Question: How do I access the devices behind the modem remotely?
Answer: To access devices behind the VIP4G remotely, several methods can be used:
A. IP Passthrough - The VIP4G is transparent and the connected device can be access directly. Refer to The IP-Passthrough Appendix for a detailed example of how this may be deployed. B. Port Forwarding/DMZ - Individual external WAN ports are mapped to internal LAN IPs and Ports. See the Port-Forwarding Appendix for a detailed example. C. VPN - A tunnel can be created and full access to remote devices can be obtained. Required the use of multiple modems or VPN routers. See the VPN Appendix on an example of how to set up a VPN. _________________________________________________________________ Question: I have set up firewall rules and/or port forwarding rules but they do not work?
Answer: Ensure that the Firewall is Enabled. Even port forwarding requires that the firewall feature is enabled. If the WAN/4G request is blocked (recommended), additional rules will need to be created for any external request. _________________________________________________________________ Question: I have Internet/4G access but I cannot ping the device remotely?
Answer: Ensure that the 4G/WAN request is enabled in the Firewall settings, or create a Firewall rule to allow ping messages. _________________________________________________________________ Question: Im using IP-Passthrough but the serial ports wont work?
Answer: When using IP-Passthrough, the WAN IP is assigned to the device connected to the Ethernet port, all traffic is passed through to that device. As a result serials port will not work. The only port not being passed through is the remote management port (default port 80), which can be changed in the security settings. _________________________________________________________________ Question: Im using IP-Passthrough but the modem wont take my Firewall settings?
Answer: When using IP-Passthrough, the 4G IP is assigned to the device connected to the Ethernet port, all traffic is passed through to that device. As a result the firewall settings have no effect on the unit, and is automatically disabled. _________________________________________________________________ Question: I cannot get IP-Passthrough to work?
Answer: When using IP-Passthrough, the 4G IP is assigned to the device connected to the Ethernet port, all traffic is passed through to that device. In order for IP-Passthrough to work, the connected local device must have DHCP enabled, or the 4G IP set as a static IP in the end device. Microhard Systems Inc. 205 Appendix H: Troubleshooting _________________________________________________________________ Question: Why does my modem reset every 10 minutes (or other time)?
Answer: There are a number of processes in the VIP4G that ensure that the unit is communicating at all times, and if a problem is detected will reboot the modem to attempt to resolve any issues:
1. Traffic Watchdog - Detects if there is any Wireless Traffic between the VIP4G and the Cellular Carrier. Will reboot modem when timer expires unless there is traffic. Carrier > Traffic Watchdog. 2. Keepalive - Attempts to contact a configured host on a defined basis. Will reboot modem if host is unreachable. Enabled by default to attempt to ping 8.8.8.8. May need to disable on private networks, or provide a reachable address to check. Access via Carrier > Keepalive. 3. Local Device Monitor - The VIP4G will monitor a local device, if that device is not present the VIP4G may reboot. Network > LocalMonitor. _______________________________________________________________ Question: How do I set up VPN?
Answer: Refer to the VPN Appendix for an example. _________________________________________________________________ Question: Why is the data usage on my modem so high?
Answer: Although it is impossible to answer that question without more detailed information about your modem, and the devices/application you are using, there are a number of things to keep in mind:
1. Always setup and configure a Firewall on the modem, this is especially important if the modem is using a publically accessible IP address. 2. Always change the default user/passwords. 3. Turn off any services that are not needed, such as GPS, Comports, SNMP, SSH, anything not being used specifically in your application. 4. Use the Data Usage alerts to keep informed of daily and monthly data usage of the modem to avoid surprises once the data bill arrives. Microhard Systems Inc. 206 150 Country Hills Landing NW Calgary, Alberta Canada T3K 5P3 Phone: (403) 248-0028 Fax: (403) 248-2762 www.microhardcorp.com Microhard Systems Inc. 207
1 2 3 | User manual | Users Manual | 662.44 KiB | May 21 2013 / November 17 2013 |
User Guide VIP4G VIP4G LTE Ethernet Bridge/Serial Gateway Document: VIP4G User Guide.v1.0.pdf FW Version: 1.1.6-r1114 December 2012 150 Country Hills Landing NW Calgary, Alberta Canada T3K 5P3 Phone: (403) 248-0028 Fax: (403) 248-2762 www.microhardcorp.com Revision History Revision Description 1.0 Initial Release Initials Date PEH Dec 2012 Microhard Systems Inc. 2 FCC/ICRegulatoryNotice Modificationstatement:
MicrohardSystemsInchasnotapprovedanychangesormodificationstothisdevicebytheuser.Any changesormodificationscouldvoidtheusersauthoritytooperatetheequipment. Interferencestatement:
ThisdevicecomplieswithPart15oftheFCCRulesandIndustryCanadalicenceexemptRSSstandard(s).Operationissubjectto thefollowingtwoconditions:(1)thisdevicemaynotcauseinterference,and(2)thisdevicemustacceptanyinterference, includinginterferencethatmaycauseundesiredoperationofthedevice. RadiationExposureStatement:
IPn4GcomplieswithFCC/ICradiationexposurelimitssetforthforanuncontrolledenvironmentandmeetstheFCCradio frequency(RF)ExposureGuidelinesinSupplementCtoOET65andRSS102oftheICradiofrequency(RF)Exposurerules. Nevertheless,theproductshouldbeusedinsuchamannerthatthepotentialforhumancontactduringnormaloperationis minimized.Thisequipmentshouldbeinstalledandoperatedwithminimumdistanceof20cmbetweentheradiatorandany personandmustnotbecollocatedwithothertransmittersexceptotherwiseauthorised. Thisdeviceisapprovedtobeusedwithadipoleantennawithamaximumgainof2dBi. ThisproductintegratesandisauthorizedtobecolocatedwithaNovatelWireless'ExpediteE371PCIExpressMiniCard(FCC ID:PKRNVWE371,IC:3229AE371).TheNovatelWireless'ExpediteE371PCIExpressMiniCardisgrantedwithamodular approvalformobileapplications.Integrationhasbeendonemeetingthefollowingconditions:
1. Atleast20cmseparationdistancebetweentheantennaandanypersonbodyismaintainedatalltimes. TocomplywithFCC/ICregulationslimitingbothmaximumRFoutputpowerandhumanexposuretoRFradiation,the 2. maximumantennagainincludingcablelossinamobileonlyexposureconditiondoesnotexceed3.5dBifor850MHzfrequency band,5.0dBifor700MHzfrequencyband,5.0dBifor1700MHzfrequencybandand3.0dBifor1900MHzfrequencyband. TheNovatelWireless'ExpediteE371PCIExpressMiniCardantennaisnotcolocatedwithanyotherantennasexcept 3. withtheantennaoftheIPn4Gproduct. FCCClassAdigitaldevicenotice ThisequipmenthasbeentestedandfoundtocomplywiththelimitsforaClassAdigitaldevice,pursuanttopart15oftheFCC Rules.Theselimitsaredesignedtoprovidereasonableprotectionagainstharmfulinterferenceinaresidentialinstallation.This equipmentgenerates,usesandcanradiateradiofrequencyenergyand,ifnotinstalledandusedinaccordancewiththe instructions,maycauseharmfulinterferencetoradiocommunications.However,thereisnoguaranteethatinterferencewill notoccurinaparticularinstallation.Ifthisequipmentdoescauseharmfulinterferencetoradioortelevisionreception,which canbedeterminedbyturningtheequipmentoffandon,theuserisencouragedtotrytocorrecttheinterferencebyoneor moreofthefollowingmeasures:
Reorientorrelocatethereceivingantenna. Increasetheseparationbetweentheequipmentandreceiver. Connecttheequipmentintoanoutletonacircuitdifferentfromthattowhichthereceiverisconnected. Consultthedealeroranexperiencedradio/TVtechnicianforhelp. FCC/ICAvisrglementaire Instructiondemodification:
MicrohardSystemsIncn'apasapprouvlesmodificationsapportescetappareilparl'utilisateur.Leschangementsou modificationspourraientannulerl'autoritdel'utilisateurutilisercetquipement. Dclarationsurlesinterfrences:
CetappareilestconformelaPartie15delarglementationFCCetIndustrieCanadaexemptsdelicenceRSSnorme(s).Son fonctionnementestsoumisauxdeuxconditionssuivantes:(1)cetappareilnedoitpasprovoquerd'interfrences,et(2)cet appareildoitacceptertouteinterfrence,ycomprislesinterfrencespouvantprovoquerunfonctionnementindsirablede l'appareil. Dclarationd'expositionauxradiations:
VIP4Gestconformel'expositionauxradiationsFCC/ICdfiniespourunenvironnementnoncontrletrpondauxdirectives d'expositiondelafrquencedelaFCCradiofrquence(RF)dansleSupplmentCOET65etRSS102delafrquenceradio(RF) ICrglesd'exposition.Nanmoins,leproduitdoittreutilisd'unemaniretellequelepotentielpourlecontacthumain pendantl'utilisationnormalesoitminimis.Cetquipementdoittreinstalletutilisunedistanceminimumde20cmentre leradiateurettoutepersonneetnedoitpastrecoimplantavecd'autresmetteurs,saufautorisationcontraire. Cedispositifestapprouvpourtreutilisavecuneantennedipleavecungainmaximumde2dBi. CeproduitintgreetestautoristrecolocalissavecuneNovatelWirelessExpediteE371PCIExpressMiniCard(FCCID:
PKRNVWE371,IC:3229AE371).LeNovatelWirelessExpediteE371PCIExpressMiniCardestaccordeunagrment modulairepourlesapplicationsmobiles.L'intgrationatfaitauxconditionssuivantes:
1.Aumoins20cmdedistancedesparationentrel'antenneettoutepersonnecorpsestmaintenueentouttemps. 2.PourseconformerlaFCC/ICrglementsquilimitentlafoislapuissancemaximaledesortieRFetl'expositionhumaine auxrayonnementsRF,legainmaximaldel'antenne,ycomprislapertedecbledansuneconditiond'expositionseulement mobilenedpassepas3,5dBipour850MHzbandedefrquence,5,0dBipourdesfrquences700MHzbande,5,0dBipour 1700MHzet3,0dBibandede1900MHzbandedefrquence. 3.LeNovatelWirelessExpediteE371PCIExpressMiniCardantennen'estpascolocalisavecd'autresantennes,saufavec l'antenneduproduitIPn4G. FCCClasseApravisappareilnumrique CetquipementattestetdclarconformeauxlimitesimposesauxappareilsnumriquesdeclasseA,conformmentla partie15delarglementationFCC.Ceslimitessontconuespourfourniruneprotectionraisonnablecontrelesinterfrences nuisiblesdansuneinstallationrsidentielle.Cetquipementgnre,utiliseetpeutmettreunenergiedefrquenceradioet, s'iln'estpasinstalletutilisconformmentauxinstructions,ilpeutcauserdesinterfrencesnuisiblesauxcommunications radio.Cependant,iln'existeaucunegarantiequedesinterfrencesneseproduirontpasdansuneinstallationparticulire.Si cetquipementprovoquedesinterfrencesnuisibleslarceptionradiooutlvision,cequipeuttredterminenmettant l'quipementhorsetsoustension,l'utilisateurestencouragessayerdecorrigerl'interfrenceparuneouplusieursdes mesuressuivantes:
Rorienteroudplacerl'antennederception. Augmenterladistanceentrel'quipementetlercepteur. Brancherl'quipementdansuneprisesuruncircuitdiffrentdeceluisurlequellercepteurestbranch. Consulterlerevendeurouuntechnicienradio/tlvisionqualifipourobtenirdel'aide. 2.0 Quick Start This QUICK START guide will walk you through the setup and process required to access the WebUI configuration window and to establish a basic wireless connection to your carrier. Note that the units arrive from the factory with the Local Network setting configured as Static (IP Address 192.168.168.1, Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0, and Gateway 192.168.168.1), in DHCP server mode. (This is for the LAN Ethernet Adapter on the back of the VIP4G unit. 2.1 Installing the SIM Card Before the VIP4G can be used on a cellular network a valid SIM Card for your Wireless Carrier must be installed. Insert the SIM Card into the slot as shown below. SIM Card Slot 2.2 Getting Started with Cellular Connect the power connector to the power adapter and apply power to the unit, once the blue CPU LED is on solid, proceed to the next step. To reset to factory defaults, press and hold the CFG button for 8 seconds with the VIP4G powered up. The LEDs will flash quickly and the IP4G will reboot with factory defaults. Use the MHS-supplied power adapter or an equivalent power source. Microhard Systems Inc. 3 9-30VDC 2.0 Quick Start Connect A PC configured for DHCP directly to one of the LAN ETHERNET ports of the VIP4G, using an Ethernet Cable. If the PC is configured for DHCP it will acquire a IP Address from the VIP4G. Open a Browser Window and enter the IP address 192.168.168.1 into the ad-
dress bar. The VIP4G will then ask for a Username and Password. Enter the factory de-
192.168.168.1 faults listed below. The factory default network settings:
IP: 192.168.168.1 Subnet: 255.255.255.0 Gateway: 192.168.168.1 The factory default login:
User name: admin Subnet: admin It is always a good idea to change the default admin login for future security. The Factory default login:
User name: admin Password: admin Microhard Systems Inc. 4 2.0 Quick Start Once successfully logged in, the System Summary page will be displayed. As seen above under Carrier Status, the SIM card is installed, but an APN has not been specified. Click on the Carrier > Settings tab and enter the APN sup-
plied by your carrier in the APN field. Some carriers may also require a User-
name and Password. Once the APN and any other required information is entered to connect to your carrier, click on Submit. Return to the System > Summary tab. Microhard Systems Inc. 5 2.0 Quick Start On the Carrier > Status Tab, verify that a WAN IP Address has been assigned by your carrier. The Activity Status should also show Connected. Congratulations! Your VIP4G is successfully connected to your Cellular Carrier. The next section gives a overview on enabling and setting up the WiFi Wireless features of the modem giving 802.11 devices network access. To access devices connected to VIP4G remotely, one or more of the following must be configured: IP-Passthrough, Port Forwarding, DMZ. Another option would be to set up a VPN. Microhard Systems Inc. 6 150 Country Hills Landing NW Calgary, Alberta Canada T3K 5P3 Phone: (403) 248-0028 Fax: (403) 248-2762 www.microhardcorp.com Microhard Systems Inc. 7
1 2 3 | Internal Photos | Internal Photos | 1.06 MiB | August 16 2016 |
Internal Photo Assembled Internal Photo Cards Removed Internal Photo Bottom Internal WiFi Card Top Internal WiFi Card Bottom Internal WiFi Shield Removed Card Top Internal LN930 Card Top Internal LN930 Shield Removed Card Top Internal LN930 Card Bottom
1 2 3 | External Photos | External Photos | 546.47 KiB | August 16 2016 |
Top:
Bottom:
Right Side:
Left Side:
Front:
Back:
1 2 3 | ID Label and Location | ID Label/Location Info | 137.37 KiB | August 16 2016 |
LABEL FORMAT AND LOCATION VIP4G Bottom View
1 2 3 | Label | ID Label/Location Info | 55.04 KiB | May 21 2013 |
LABEL FORMAT AND LOCATION VIP4G Bottom View
1 2 3 | 15.407(c) | Attestation Statements | 85.82 KiB | August 16 2016 |
150 Country Hills Landing N.W. Calgary, Alberta T3K 5P3 Tel: (403) 248-0028 Fax: (403) 248-2762 E-mail: info@microhardcorp.com www.microhardcorp.com 3 ff @ARrcerin kam TAI. L) BYSTEMS INC. Leaders in Wireless Telecom Ultratech Group of Labs 3000 Bristol Circle Oakville, Ontario L6H 664 Phone: (905) 829-1570 / Fax: (905) 829-8050 E-Mail: vic@ultratech-labs.com July 12, 2016 Ref: Attestation Statement for FCC ID: NS9VIP4AGABGN20 FCC ID: Title/model:
NSO9VIP4GABGN20 VIP4Gb To whom it may concern:
The device complies with 15.407(c). The device VIP4Gb does transmit in the absence of information or reside in a Transmit ON state. Only control signals are sent occasionally. These beacons are controlled by the Hardware PHY on the chip. The Chip has not continuous stay mode in Operating conditions packet transmission. Once data is received, the PHY controis transmit and receive cycle from the DMA. The timing is done by the PHY not the user. Hany Shenouda Director of Engineering Microhard Systems Inc etree ting abe fe nm Naam ia ssn
1 2 3 | Agent Authorization | Cover Letter(s) | 96.09 KiB | August 16 2016 |
150 Country Hills Landing N.W. Calgary, Alberta T3K 5P3 Tel: (403) 248-0028 Fax: (403) 248-2762
. gg i ag OY gety . we% tee rhs - ' e : Gi iP : ge naren * *~
PO) SYSTEMS ING. E-mail: info microhardcorp.com www.microhardcorp.com Leaders in Wireless Telecom Date: June 25, 2016 To Whom It May Concern Subject: Authority to Act as an Agent Applicant: Microhard Systems Inc. FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Dear Sir/Madam:
| hereby appoint UltraTech Engineering Labs Inc. (UltraTech) to act as my agent in preparation of this application for authorization of above equipment under F.C.C. Rules. |
asm at is subject to a denial of Federal benefits, that include FCC benefits, pursuant to section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, 21 U.S.C. 862 because of a conviction for possession or distribution of a controlled substance. See 47 CFR 1.2002(b) for the definition of a party for these purposes.
| also certify that the information provided, properly describe the device or system for which authorization is required. Hany CQhannti!
J wT i LA ad Director of Engineering Microhard Systems Inc Qo A
1 2 3 | Confidentiality Request | Cover Letter(s) | 164.17 KiB | August 16 2016 |
150 Country Hills Landing N.W. Calgary, Alberta T3K 5P3 Tel: (403) 248-0028 Fax: (403) 248-2762 E-mail: info@microhardcorp.com www.microhardcorp.com LeadersinWirelessTelecom NS9VIP4GABGN20 Applicant: Microhard Systems Inc. FCC ID:
July 27, 2016 To Whom It May Concern Subject: Confidentiality Request Letter Dear Sir/Madam:
The applicant would like to request the following documents submitted with this application for certification be withheld from public disclosure as per Sections 0.457
& 0.459 of FCC Rules. 1. 2. 3. The above materials are provided by Compex Systems Pte Ltd. and are requesting to be held confidential at the request of Compex Systems Pte Ltd. These materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public. The public disclosure of these materials may be harmful to the applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. Sincerely, HanyShenouda DirectorofEngineering MicrohardSystemsInc Operational Description Block Diagram Schematic(s)
1 2 3 | Cover Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 63.10 KiB | August 16 2016 |
July 13, 2016 Ultratech Engineering Labs, Inc. 3000 Bristol Circle Oakville, Ontario L6H 6G4 Subject:
Certification Application to Add FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure (U-NII) Device Operating in the 5.725-5.85 GHz Band Applicant: Microhard Systems Inc. Product:
Model:
FCC ID:
VIP4Gb VIP4Gb NS9VIP4GABGN20 Dear Sir/Madam:
As appointed agent for Microhard Systems Inc., we submit the application for certification of the above product. Kindly review all files uploaded to your electronic filing site. This device previously granted under Part 15.247 and is now applying for approval under Part 15.407(b)(4)ii for devices with antenna gains less than 10 dBi with no hardware or antennas changes. The U-NII-3 band (5725-5850 MHz) test data from DTS original filing
(Report Number 1212FR16) is re-use in this filing and the additional test report for NII to demonstrate full compliance under Part 15.407 (power reduction to meet band edge, band edge and frequency stability requirements). The VIP4Gb contained a Telit LN930 Data Card module (FCC ID: RI7LN930) instead of the Novatel Wireless Inc. E371, PCI Express Mini-card module (FCC ID: PKRVNWE371) in the original DTS filing. MPE evaluation in this filing will address the new co-location configuration. If you have any queries, please do not hesitate to contact us. Yours truly, Dan Huynh Dan Huynh Authorized Agent UltraTech Group of Labs FCC TCB & IC CB 0685 91038 1309 46390-2049 AT-1945 NVLAP LAB CODE 200093-0 SL2-IN-E-1119R Korea KCC-RRL CA2049 TPTDP DA1300 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel.: (905) 829-1570 Fax.: (905) 829-8050 Website: www.ultratech-labs.com Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com TL363_B
1 2 3 | DTS Test Report | Test Report | 1.86 MiB | August 16 2016 |
FCC 47 CFR PART 15 SUBPART C Product Type Applicant Address Trade Name VIP4G Microhard Systems Inc. 150 Country Hills Landing NW Calgary, Alberta, Canada T3K 5P3 Microhard Model Number VIP4G Test Specification FCC 47 CFR PART 15 SUBPART C: Oct., 2012 Canada RSS-210 ISSUE 8: Dec., 2010 Canada RSS-Gen ISSUE 3: Dec., 2010 ANSI C63.4-2009 Receive Date Nov. 28, 2012 Test Period Dec. 05, 2012 ~ Jan. 21, 2013 Issue Date Jan. 23, 2013 Issue by A Test Lab Techno Corp. No. 140-1, Changan Street, Bade City, Taoyuan County 334, Taiwan R.O.C. Tel+886-3-2710188 / Fax+886-3-2710190 Taiwan Accreditation Foundation accreditation number: 1330 Note: This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of A Test Lab Techno Corp. This document may be altered or revised by A Test Lab Techno Corp. personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. The client should not use it to claim product endorsement by TAF, or any government agencies. The test results in the report only apply to the tested sample. A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR161 of 95 Rev. 00 Revision History Issue Date Jan. 23, 2013 Initial Issue Revisions Revised By A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR162 of 95 Product Type Applicant Address Trade Name Model Number FCC ID IC EUT Rated Voltage Test Voltage Applicable Standard Verification of Compliance Issued Date: 01/23/2013
: VIP4G
: Microhard Systems Inc.
: 150 Country Hills Landing NW Calgary, Alberta, Canada T3K 5P3
: Microhard
: VIP4G
: NS9VIP4GABGN20
: 3143A-VIP4GABGN20
: DC 12.0V, 1.25A
: 120 Vac / 60 Hz
: FCC 47 CFR PART 15 SUBPART C: Oct., 2012 Canada RSS-210 ISSUE 8: Dec., 2010 Canada RSS-Gen ISSUE 3: Dec., 2010 ANSI C63.4-2009 Test Result Performing Lab.
: Complied
: A Test Lab Techno Corp. No. 140-1, Changan Street, Bade City, Taoyuan County 334, Taiwan R.O.C. Tel+886-3-2710188 / Fax+886-3-2710190 Taiwan Accreditation Foundation accreditation number: 1330 http://www.atl-lab.com.tw/e-index.htm The above equipment was tested by A Test Lab Techno Corp. The test data, data evaluation, test procedures, and equipment configurations shown in this report were made in accordance with the procedures given in ANSI C63.4:
2009 and the energy emitted by the sample tested as described in this report is in compliance with the requirements of FCC Rules Part 15.207, 15.209, 15.247 . The test results of this report relate only to the tested sample identified in this report. Approved By Reviewed By
(Manager)
(Murphy Wang)
(Testing Engineer)
(Fly Lu) A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR163 of 95 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 General Information....................................................................................................................................... 6 2 EUT Description ............................................................................................................................................. 7 3 Test Methodology .......................................................................................................................................... 8 3.1. Mode of Operation.................................................................................................................................. 8 3.2. EUT Exercise Software .......................................................................................................................... 9 3.3. Configuration of Test System Details ..................................................................................................... 9 3.4. Test Site Environment ............................................................................................................................ 9 4 Conducted Emission Measurement ........................................................................................................... 10 4.1. Limit ...................................................................................................................................................... 10 4.2. Test Instruments ................................................................................................................................... 10 4.3. Test Setup............................................................................................................................................. 10 4.4. Test Procedure ......................................................................................................................................11 4.5. Test Result............................................................................................................................................ 12 5 Radiated Emission Measurement............................................................................................................... 14 5.1. Limit ...................................................................................................................................................... 14 5.2. Test Instruments ................................................................................................................................... 14 5.3. Setup .................................................................................................................................................... 15 5.4. Test Procedure ..................................................................................................................................... 16 5.5. Test Result............................................................................................................................................ 18 6 Maximum Conducted Output Power Measurement.................................................................................. 30 6.1. Limit ...................................................................................................................................................... 30 6.2. Test Setup............................................................................................................................................. 30 6.3. Test Instruments ................................................................................................................................... 30 6.4. Test Procedure ..................................................................................................................................... 30 6.5. Test Result............................................................................................................................................ 31 7 6dB RF Bandwidth & 99 % Occupied Bandwidth Measurement............................................................. 32 7.1. Limit ...................................................................................................................................................... 34 7.2. Test Setup............................................................................................................................................. 34 7.3. Test Instruments ................................................................................................................................... 34 7.4. Test Procedure ..................................................................................................................................... 35 7.5. Test Result............................................................................................................................................ 36 7.6. Test Graphs .......................................................................................................................................... 39 8 Maximum Power Density Measurement .................................................................................................... 50 8.1. Limit ...................................................................................................................................................... 50 8.2. Test Setup............................................................................................................................................. 50 8.3. Test Instruments ................................................................................................................................... 50 8.4. Test Procedure ..................................................................................................................................... 50 8.5. Test Result............................................................................................................................................ 51 8.6. Test Graphs .......................................................................................................................................... 54 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR164 of 95 9 Out of Band Conducted Emissions Measurement ................................................................................... 65 9.1. Limit ...................................................................................................................................................... 65 9.2. Test Setup............................................................................................................................................. 65 9.3. Test Instruments ................................................................................................................................... 65 9.4. Test Procedure ..................................................................................................................................... 65 9.5. Test Graphs .......................................................................................................................................... 66 10 Band Edges Measurement .......................................................................................................................... 77 10.1. Limit ...................................................................................................................................................... 77 10.2. Test Setup............................................................................................................................................. 77 10.3. Test Instruments ................................................................................................................................... 77 10.4. Test Procedure ..................................................................................................................................... 78 10.5. Test Result............................................................................................................................................ 79 11 Antenna Measurement................................................................................................................................. 95 11.1. Limit ...................................................................................................................................................... 95 11.2. Antenna Connector Construction ......................................................................................................... 95 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR165 of 95 1 General Information 1.1 Summary of Test Result Standard RSS-GEN Item Result Remark 7.2.2 AC Power Conducted Emission 6 Receiver Radiated Emissions PASS PASS
-----
-----
15.247 15.207
-----
Item Result Remark Standard 15.247 15.247(d) 15.247(b)(3) RSS-210 A8.5 A8.4 Transmitter Radiated Emissions PASS Max. Output Power 15.247(a)(2) A8.2 (a) 6dB RF Bandwidth 15.247(e) 15.247(c) 15.247(d) 15.247(c) 15.203 A8.2 (b) Power Spectral Density Out of Band Conducted Spurious Emission Band Edge Measurement A8.5 A8.5 A8.5 Occupied Bandwidth Measurement PASS
-
Antenna Requirement PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
The test results of this report relate only to the tested sample(s) identified in this report. Manufacturer or whom it may concern should recognize the pass or fail of the test result. 1.2 Measurement Uncertainty Conducted Emission The measurement uncertainty is evaluated as 2.24 dB. Radiated Emission The measurement uncertainty is evaluated as 3.072dB. A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR166 of 95 2 EUT Description Product Trade Name Model No. Applicant Manufacturer FCC ID IC VIP4G Microhard VIP4G Microhard Systems Inc. 150 Country Hills Landing NW Calgary, Alberta, Canada T3K 5P3 Microhard Systems Inc. 150 Country Hills Landing NW Calgary, Alberta, Canada T3K 5P3 NS9VIP4GABGN20 3143A-VIP4GABGN20 Frequency Range IEEE 802.11b / 802.11g / 802.11n 2.4GHz 20MHz: 2412 ~ 2462 MHz IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 40MHz: 2422 ~ 2452 MHz IEEE 802.11a / IEEE 802.11n 5 GHz U-NII Band IV: 5745 ~ 5850 MHz Modulation Type IEEE 802.11b:DSSS IEEE 802.11g:DSSS + OFDM IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz / IEEE 802.11a / IEEE 802.11n 5 GHz U-NII Band IV: OFDM Antenna Type Antenna Gain Dipole Antenna 2.0 dBi RF Output Power IEEE 802.11b: 0.077 W / 18.89 dBm IEEE 802.11g: 0.335 W / 25.25 dBm IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 20MHz: 0.398 W / 26.00 dBm IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 40MHz: 0.247 W / 23.92 dBm IEEE 802.11a U-NII Band IV: 0.245 W / 23.90 dBm IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 20MHz: 0.291 W / 24.64 dBm IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 40MHz: 0.242 W / 23.83 dBm Component Power Adapter BI, BI30-120200-Adu Input:100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 1.2A Output: 12Vdc, 2.0A Cable out: Non-Shielded, 1.5 m Non-Detachable at Power Adaptor with a core A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR167 of 95 3 Test Methodology 3.1. Mode of Operation Decision of Test ATL has verified the construction and function in typical operation. All the test modes were carried out with the EUT in normal operation, which was shown in this test report and defined as:
Test Mode Mode 1: Normal Operation Mode Mode 2: IEEE 802.11b Link Mode Mode 3: IEEE 802.11g Link Mode Mode 4: IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 20MHz Link Mode Mode 5: IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 40MHz Link Mode Mode 6: IEEE 802.11a U-NII Band IV Link Mode Mode 7: IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 20MHz Link Mode Mode 8: IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 40MHz Link Mode Mode 9: Receiver Mode Software used to control the EUT for staying in continuous transmitting mode was programmed. After verification, all tests were carried out with the worst case test modes as shown below except radiated spurious emission below 1GHz and power line conducted emissions below 30MHz, which worst case was in normal link mode only. IEEE 802.11b mode (ANT1):
IEEE 802.11b mode (ANT1):
Channel Low (2412MHz), Channel Mid (2437MHz) and Channel High (2462MHz) with 1Mbps data rate were chosen for full testing. IEEE 802.11g mode (ANT1):
Channel Low (2412MHz), Channel Mid (2437MHz) and Channel High (2462MHz) with 6Mbps data rate were chosen for full testing. IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 20MHz mode (ANT1+ANT2):
Channel Low (2412MHz), Channel Mid (2437MHz) and Channel High (2462MHz) with 13Mbps data rate were chosen for full testing. IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 40MHz mode (ANT1+ANT2):
Channel Low (2422MHz), Channel Mid (2437MHz) and Channel High (2452MHz) with 27Mbps data rate were chosen for full testing. IEEE 802.11a mode / 5745 ~ 5825MHz (ANT1):
Channel Low (5745MHz), Channel Mid (5785MHz) and Channel High (5825MHz) with 6Mbps data rate were chosen for full testing. IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 20MHz mode / 5745 ~ 5825MHz (ANT1+ANT2):
Channel Low (5745MHz), Channel Mid (5785MHz) and Channel High (5825MHz) with 13Mbps data rate were chosen for full testing. IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 40MHz mode / 5755 ~ 5795MHz (ANT1+ANT2):
Channel Low (5755MHz) and Channel High (5795MHz) with 27Mbps data rate were chosen for full testing. A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR168 of 95 3.2. EUT Exercise Software 1. Setup the EUT shown on 3.3. 2. Turn on the power of all equipment. 3. The EUT LAN port connects to the Notebook and data will communicate between Notebook through EUT. 4. The EUT will start to operate function. 3.3. Configuration of Test System Details AC Input Adapter B EUT A
(1) Notebook Signal Cable Type Signal Cable Description A B LAN Cable DC Power Cable Non-Shielded, 3.0m Non-Shielded, 1.5m with one core Devices Description Product Manufacturer Model Number Serial Number Power Cord
(1) Notebook DELL D531 GCDCD-T6HYQ-3MQ8R-
JCPD3-3G8G2 Non-Shielded, 2.0m 3.4. Test Site Environment Items Required (IEC 68-1) Temperature (C) Humidity (%RH) Barometric pressure (mbar) 15-35 25-75 860-1060 Actual 26 60 950 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR169 of 95 4 Conducted Emission Measurement 4.1. Limit Frequency (MHz) 0.15 - 0.5 0.50 - 5.0 5.0 - 30.0 4.2. Test Instruments Quasi-peak 66 to 56 56 60 Average 56 to 46 46 50 Describe Manufacturer Model Number Serial Number Cal. Date Remark Test Receiver LISN LISN Test Site R&S R&S R&S ATL ESCI ENV216 ENV216 TE02 100367 101040 101041 TE02 06/18/2012 03/07/2012 03/07/2012
(1)
(1)
(1) N.C.R.
-----
Remark: (1) Calibration period 1 year. (2) Calibration period 2 years. (3) Calibration period 3 years. Note: N.C.R. = No Calibration Request. 4.3. Test Setup A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1610 of 95 4.4. Test Procedure The power line conducted emission measurements were performed in a shielded enclosure. The EUT was assembled on a wooden table which is 80 centimeters high, was placed 40 centimeters from the back wall and at least 1 meter from the sidewall. Power was fed to the EUT from the public utility power grid through a line filter and EMCO Model 3162/2 SH Line Impedance Stabilization Networks (LISN). The LISN housing, measuring instrumentation case, ground plane, etc., were electrically bonded together at the same RF potential. The Spectrum analyzer was connected to the AC line through an isolation transformer. The 50-ohm output of the LISN was connected to the spectrum analyzer directly. Conducted emission levels were in the CISPR quasi-peak detection mode. The analyzer's 6 dB bandwidth was set to 9 KHz. No post-detector video filter was used. The spectrum was scanned from 150 KHz to 30 MHz. The physical arrangement of the test system and associated cabling was varied (within the scope of arrangements likely to be encountered in actual use) to determine the effect on the unit's emanations in amplitude and frequency. All spurious emission frequencies were observed. The highest emission amplitudes relative to the appropriate limit were measured and have been recorded in paragraph 4.1. A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1611 of 95 4.5. Test Result Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Conducted Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Description:
1 Line:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
L1 AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Fly Lu No. Frequency
(MHz) 0.1500 0.1660 0.1940 0.2540 0.5260 1.9380 1 2 3 4 5 6 QP reading
(dBuV) 35.56 36.67 33.31 23.52 26.20 14.47 AVG reading
(dBuV) 15.72 20.28 17.64 4.91 24.46 6.11 Correction factor
(dB) 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.80 QP result
(dBuV) 45.28 AVG result
(dBuV) 25.44 QP limit
(dBuV) 66.00 AVG limit
(dBuV) 56.00 QP margin
(dB)
-20.72 AVG margin
(dB)
-30.56 46.39 30.00 65.16 55.16
-18.77
-25.16 43.03 27.36 63.86 53.86
-20.83
-26.50 33.24 14.63 61.63 51.63
-28.39
-37.00 35.92 34.18 56.00 46.00
-20.08
-11.82 24.27 15.91 56.00 46.00
-31.73
-30.09 Remark Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1612 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Conducted Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Line:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Mode:
Description:
1 Date:
Test By:
N AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Fly Lu AVG reading
(dBuV) 20.66 5.80 21.45 12.16 8.92 8.02 Correction factor
(dB) 9.65 9.64 9.64 9.71 9.71 9.85 QP result
(dBuV) 46.01 AVG result
(dBuV) 30.31 QP limit
(dBuV) 64.96 AVG limit
(dBuV) 54.96 QP margin
(dB)
-18.95 AVG margin
(dB)
-24.65 37.78 15.44 64.39 54.39
-26.61
-38.95 37.48 31.09 56.00 46.00
-18.52
-14.91 27.47 21.87 56.00 46.00
-28.53
-24.13 25.79 18.63 56.00 46.00
-30.21
-27.37 23.34 17.87 60.00 50.00
-36.66
-32.13 Remark Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass No. Frequency
(MHz) 0.1700 0.1820 0.5220 1.7260 4.3980 1 2 3 4 5 6 QP reading
(dBuV) 36.36 28.14 27.84 17.76 16.08 13.8660 13.49 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1613 of 95 5 Radiated Emission Measurement 5.1. Limit According to 15.209(a), except as provided elsewhere in this subpart, the emissions from an intentional radiator shall not exceed the field strength levels specified in the following table:
Field Strength
(V/m at meter) 2400 / F (kHz) Measurement Distance 0.009 0.490 Frequency
(meters)
(MHz) 300 0.490 1.705 1.705 30.0 30 - 88 88-216 216-960 Above 960 24000 / F (kHz) 30 100**
150**
200**
500 30 30 3 3 3 3
** Except as provided in paragraph (g), fundamental emissions from intentional radiators operating under this Section shall not be located in the frequency bands 54-72 MHz, 76-88 MHz, 174-216 MHz or 470-806 MHz. However, operation within these frequency bands is permitted under other sections of this Part, e.g., Sections 15.231 and 15.241. 5.2. Test Instruments Equipment Manufacturer Model Number Serial Number Cal. Date Remark 3 Meter Chamber RF Pre-selector Spectrum Analyzer Pre Amplifier Pre Amplifier Broadband Antenna
(30MHz~1GHz) Horn Antenna
(1~18GHz) Horn Antenna
(18~40GHz) Loop Antenna Agilent Agilent Agilent Agilent SCHWARZBECK MESS-ELEKTRONIK SCHWARZBECK MESS-ELEKTRONIK SCHWARZBECK MESS-ELEKTRONIK COM-POWER CORPORATION Test Site ATL N9039A E4446A 8449B 8447D MY46520256 01/16/2012 MY46180578 01/16/2012 3008A02237 02/22/2012 2944A10961 02/22/2012 VULB9163 9163-270 06/29/2012 BBHA9120D 9120D-550 06/15/2012 BBHA9170 9170-320 06/21/2012 AL-130 TE01 121014 888001 08/14/2009 08/28/2012 Remark: (1) Calibration period 1 year. (2) Calibration period 2 years. (3) Calibration period 3 years. Note: N.C.R. = No Calibration Request.
(2)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(3)
(1) A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1614 of 95 5.3. Setup Below 1GHz Above 1GHz A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1615 of 95 5.4. Test Procedure Final radiation measurements were made on a three-meter, Semi Anechoic Chamber. The EUT system was placed on a nonconductive turntable which is 0.8 meters height, top surface 1.0 x 1.5 meter. The spectrum was examined from 250 MHz to 2.5 GHz in order to cover the whole spectrum below 10th harmonic which could generate from the EUT. During the test, EUT was set to transmit continuously & Measurements spectrum range from 9 kHz to 26.5 GHz is investigated. For measurements below 1 GHz the resolution bandwidth is set to 100 kHz for peak detection measurements or 120 kHz for quasi-peak detection measurements. Peak detection is used unless otherwise noted as quasi-peak. For measurements above 1 GHz the resolution bandwidth is set to 1 MHz, and then the video bandwidth is set to 1 MHz for peak measurements and 10 Hz for average measurements. A nonconductive material surrounded the EUT to supporting the EUT for standing on tree orthogonal planes. At each condition, the EUT was rotated 360 degrees, and the antenna was raised and lowered from one to four meters to find the maximum emission levels. Measurements were taken using both horizontal and vertical antenna polarization. SCHWARZBECK MESS-ELEKTRONIK Biconilog Antenna (mode VULB9163) at 3 Meter and the SCHWARZBECK Double Ridged Guide Antenna (model BBHA9120D&9170) was used in frequencies 1 26.5 GHz at a distance of 1 meter. All test results were extrapolated to equivalent signal at 3 meters utilizing an inverse linear distance extrapolation Factor (20dB/decade). For testing above 1GHz, the emission level of the EUT in peak mode was 20dB lower than average limit (that means the emission level in peak mode also complies with the limit in average mode), then testing will be stopped and peak values of EUT will be reported, otherwise, the emissions will be measured in average mode again and reported. Appropriate preamplifiers were used for improving sensitivity and precautions were taken to avoid overloading or desensitizing the spectrum analyzer. No post detector video filters were used in the test. The spectrum analyzers 6 dB bandwidth was set to 1 MHz, and the analyzer was operated in the peak detection mode, for frequencies both below and up 1 GHz. The average levels were obtained by subtracting the duty cycle correction factor from the peak readings. The following procedures were used to convert the emission levels measured in decibels referenced to 1 microvolt
(dBuV) into field intensity in micro volts pre meter (uV/m). The actual field intensity in decibels referenced to 1 microvolt in to field intensity in micro colts per meter (dBuV/m). A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1616 of 95 The actual field is intensity in referenced to 1 microvolt per meter (dBuV/m) is determined by algebraically adding the measured reading in dBuV, the antenna factor (dB), and cable loss (dB) and Subtracting the gain of preamplifier
(dB) is auto calculate in spectrum analyzer.
(1) Amplitude (dBuV/m) = FI (dBuV) +AF (dBuV) +CL (dBuV)-Gain (dB) FI= Reading of the field intensity. AF= Antenna factor. CL= Cable loss. P.S Amplitude is auto calculate in spectrum analyzer.
(2) Actual Amplitude (dBuV/m) = Amplitude (dBuV)-Dis(dB) The FCC specified emission limits were calculated according the EUT operating frequency and by following linear interpolation equations:
(a) For fundamental frequency : Transmitter Output < +30dBm
(b) For spurious frequency : Spurious emission limits = fundamental emission limit /10 Data of measurement within this frequency range without mark in the table above means the reading of emissions are attenuated more than 20dB below the permissible limits or the field strength is too small to be measured. A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1617 of 95 5.5. Test Result Below 1GHz Standard:
FCC Part 15C Test Distance:
3m Test item:
Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH Mode:
Frequency
(MHz) 125.0000 300.0000 400.0000 510.0000 625.0000 832.0000 170.0000 300.0000 500.0000 680.0000 800.0000 875.0000 1 Reading
(dBuV) 50.34 48.09 42.89 44.74 43.16 37.82 51.50 48.98 44.34 40.32 36.95 38.00 Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 43.50 Result
(dBuV/m) 33.68 37.56 34.29 38.00 38.63 36.76 35.06 38.45 37.55 36.46 35.40 37.70 46.00 46.00 46.00 46.00 46.00 43.50 46.00 46.00 46.00 46.00 46.00 Margin
(dB)
-9.82
-8.44
-11.71
-8.00
-7.37
-9.24
-8.44
-7.55
-8.45
-9.54
-10.60
-8.30 Correct Factor
(dB/m)
-16.66
-10.53
-8.60
-6.74
-4.53
-1.06
-16.44
-10.53
-6.79
-3.86
-1.55
-0.30 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark QP QP QP QP QP QP QP QP QP QP QP QP Ant.Polar. H / V H H H H H H V V V V V V Note: No emission found between lowest internal used/generated frequency to 30MHz (9kHz~30MHz). A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1618 of 95 Above 1GHz Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 2820.000 4591.000 6313.000 2960.000 4549.000 5907.000 2 2412MHz Reading
(dBuV) 39.25 36.24 34.52 38.34 35.92 34.42 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 5.45 11.11 16.84 5.81 11.01 15.60 Result
(dBuV/m) 44.70 47.35 51.36 44.15 46.93 50.02 Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-29.30
-26.65
-22.64
-29.85
-27.07
-23.98 3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Polar. H / V H H H V V V
Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 2981.000 4584.000 6138.000 2981.000 4563.000 6117.000 2 2437MHz Reading
(dBuV) 37.12 35.93 33.46 38.70 36.16 34.12 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 5.86 11.09 16.30 5.86 11.05 16.23 Result
(dBuV/m) 42.98 47.02 49.76 44.56 47.21 50.35 Test Distance:
3m Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-31.02
-26.98
-24.24
-29.44
-26.79
-23.65 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Polar. H / V H H H V V V A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1619 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 2981.000 4605.000 6075.000 3072.000 4924.000 6145.000 2 2462MHz Reading
(dBuV) 36.93 34.83 32.51 38.79 37.52 33.53 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 5.86 11.15 16.11 6.07 11.97 16.32 Result
(dBuV/m) 42.79 45.98 48.62 44.86 49.49 49.85 Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-31.21
-28.02
-25.38
-29.14
-24.51
-24.15 3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Polar. H / V H H H V V V Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 2981.000 4598.000 6257.000 2946.000 4619.000 6131.000 3 2412MHz Reading
(dBuV) 37.80 36.84 33.44 37.52 35.29 34.68 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 5.86 11.14 16.66 5.76 11.19 16.29 Result
(dBuV/m) 43.66 47.98 50.10 43.28 46.48 50.97 Test Distance:
3m Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-30.34
-26.02
-23.90
-30.72
-27.52
-23.03 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Polar. H / V H H H V V V A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1620 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 3037.000 4626.000 6187.000 3009.000 4563.000 6201.000 3 2437MHz Reading
(dBuV) 39.03 35.70 33.70 37.79 35.61 31.99 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 5.99 11.20 16.45 5.93 11.05 16.49 Result
(dBuV/m) 45.02 46.90 50.15 43.72 46.66 48.48 Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-28.98
-27.10
-23.85
-30.28
-27.34
-25.52 3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Polar. H / V H H H V V V Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 3037.000 4598.000 6215.000 3030.000 4570.000 5977.000 3 2462MHz Reading
(dBuV) 37.05 35.19 33.61 37.24 35.34 33.53 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 5.99 11.14 16.54 5.97 11.06 15.81 Result
(dBuV/m) 43.04 46.33 50.15 43.21 46.40 49.34 Test Distance:
3m Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-30.96
-27.67
-23.85
-30.79
-27.60
-24.66 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Polar. H / V H H H V V V A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1621 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 2925.000 4465.000 5683.000 3051.000 4591.000 6152.000 4 2412MHz Reading
(dBuV) 37.31 35.99 34.38 39.06 36.04 34.70 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 5.73 10.75 14.91 6.02 11.11 16.35 Result
(dBuV/m) 43.04 46.74 49.29 45.08 47.15 51.05 Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-30.96
-27.26
-24.71
-28.92
-26.85
-22.95 3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Polar. H / V H H H V V V Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 2974.000 4556.000 6194.000 2981.000 4577.000 6250.000 4 2437MHz Reading
(dBuV) 37.87 35.23 34.19 37.62 35.88 34.32 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 5.84 11.02 16.47 5.86 11.07 16.64 Result
(dBuV/m) 43.71 46.25 50.66 43.48 46.95 50.96 Test Distance:
3m Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-30.29
-27.75
-23.34
-30.52
-27.05
-23.04 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Polar. H / V H H H V V V A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1622 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 2981.000 4577.000 6250.000 3107.000 4584.000 6033.000 4 2462MHz Reading
(dBuV) 37.62 35.88 34.32 38.55 35.93 34.02 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 5.86 11.07 16.64 6.14 11.09 15.98 Result
(dBuV/m) 43.48 46.95 50.96 44.69 47.02 50.00 Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-30.52
-27.05
-23.04
-29.31
-26.98
-24.00 3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Polar. H / V H H H V V V Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 2960.000 4507.000 6180.000 2981.000 4577.000 6229.000 5 2422MHz Reading
(dBuV) 38.66 36.47 34.27 37.72 36.41 35.01 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 5.81 10.89 16.43 5.86 11.07 16.58 Result
(dBuV/m) 44.47 47.36 50.70 43.58 47.48 51.59 Test Distance:
3m Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-29.53
-26.64
-23.30
-30.42
-26.52
-22.41 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Polar. H / V H H H V V V A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1623 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 3093.000 4514.000 5886.000 3016.000 4598.000 6138.000 5 2437MHz Reading
(dBuV) 38.04 36.43 35.23 37.84 35.50 34.89 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 6.11 10.92 15.53 5.95 11.14 16.30 Result
(dBuV/m) 44.15 47.35 50.76 43.79 46.64 51.19 Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-29.85
-26.65
-23.24
-30.21
-27.36
-22.81 3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Polar. H / V H H H V V V Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 3058.000 4570.000 6068.000 2939.000 4598.000 5893.000 5 2452MHz Reading
(dBuV) 38.58 35.51 34.59 38.59 37.16 35.64 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 6.04 11.06 16.09 5.75 11.14 15.55 Result
(dBuV/m) 44.62 46.57 50.68 44.34 48.30 51.19 Test Distance:
3m Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-29.38
-27.43
-23.32
-29.66
-25.70
-22.81 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Polar. H / V H H H V V V A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1624 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 2687.000 4549.000 6334.000 2274.000 3856.000 6572.000 6 5745MHz Reading
(dBuV) 38.94 37.18 34.80 39.82 37.67 32.36 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 5.11 11.01 16.90 3.10 8.48 17.77 Result
(dBuV/m) 44.05 48.19 51.70 42.92 46.15 50.13 Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-29.95
-25.81
-22.30
-31.08
-27.85
-23.87 3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Polar. H / V H H H V V V Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 2337.000 4549.000 6390.000 2715.000 4269.000 6544.000 6 5785MHz Reading
(dBuV) 39.52 36.16 33.33 38.37 36.53 32.67 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 3.53 11.01 17.08 5.17 10.06 17.63 Result
(dBuV/m) 43.05 47.17 50.41 43.54 46.59 50.30 Test Distance:
3m Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-30.95
-26.83
-23.59
-30.46
-27.41
-23.70 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Polar. H / V H H H V V V A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1625 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 2554.000 4052.000 6320.000 2540.000 4052.000 6859.000 6 5825MHz Reading
(dBuV) 38.59 37.75 33.91 39.17 37.09 30.98 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 4.77 9.27 16.86 4.72 9.27 19.19 Result
(dBuV/m) 43.36 47.02 50.77 43.89 46.36 50.17 Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-30.64
-26.98
-23.23
-30.11
-27.64
-23.83 3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Polar. H / V H H H V V V Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 2470.000 4052.000 6215.000 2470.000 4066.000 6537.000 7 5745MHz Reading
(dBuV) 38.05 36.76 34.07 38.52 37.60 33.36 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 4.42 9.27 16.54 4.42 9.33 17.60 Result
(dBuV/m) 42.47 46.03 50.61 42.94 46.93 50.96 Test Distance:
3m Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-31.53
-27.97
-23.39
-31.06
-27.07
-23.04 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Polar. H / V H H H V V V A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1626 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 2596.000 4073.000 6166.000 2183.000 3947.000 6607.000 7 5785MHz Reading
(dBuV) 37.74 37.11 34.13 37.99 36.80 33.59 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 4.86 9.35 16.39 2.49 8.86 17.95 Result
(dBuV/m) 42.60 46.46 50.52 40.48 45.66 51.54 Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-31.40
-27.54
-23.48
-33.52
-28.34
-22.46 3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Polar. H / V H H H V V V Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 2323.000 4129.000 6383.000 2442.000 4101.000 6663.000 7 5825MHz Reading
(dBuV) 39.07 37.18 34.11 38.44 37.63 33.59 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 3.43 9.56 17.06 4.24 9.45 18.21 Result
(dBuV/m) 42.50 46.74 51.17 42.68 47.08 51.80 Test Distance:
3m Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-31.50
-27.26
-22.83
-31.32
-26.92
-22.20 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Polar. H / V H H H V V V A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1627 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 2729.000 4591.000 6390.000 2225.000 3898.000 6747.000 8 5755MHz Reading
(dBuV) 38.34 35.94 33.97 38.90 37.66 33.03 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 5.21 11.11 17.08 2.78 8.67 18.63 Result
(dBuV/m) 43.55 47.05 51.05 41.68 46.33 51.66 Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-30.45
-26.95
-22.95
-32.32
-27.67
-22.34 3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Polar. H / V H H H V V V Standard:
Test item:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Mode:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 2400.000 4493.000 6453.000 2491.000 3975.000 6684.000 8 5795MHz Reading
(dBuV) 39.19 36.17 33.85 37.98 37.22 32.86 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 3.95 10.86 17.26 4.55 8.98 18.31 Result
(dBuV/m) 43.14 47.03 51.11 42.53 46.20 51.17 Test Distance:
3m Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH Date:
Test By:
Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-30.86
-26.97
-22.89
-31.47
-27.80
-22.83 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Polar. H / V H H H V V V A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1628 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
RSS-Gen Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH Mode:
Modulation:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 2897.000 4521.000 6089.000 2953.000 4591.000 6187.000 9 IEEE 802.11b 2437MHz Date:
Test By:
Reading
(dBuV) 36.13 35.98 31.56 36.45 35.53 33.51 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 5.64 10.93 16.15 5.79 11.11 16.45 Result
(dBuV/
41.77 Peak Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 AVG. Limit
(dBuV/m) 54.00 46.91 47.71 42.24 46.64 49.96 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 54.00 54.00 54.00 54.00 54.00 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Margin
(dB)
-32.23
-27.09
-26.29
-31.76
-27.36
-24.04 Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Pola H / V H H H V V V Standard:
Test item:
RSS-Gen Radiated Emission Model Number:
VIP4G Test Distance:
3m Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH Mode:
Modulation:
Frequency:
Frequency
(MHz) 2540.000 4038.000 6145.000 2540.000 4031.000 6887.000 9 IEEE 802.11a 5745MHz Date:
Test By:
Reading
(dBuV) 38.65 37.08 33.80 37.95 36.74 31.17 Correct Factor
(dB/m) 4.72 9.22 16.32 4.72 9.20 19.32 Result
(dBuV/
43.37 Peak Limit
(dBuV/m) 74.00 AVG. Limit
(dBuV/m) 54.00 46.30 50.12 42.67 45.94 50.49 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00 54.00 54.00 54.00 54.00 54.00 12/13/2012 Fly Lu Margin
(dB)
-30.63
-27.70
-23.88
-31.33
-28.06
-23.51 Remark peak peak peak peak peak peak Ant.Pola H / V H H H V V V A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1629 of 95 6 Maximum Conducted Output Power Measurement 6.1. Limit For systems using digital modulation in the 2400-2483.5MHz, the limit for peak output power is 30dBm. 6.2. Test Setup EUT Power Sensor Power Meter 6.3. Test Instruments Equipment Manufacturer Model Number Serial Number Cal. Date Remark Single Channel PK Power Sensor Wideband Power Meter Test Site Agilent Agilent ATL N1911A MY45101619 12/15/2011 N1921A MY45241957 12/15/2011
(1)
(1) TE05 TE05 N.C.R.
-----
Remark: (1) Calibration period 1 year. (2) Calibration period 2 years. (3) Calibration period 3 years. Note: N.C.R. = No Calibration Request. 6.4. Test Procedure The tests below are run with the EUTs transmitter set at high power in TX mode. The EUT is needed to force selection of output power level and channel number. While testing, EUT was set to transmit continuously. Remove the Subjective devices antenna and connect the RF output port to power sensor. The maximum peak output power shall not exceed 1 watt. Use a direct connection between the antenna port of transmitter and the power sensor, for prevent the power sensor input attenuation 40-50 dB. Set the RBW Bandwidth of the emission or use a channel power meter mode. For antennas with gains of 6 dBi or less, maximum allowed transmitter output is 1 watt (+30 dBm). For antennas with gains greater than 6 dBi, transmitter output level must be decreased by an amount equal to (GAIN - 6)/3 dBm. The antenna port of the EUT was connected to the input of a power sensor. Power was read directly and cable loss correction was added to the reading to obtain power at the EUT antenna terminals. A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1630 of 95 6.5. Test Result Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test Maximum Conducted Output Power Mode 2: IEEE 802.11b Link Mode 12/05/2012 Average Power Test Site Peak Power TE05 Limit
(dBm)
< 30
< 30
< 30 Frequency
(MHz) Data Rate 2412 2437 2462 1 M ANT1 ANT2 ANT1 ANT2
(dBm) 15.72 15.91 15.52
(W) 0.037 0.039 0.036
(dBm) 15.64 15.82 15.47
(W) 0.037 0.038 0.035
(dBm) 18.60 18.89 18.42
(W) 0.072 0.077 0.070
(dBm) 18.56 18.81 18.37
(W) 0.072 0.076 0.069 Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test Maximum Conducted Output Power Mode 3: IEEE 802.11g Link Mode 12/05/2012 Test Site TE05 Frequency
(MHz) Data Rate 2412 2437 2462 6 M Average Power Peak Power ANT1 ANT2 ANT1 ANT2
(dBm) 13.88 14.51 14.45
(W) 0.024 0.028 0.028
(dBm) 13.83 14.41 14.32
(W) 0.024 0.028 0.027
(dBm) 24.59 25.25 25.12
(W) 0.288 0.335 0.325
(dBm) 24.43 25.17 25.03
(W) 0.277 0.329 0.318 Limit
(dBm)
< 30
< 30
< 30 Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test Maximum Conducted Output Power Mode 4: IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 20MHz Link Mode 12/05/2012 Average Power Test Site TE05 Peak Power Frequency
(MHz) Data Rate 2412 2437 2462 13 M ANT1 ANT2 Total Power
(dBm)
(W) ANT1 ANT2 Total Power
(dBm) (W) (dBm) (W)
(W)
(dBm) (W) (dBm) 11.96 0.016 11.91 0.016 14.95 0.031 22.68 0.185 22.62 0.183 25.66 0.368 < 30 12.14 0.016 12.08 0.016 15.12 0.033 22.91 0.195 22.88 0.194 25.91 0.390 < 30 12.32 0.017 12.27 0.017 15.31 0.034 23.01 0.200 22.96 0.198 26.00 0.398 < 30
(dBm)
(W) Limit
(dBm) A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1631 of 95 Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test Maximum Conducted Output Power Mode 5: IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 40MHz Link Mode 12/05/2012 Average Power Test Site TE05 Peak Power Frequency
(MHz) Data Rate 2422 2437 2452 27 M ANT1 ANT2 Total Power
(dBm)
(W) ANT1 ANT2 Total Power
(dBm) (W) (dBm) (W)
(W)
(dBm) (W) (dBm) 9.88 0.010 9.86 0.010 12.88 0.019 20.61 0.115 20.59 0.115 23.61 0.230 < 30 10.04 0.010 10.01 0.010 13.04 0.020 20.79 0.120 20.66 0.116 23.74 0.236 < 30 10.29 0.011 10.25 0.011 13.28 0.021 20.99 0.126 20.83 0.121 23.92 0.247 < 30
(dBm)
(W) Limit
(dBm) Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test Maximum Conducted Output Power Mode 6: IEEE 802.11a U-NII Band IV Link Mode 12/05/2012 Test Site TE05 Frequency
(MHz) Data Rate 5745 5785 5825 6 M Average Power Peak Power ANT1 ANT2 ANT1 ANT2
(dBm) 16.01 16.53 16.61
(W) 0.040 0.045 0.046
(dBm) 15.93 16.44 16.52
(W) 0.039 0.044 0.045
(dBm) 23.07 23.79 23.90
(W) 0.203 0.239 0.245
(dBm) 22.94 23.69 23.82
(W) 0.197 0.234 0.241 Limit
(dBm)
< 30
< 30
< 30 Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test Maximum Conducted Output Power Mode 7: IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 20MHz Link Mode 12/05/2012 Test Site Average Power Frequency
(MHz) Data Rate 5745 5785 5825 13 M ANT1 ANT2 Total Power
(dBm)
(W) ANT1 ANT2 Total Power
(dBm) (W) (dBm) (W)
(W)
(dBm) (W) (dBm) 14.75 0.030 14.66 0.029 17.72 0.059 20.73 0.118 20.65 0.116 23.70 0.234 < 30 15.16 0.033 15.06 0.032 18.12 0.065 21.34 0.136 21.23 0.133 24.30 0.269 < 30 15.43 0.035 15.36 0.034 18.41 0.069 21.66 0.147 21.59 0.144 24.64 0.291 < 30
(dBm)
(W) Limit
(dBm) TE05 Peak Power A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1632 of 95 Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test Maximum Conducted Output Power Mode 8: IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 40MHz Link Mode 12/05/2012 Test Site Average Power Frequency
(MHz) Data Rate 5755 5795 27 M ANT1 ANT2 Total Power
(dBm)
(W) ANT1 ANT2 Total Power
(dBm) (W) (dBm) (W)
(W)
(dBm) (W) (dBm) 13.29 0.021 13.21 0.021 16.26 0.042 20.66 0.116 20.59 0.115 23.64 0.231 < 30 13.63 0.023 13.57 0.023 16.61 0.046 20.89 0.123 20.75 0.119 23.83 0.242 < 30
(dBm)
(W) Limit
(dBm) TE05 Peak Power A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1633 of 95 7 6dB RF Bandwidth & 99 % Occupied Bandwidth Measurement 7.1. Limit 6dB RF Bandwidth Systems using digital modulation techniques may operate in the 24002483.5 MHz bands. The minimum 6 dB band-width shall be at least 500 kHz. 99 % Occupied Bandwidth N/A 7.2. Test Setup Spectrum Analyzer EUT RF Cable 7.3. Test Instruments Equipment Manufacturer Model Number Serial Number Cal. Date Remark Spectrum Analyzer Test Site Agilent ATL E4445A MY45300744 12/21/2011 TE05 TE05 N.C.R.
(2)
-----
dRemark: (1) Calibration period 1 year. (2) Calibration period 2 years. (3) Calibration period 3 years. Note: N.C.R. = No Calibration Request. A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1634 of 95 7.4. Test Procedure 6dB RF Bandwidth The EUT was setup to ANSI C63.4, 2009; tested to DTS test procedure of Oct 2012 KDB558074 for compliance to FCC 47CFR 15.247 requirements. The antenna port of the EUT was connected to the input of a spectrum analyzer. Analyzer RES BW was set to 100 kHz. For each RF output channel investigated, the spectrum analyzer center frequency was set to the channel carrier. A peak output reading was taken, a DISPLAY line was drawn 6 dB lower than peak level. The 6 dB bandwidth was determined from where the channel output spectrum intersected the display line. The test was performed at 3 channels (Channel 1, 6, 11) 99 % Occupied Bandwidth The transmitter shall be operated at its maximum carrier power measured under normal test conditions. The span of the analyzer shall be set to capture all products of the modulation process, including the emission skirts. The resolution bandwidth shall be set to as close to 1% of the selected span as is possible without being below 1%. The video bandwidth shall be set to 3 times the resolution bandwidth. Video averaging is not permitted. Where practical, a sampling detector shall be used since a peak or, peak hold, may produce a wider bandwidth than actual. The trace data points are recovered and are directly summed in linear terms. The recovered amplitude data points, beginning at the lowest frequency, are placed in a running sum until 0.5% of the total is reached and that frequency recorded. The process is repeated for the highest frequency data points. This frequency is recorded. A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1635 of 95 7.5. Test Result Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test Frequency 6dB RF Bandwidth & 99 % Occupied Bandwidth Mode 2: IEEE 802.11b Link Mode 12/13/2012 6dB Bandwidth 99% Occupied Bandwidth
(MHz) 2412 2437 2462
(kHz) 12121 11167 12109
(kHz) 15768.5 15778.6 15700.8 Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test Frequency 6dB RF Bandwidth & 99 % Occupied Bandwidth Mode 3: IEEE 802.11g Link Mode 12/13/2012 6dB Bandwidth 99% Occupied Bandwidth
(MHz) 2412 2437 2462
(kHz) 16454 16442 16409
(kHz) 16488.8 16474.3 16474.4 Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test 6dB RF Bandwidth & 99 % Occupied Bandwidth Mode 4: IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 20MHz Link Mode 12/13/2012 Frequency
(MHz) 2412 2437 2462 6dB Bandwidth
(kHz) 99% Occupied Bandwidth
(kHz) ANT1 17729 17684 17745 ANT2 17731 17756 17744 ANT1 17673.1 17692.8 17708.8 ANT2 17684.8 17718.4 17708.6 Test Site TE05 Limit
(kHz)
> 500
> 500
> 500 Test Site TE05 Limit
(kHz)
> 500
> 500
> 500 Test Site TE05 Limit
(kHz)
> 500
> 500
> 500 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1636 of 95 Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test 6dB RF Bandwidth & 99 % Occupied Bandwidth Mode 5: IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 40MHz Link Mode 12/13/2012 Frequency
(MHz) 2422 2437 2452 6dB Bandwidth
(kHz) 99% Occupied Bandwidth
(kHz) ANT1 35647 35904 35546 ANT2 35677 35938 35570 ANT1 36067.1 36030.3 36078.9 ANT2 36036.6 36033.6 36078.5 Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test Frequency 6dB RF Bandwidth & 99 % Occupied Bandwidth Mode 6: IEEE 802.11a U-NII Band IV Link Mode 12/19/2012 6dB Bandwidth 99% Occupied Bandwidth
(MHz) 5745 5785 5825
(kHz) 16367 16400 16377
(kHz) 16515.8 16518.1 16524.7 Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test 6dB RF Bandwidth & 99 % Occupied Bandwidth Mode 7: IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 20MHz Link Mode 12/19/2012 Frequency
(MHz) 5745 5785 5825 6dB Bandwidth
(kHz) 99% Occupied Bandwidth
(kHz) ANT1 17700 17674 17681 ANT2 17701 17682 17709 ANT1 17691.9 17648.9 17671.4 ANT2 17701.4 17692.0 17695.6 Test Site TE05 Limit
(kHz)
> 500
> 500
> 500 Test Site TE05 Limit
(kHz)
> 500
> 500
> 500 Test Site TE05 Limit
(kHz)
> 500
> 500
> 500 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1637 of 95 Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test 6dB RF Bandwidth & 99 % Occupied Bandwidth Mode 8: IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 40MHz Link Mode 12/19/2012 Frequency
(MHz) 5755 5795 6dB Bandwidth
(kHz) 99% Occupied Bandwidth
(kHz) ANT1 35542 35806 ANT2 35805 35998 ANT1 36059.8 36030.2 ANT2 36043.8 36025.9 Test Site TE05 Limit
(kHz)
> 500
> 500 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1638 of 95 7.6. Test Graphs Mode 2: IEEE 802.11b Link Mode 2412 2437 2462 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1639 of 95 Mode 3: IEEE 802.11g Link Mode 2412 2437 2462 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1640 of 95 Mode 4: IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 20MHz Link Mode _ ANT1 2412 2437 2462 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1641 of 95 Mode 4: IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 20MHz Link Mode _ ANT2 2412 2437 2462 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1642 of 95 Mode 5: IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 40MHz Link Mode _ ANT1 2422 2437 2452 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1643 of 95 Mode 5: IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 40MHz Link Mode _ ANT2 2422 2437 2452 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1644 of 95 Mode 6: IEEE 802.11a U-NII Band IV Link Mode 5745 5785 5825 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1645 of 95 Mode 7: IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 20MHz Link Mode _ ANT1 5745 5785 5825 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1646 of 95 Mode 7: IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 20MHz Link Mode _ ANT2 5745 5785 5825 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1647 of 95 Mode 8: IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 40MHz Link Mode _ ANT1 5755 5795 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1648 of 95 Mode 8: IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 40MHz Link Mode _ ANT2 5755 5795 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1649 of 95 8 Maximum Power Density Measurement 8.1. Limit For digitally modulated systems, the power spectral density conducted from the intentional radiator to the antenna shall not be greater than 8 dBm in any 3 kHz band during any time interval of continuous transmission. 8.2. Test Setup Spectrum Analyzer EUT RF Cable 8.3. Test Instruments Equipment Manufacturer Model Number Serial Number Cal. Date Remark Spectrum Analyzer Test Site Agilent ATL E4445A MY45300744 12/21/2011 TE05 TE05 N.C.R.
(2)
-----
Remark: (1) Calibration period 1 year. (2) Calibration period 2 years. (3) Calibration period 3 years. Note: N.C.R. = No Calibration Request. 8.4. Test Procedure The EUT was setup to ANSI C63.4, 2009; tested to DTS test procedure of Oct 2012 KDB558074 for compliance to FCC 47CFR 15.247 requirements. 1) The EUT was directly connectd to the spectrum analyzer and antenna output port as show in the block diagram below, 2) Spectrum Setting: RBW=100KHz, VBW=300KHz, Sweep time=Auto. Span to 5-30% greater than EBW 3) Scale the observed power level to an equivalent value in 3kHz by adjusting(reducing) the measured power by a bandwidth correction factor(BWCF) where BWCF=10log(3kHz/100kHz=-15.2dB). 4) Use peak detector+BWCF. 5) The resulting peak PSD level must be 8dBm. A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1650 of 95 8.5. Test Result Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test Frequency Maximum Power Density Mode 2: IEEE 802.11b Link Mode 12/13/2012 Reading
(MHz) 2412 2437 2462
(dBm/100KHz) 6.43 6.27 5.88 Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test Frequency Maximum Power Density Mode 3: IEEE 802.11g Link Mode 12/13/2012 Reading
(MHz) 2412 2437 2462
(dBm/100KHz) 3.42 3.84 3.97 Test Site TE05 BWCF
(dB)
-15.30
-15.30
-15.30 Results
(dBm/3KHz)
-8.87
-9.03
-9.42 Test Site TE05 BWCF
(dB)
-15.30
-15.30
-15.30 Results
(dBm/3KHz)
-11.88
-11.46
-11.33 Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test Maximum Power Density Mode 4: IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 20MHz Link Mode 12/13/2012 Test Site TE05 Frequency
(MHz) 2412 2437 2462 Reading
(dBm/100KHz) ANT1 1.73 2.00 1.30 ANT2 1.93 1.67 1.37 BWCF
(dB)
-15.30
-15.30
-15.30 Results
(dBm/3KHz)
-10.46
-10.45
-10.95 Limit
(dBm)
< 8
< 8
< 8 Limit
(dBm)
< 8
< 8
< 8 Limit
(dBm)
< 8
< 8
< 8 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1651 of 95 Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test Maximum Power Density Mode 5: IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 40MHz Link Mode 12/13/2012 Test Site TE05 Frequency
(MHz) 2412 2437 2462 Reading
(dBm/100KHz) ANT1
-1.41
-2.52
-1.58 ANT2
-2.27
-2.28
-1.75 BWCF
(dB)
-15.30
-15.30
-15.30 Results
(dBm/3KHz)
-14.11
-14.69
-13.95 Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test Frequency Reading
(MHz) 5745 5785 5825
(dBm/100KHz) 6.31 6.84 6.82 Maximum Power Density Mode 6: IEEE 802.11a U-NII Band IV Link Mode 12/19/2012 Test Site TE05 BWCF
(dB)
-15.30
-15.30
-15.30 Results
(dBm/3KHz)
-8.99
-8.46
-8.48 Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test Maximum Power Density Mode 7: IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 20MHz Link Mode 12/19/2012 Test Site Frequency
(MHz) 5745 5785 5825 Reading
(dBm/100KHz) ANT1 5.23 5.44 5.95 ANT2 5.51 5.56 5.80 BWCF
(dB)
-15.30
-15.30
-15.30 Results
(dBm/3KHz)
-6.92
-6.79
-6.41 TE05 Limit
(dBm)
< 8
< 8
< 8 Limit
(dBm)
< 8
< 8
< 8 Limit
(dBm)
< 8
< 8
< 8 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1652 of 95 Model Number VIP4G Test Item Test Mode Date of Test Maximum Power Density Mode 8: IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 40MHz Link Mode 12/19/2012 Test Site Frequency
(MHz) 5755 5795 Reading
(dBm/100KHz) ANT1 2.04 1.64 ANT2 2.09 1.98 BWCF
(dB)
-15.30
-15.30 Results
(dBm/3KHz)
-10.22
-10.48 TE05 Limit
(dBm)
< 8
< 8 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1653 of 95 8.6. Test Graphs Mode 2: IEEE 802.11b Link Mode 2412 2437 2462 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1654 of 95 Mode 3: IEEE 802.11g Link Mode 2412 2437 2462 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1655 of 95 Mode 4: IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 20MHz Link Mode _ ANT1 2412 2437 2462 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1656 of 95 Mode 4: IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 20MHz Link Mode _ ANT2 2412 2437 2462 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1657 of 95 Mode 5: IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 40MHz Link Mode _ ANT1 2422 2437 2452 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1658 of 95 Mode 5: IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 40MHz Link Mode _ ANT2 2422 2437 2452 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1659 of 95 Mode 6: IEEE 802.11a U-NII Band IV Link Mode 5745 5785 5825 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1660 of 95 Mode 7: IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 20MHz Link Mode _ ANT1 5745 5785 5825 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1661 of 95 Mode 7: IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 20MHz Link Mode _ ANT2 5745 5785 5825 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1662 of 95 Mode 8: IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 40MHz Link Mode _ ANT1 5755 5795 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1663 of 95 Mode 8: IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 40MHz Link Mode _ ANT2 5755 5795 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1664 of 95 9 Out of Band Conducted Emissions Measurement 9.1. Limit In any 100 kHz bandwidth outside the frequency band in which the spread spectrum or digitally modulated intentional radiator is operating, the radio frequency power that is produced by the intentional radiator shall be at least 20 dB below that in the 100 kHz bandwidth within the band that contains the highest level of the desired power 9.2. Test Setup Spectrum Analyzer EUT RF Cable 9.3. Test Instruments Equipment Manufacturer Model Number Serial Number Cal. Date Remark Spectrum Analyzer Spectrum Analyzer Test Site Agilent Agilent ATL E4445A E4408B TE05 MY45300744 12/21/2011 MY45107753 07/09/2012 TE05 N.C.R.
(2)
(1)
-----
Remark: (1) Calibration period 1 year. (2) Calibration period 2 years. (3) Calibration period 3 years. Note: N.C.R. = No Calibration Request. 9.4. Test Procedure In any 100 kHz bandwidth outside the EUT pass band, the RF power produced by the modulation products of the spreading sequence, the information sequence, and the carrier frequency shall be at least 20 dB below that of the maximum in-band 100 kHz emission, antenna output of the EUT was coupled directly to spectrum analyzer; if an external attenuator and/or cable was used, these losses are compensated for with the analyzer OFFSET function. All other types of emissions from the EUT shall meet the general limits for radiated frequencies outside the pass band. The test was performed at 3 channels (Channel 1, 6, 11) A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1665 of 95 9.5. Test Graphs Mode 2: IEEE 802.11b Link Mode 2412 2437 2462 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1666 of 95 Mode 3: IEEE 802.11g Link Mode 2412 2437 2462 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1667 of 95 Mode 4: IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 20MHz Link Mode _ ANT1 2412 2437 2462 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1668 of 95 Mode 4: IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 20MHz Link Mode _ ANT2 2412 2437 2462 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1669 of 95 Mode 5: IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 40MHz Link Mode _ ANT1 2422 2437 2452 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1670 of 95 Mode 5: IEEE 802.11n 2.4GHz 40MHz Link Mode _ ANT2 2422 2437 2452 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1671 of 95 Mode 6: IEEE 802.11a U-NII Band IV Link Mode 5745 5785 5825 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1672 of 95 Mode 7: IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 20MHz Link Mode _ ANT1 5745 5785 5825 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1673 of 95 Mode 7: IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 20MHz Link Mode _ ANT2 5745 5785 5825 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1674 of 95 Mode 8: IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 40MHz Link Mode _ ANT1 5755 5795 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1675 of 95 Mode 8: IEEE 802.11n U-NII Band IV 40MHz Link Mode _ ANT2 5755 5795 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1676 of 95 10 Band Edges Measurement 10.1. Limit In any 100 kHz bandwidth outside the intentional radiation frequency band, the radio frequency power shall be at least 20 dB below the highest level of the radiated power. In addition, radiated emissions which fall in the restricted bands must also comply with the radiated emission limits. 10.2. Test Setup EUT 3m Spectrum Analyzer 4m RF Cable Preamplifier 10.3. Test Instruments Equipment Manufacturer Model Number Serial Number Cal. Date Remark 3 Meter Chamber RF Pre-selector Spectrum Analyzer Pre Amplifier Pre Amplifier Broadband Antenna
(30MHz~1GHz) Horn Antenna
(1~18GHz) Test Site Agilent Agilent Agilent Agilent SCHWARZBECK MESS-ELEKTRONIK SCHWARZBECK MESS-ELEKTRONIK N9039A E4446A 8449B 8447D MY46520256 01/16/2012 MY46180578 01/16/2012 3008A02237 02/22/2012 2944A10961 02/22/2012 VULB9163 9163-270 06/29/2012 BBHA9120D 9120D-550 06/15/2012 ATL TE01 888001 08/28/2012 Remark: (1) Calibration period 1 year. (2) Calibration period 2 years. (3) Calibration period 3 years. Note: N.C.R. = No Calibration Request.
(2)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1) A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1677 of 95 10.4. Test Procedure The EUT was setup to ANSI C63.4, 2009; tested to DTS test procedure of Oct 2012 KDB558074 for compliance to FCC 47CFR 15.247 requirements. The emissions on the harmonics frequencies, the limits, and the margin of compliance are presented. These tests were made when the transmitter was in full radiated power. The additional test was performed to show compliance with the requirement at the band-edge frequency 2483.5 MHz and up to 2500 MHz and at 2390.0 MHz. The transmitter was configured with the worst case antenna and setup to transmit at the highest channel. Then the field strength was measured at 2483.5 MHz. The transmitter was then configured with the worst case antenna and setup to transmit at the lowest channel. Then the field strength was measured at 2390.0 MHz. These tests were performed at 4 different bit rates. For measurements the resolution bandwidth is set to 1 MHz, and then the video bandwidth is set to 1 MHz for peak measurements and 10 Hz for average measurements. A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1678 of 95 10.5. Test Result Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Frequency:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission VIP4G 2 2412 MHz Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/12/2012 Fly Lu No. Frequency Reading Correct Factor Result Limit 1 2 3
(MHz)
(dBuV)
(dB/m)
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 2386.780 2386.780 2390.000 54.21 48.25 45.46 3.86 3.86 3.88 58.07 52.11 49.34 74.00 54.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-15.93
-1.89
-24.66 Remark peak AVG peak A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1679 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Frequency:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission VIP4G 2 2412 MHz Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/12/2012 Fly Lu No. Frequency Reading Correct Factor Result Limit Margin Remark 1 2 3 4
(MHz)
(dBuV)
(dB/m)
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 2385.900 2385.900 2390.000 2390.000 54.02 47.12 48.50 38.12 3.85 3.85 3.88 3.88 57.87 50.97 52.38 42.00 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00
(dB)
-16.13
-3.03
-21.62
-12.00 peak AVG peak AVG A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1680 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Frequency:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission VIP4G 2 2462 MHz Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/12/2012 Fly Lu No. Frequency Reading Correct Factor Result Limit 1 2 3
(MHz)
(dBuV)
(dB/m)
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 2483.500 2487.800 2487.800 45.77 52.30 45.84 4.50 4.53 4.53 50.27 56.83 50.37 74.00 74.00 54.00 Margin
(dB)
-23.73
-17.17
-3.63 Remark peak peak AVG A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1681 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Frequency:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission VIP4G 2 2462 MHz Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/12/2012 Fly Lu No. Frequency Reading Correct Factor Result Limit Margin Remark 1 2 3 4
(MHz)
(dBuV)
(dB/m)
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 2483.500 2483.500 2488.080 2488.080 48.78 39.96 55.98 47.84 4.50 4.50 4.53 4.53 53.28 44.46 60.51 52.37 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00
(dB)
-20.72
-9.54
-13.49
-1.63 peak AVG peak AVG A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1682 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Frequency:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission VIP4G 3 2412 MHz Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/12/2012 Fly Lu No. Frequency Reading Correct Factor Result Limit Margin Remark 1 2 3 4
(MHz)
(dBuV)
(dB/m)
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 2389.420 2389.420 2390.000 2390.000 65.55 46.08 61.68 47.58 3.88 3.88 3.88 3.88 69.43 49.96 65.56 51.46 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00
(dB)
-4.57
-4.04
-8.44
-2.54 peak AVG peak AVG A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1683 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Frequency:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission VIP4G 3 2412 MHz Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/12/2012 Fly Lu No. Frequency Reading Correct Factor Result Limit Margin Remark 1 2 3 4
(MHz)
(dBuV)
(dB/m)
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 2389.530 2389.530 2390.000 2390.000 68.88 46.99 65.07 48.07 3.88 3.88 3.88 3.88 72.76 50.87 68.95 51.95 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00
(dB)
-1.24
-3.13
-5.05
-2.05 peak AVG peak AVG A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1684 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Frequency:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission VIP4G 3 2462 MHz Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/12/2012 Fly Lu No. Frequency Reading Correct Factor Result Limit Margin Remark 1 2 3 4
(MHz)
(dBuV)
(dB/m)
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 2483.500 2483.500 2485.160 2485.160 61.28 44.53 62.81 43.70 4.50 4.50 4.52 4.52 65.78 49.03 67.33 48.22 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00
(dB)
-8.22
-4.97
-6.67
-5.78 peak AVG peak AVG A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1685 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Frequency:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission VIP4G 3 2462 MHz Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/12/2012 Fly Lu No. Frequency Reading Correct Factor Result Limit Margin Remark 1 2 3 4
(MHz)
(dBuV)
(dB/m)
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 2483.500 2483.500 2483.720 2483.720 61.74 47.98 68.07 48.45 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 66.24 52.48 72.57 52.95 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00
(dB)
-7.76
-1.52
-1.43
-1.05 peak AVG peak AVG A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1686 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Frequency:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission VIP4G 4 2412 MHz Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/18/2012 Fly Lu No. Frequency Reading Correct Factor Result Limit 1 2 3 4
(MHz)
(dBuV)
(dB/m)
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 2388.760 2388.760 2390.000 2390.000 59.59 44.29 61.04 45.53 3.88 3.88 3.88 3.88 63.47 48.17 64.92 49.41 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00 Margin
(dB)
-10.53
-5.83
-9.08
-4.59 Remark peak AVG peak AVG A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1687 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Frequency:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission VIP4G 4 2412 MHz Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/18/2012 Fly Lu No. Frequency Reading Correct Factor Result Limit Margin Remark 1 2 3 4
(MHz)
(dBuV)
(dB/m)
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 2389.420 2389.420 2390.000 2390.000 63.96 46.13 63.02 46.77 3.88 3.88 3.88 3.88 67.84 50.01 66.90 50.65 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00
(dB)
-6.16
-3.99
-7.10
-3.35 peak AVG peak AVG A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1688 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Frequency:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission VIP4G 4 2462 MHz Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/18/2012 Fly Lu No. Frequency Reading Correct Factor Result Limit Margin Remark 1 2 3 4
(MHz)
(dBuV)
(dB/m)
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 2483.500 2483.500 2484.960 2484.960 54.76 41.54 55.97 39.60 4.50 4.50 4.51 4.51 59.26 46.04 60.48 44.11 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00
(dB)
-14.74
-7.96
-13.52
-9.89 peak AVG peak AVG A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1689 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Frequency:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission VIP4G 4 2462 MHz Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/18/2012 Fly Lu No. Frequency Reading Correct Factor Result Limit Margin Remark 1 2 3 4
(MHz)
(dBuV)
(dB/m)
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 2483.500 2483.500 2483.840 2483.840 59.82 46.96 62.97 46.63 4.50 4.50 4.51 4.51 64.32 51.46 67.48 51.14 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00
(dB)
-9.68
-2.54
-6.52
-2.86 peak AVG peak AVG A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1690 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Frequency:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission VIP4G 5 2422 MHz Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/18/2012 Fly Lu No. Frequency Reading Correct Factor Result Limit Margin Remark 1 2 3 4
(MHz)
(dBuV)
(dB/m)
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 2388.840 2388.840 2390.000 2390.000 63.90 46.37 61.65 46.79 3.88 3.88 3.88 3.88 67.78 50.25 65.53 50.67 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00
(dB)
-6.22
-3.75
-8.47
-3.33 peak AVG peak AVG A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1691 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Frequency:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission VIP4G 5 2422 MHz Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/18/2012 Fly Lu No. Frequency Reading Correct Factor Result Limit Margin Remark 1 2 3 4
(MHz)
(dBuV)
(dB/m)
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 2388.600 2388.600 2390.000 2390.000 66.24 45.60 66.81 46.45 3.87 3.87 3.88 3.88 70.11 49.47 70.69 50.33 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00
(dB)
-3.89
-4.53
-3.31
-3.67 peak AVG peak AVG A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1692 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Frequency:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission VIP4G 5 2452 MHz Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/18/2012 Fly Lu No. Frequency Reading Correct Factor Result Limit Margin Remark 1 2 3 4
(MHz)
(dBuV)
(dB/m)
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 2483.500 2483.500 2484.000 2484.000 59.67 42.76 58.41 42.82 4.50 4.50 4.51 4.51 64.17 47.26 62.92 47.33 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00
(dB)
-9.83
-6.74
-11.08
-6.67 peak AVG peak AVG A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1693 of 95 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Frequency:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15C Radiated Emission VIP4G 5 2452 MHz Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 12/18/2012 Fly Lu No. Frequency Reading Correct Factor Result Limit Margin Remark 1 2 3 4
(MHz)
(dBuV)
(dB/m)
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 2483.500 2483.500 2483.950 2483.950 61.29 45.97 65.08 46.32 4.50 4.50 4.51 4.51 65.79 50.47 69.59 50.83 74.00 54.00 74.00 54.00
(dB)
-8.21
-3.53
-4.41
-3.17 peak AVG peak AVG A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1694 of 95 11 Antenna Measurement 11.1. Limit For intentional device, according to 15.203, an intentional radiator shall be designed to ensure that no antenna other than that furnished by the responsible party shall be used with the device. And According to 15.247 (b), if transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6 dBi are used, the power shall be reduced by the amount in dB that the directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6dBi. 11.2. Antenna Connector Construction The antenna used in this product is Dipole antenna. And the maximum Gain of this antenna is only 2 dBi. A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR1695 of 95
1 2 3 | Hardware and Antenna | Attestation Statements | 106.88 KiB | August 16 2016 |
vo 150 Country Hills Landing N.W. Calgary, Alberta T3K 5P3 Tel: (403) 248-0028 Fax: (403) 248-2762 E-mail: infow:microhardcerp.com www.microhardcorp.com
| SYSTEMS ING PD SYS TR MS INC. Leaders in Wireless Telecom Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, Maryland 21046 USA Date: 07/12/2016 Ref: Manufacturer Attestation for FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Dear Examiner, This is an attestation FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20, originally granted on . SOF EG A EPR Oe em me le ee Le me es ehh cee ede AM ANTNAILNIANIEN Thee beeen KAR :
vorZ 1/2019, IS applying tor a new grant Unaer 10.4U4(0)(4)li). InNere nave Deen no hardware changes to the radio module that impact related RF performance or compliance. Device uses same antennas as before. Furthermore, we attest that the antenna type and gains listed below are the worst case. We acknowledge that only antennas of this type (Dipole) with equal or less gains (dBi) than shown below are permitted for use with this device without further evaluation. This device complies with all antenna limits as described in 15.247(d). MHS035030 Anta Sincerel Hany Shenouda Director of Engineering Microhard Systems Inc
1 2 3 | Manufacturer | Attestation Statements | 96.33 KiB | August 16 2016 |
150 Country Hills Landing N.W. Calgary, Alberta T3K 5P3 Tel: (403) 248-0028 i Fax: (403) 248-2762 AESOP ESR ee PATS - il: infoca@microhardcorp.ce
() SYSTEMS ING. E-mail: info@microhardcorp.com setnandnasasndecsaseneqinengptasealhesisDeMeeAneasAnnnenscesunanishaniiahhihents MAesnearennabennDensand anesnied CuAAdaneah need www. microhardcorp.com Leaders in Wireless Telecom Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, Maryland 21046 USA Date: 05/02/2016 Ref: Manufacturer Attestation Statement for FCC ID: NSO9VIP4GABGN20 Applicant: Microhard Systems Inc. Product: VIP4Gb Dear Sir/Madam, This is an attestation for FCC iD: NS9VIP4GABGNZ20, originally granted on 05/21/2013 under rule parts of 15.247 and is now applying for approval under 15.407(b)(4)(ii) for device with antenna gains less than 10dBi. The previously filing was certified with a LTE cellular module FCC ID: PKRNVWE371. We are replacing the LTE cellular module and with a Telit LTE cellular module FCC ID: RI7LN930, the RF exposure evaluation with the new Telit LTE cellular module is address in the filing, refer to RF exposure exhibit for details. Cinnaraly oINCETe ry, K / _ Hany Shenouda Director of Engineering Microhard Systems Inc.
1 2 3 | NII Test Report | Test Report | 712.37 KiB | August 16 2016 |
VIP4Gb Model: VIP4Gb FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Applicant:
Microhard Systems Inc. 150 Country Hills Landing NW Calgary, Alberta Canada T3K 5P3 In Accordance With Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure (U-NII) Device Operating in the 5.725-5.85 GHz Band UltraTech's File No.: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 This Test report is Issued under the Authority of Tri M. Luu Vice President of Engineering UltraTech Group of Labs Date: July 13, 2016 Tested by: Hung Trinh Report Prepared by: Dan Huynh Test Dates: April 20 June 7, 2016 Issued Date: July 13, 2016 The results in this Test Report apply only to the sample(s) tested, and the sample tested is randomly selected. This report must not be used by the client to claim product endorsement by NVLAP or any agency of the US Government. This test report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without a written approval from UltraTech UltraTech 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada, L6H 6G4 Tel.: (905) 829-1570 Fax.: (905) 829-8050 Website: www.ultratech-labs.com, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Email: tri@ultratech-labs.com 91038 1309 46390-2049 SL2-IN-E-
1119R Korea KCC-RRA CA2049 TL363_B TPTDP DA1300 AT-1945 NVLAP LAB CODE 200093-0 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb EXHIBIT 1. Contents i FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 TABLE OF CONTENTS EXHIBIT 2. INTRODUCTION.............................................................................................................................................. 1 1.1. SCOPE ........................................................................................................................................................................ 1 1.2. RELATED SUBMITTAL(S)/GRANT(S) ........................................................................................................................ 1 1.3. NORMATIVE REFERENCES ...................................................................................................................................... 1 PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT.................................................................................................................... 2 2.1. CLIENT INFORMATION .............................................................................................................................................. 2 EQUIPMENT UNDER TEST (EUT) INFORMATION ................................................................................................... 2 2.2. 2.3. EUTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS....................................................................................................................... 3 ASSOCIATED ANTENNA DESCRIPTIONS................................................................................................................ 3 2.4. LIST OF EUTS PORTS............................................................................................................................................... 3 2.5. ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT........................................................................................................................................... 4 2.6. EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS AND CONFIGURATIONS DURING TESTS............................................... 5 3.1. CLIMATE TEST CONDITIONS.................................................................................................................................... 5 3.2. OPERATIONAL TEST CONDITIONS & ARRANGEMENT FOR TESTS..................................................................... 5 SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS..................................................................................................................... 6 LOCATION OF TESTS ................................................................................................................................................ 6 4.1. 4.2. APPLICABILITY & SUMMARY OF EMC EMISSION TEST RESULTS ....................................................................... 6 4.3. MODIFICATIONS INCORPORATED IN THE EUT FOR COMPLIANCE PURPOSES................................................ 6 TEST DATA ..................................................................................................................................................... 7 5.1. DUTY CYCLE [ 15.35(c)] ........................................................................................................................................... 7 5.2. MAXIMUM CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER [ 15.407(a)] ...................................................................................... 21 5.3. UNDESIRABLE EMISSIONS [ 15.407(b)]................................................................................................................ 24 5.4. FREQUENCY STABILITY [ 15.407(g)] .................................................................................................................... 38 TEST EQUIPMENT LIST............................................................................................................................... 45 EXHIBIT 3. EXHIBIT 4. EXHIBIT 5. EXHIBIT 6. EXHIBIT 7. MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY................................................................................................................. 46 7.1. RADIATED EMISSION MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY ....................................................................................... 46 ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb EXHIBIT 1. INTRODUCTION Page 1 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 SCOPE 1.1. Reference:
Title:
Purpose of Test:
Test Procedures:
Environmental Classification:
FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Title 47 Telecommunication, Part 15 Radio Frequency Devices Certification to add Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure (U-NII) Device Operating in the 5.725-5.85 GHz Band and for Co-location RF Exposure Evaluation of WIFI Radio and Data Card Module (FCC ID: RI7LN930). ANSI C63.4 ANSI C63.10 FCC KDB Publication No. 789033 D02 General U-NII Test Procedures New Rules v01r02 FCC, KDB Publication No. 662911 D01 Multiple Transmitter Output v02r01
[ ] Commercial, industrial or business environment
[x] Residential environment 1.2. None. RELATED SUBMITTAL(S)/GRANT(S) NORMATIVE REFERENCES 1.3. Publication 47 CFR Parts 0-19 ANSI C63.4 ANSI C63.10 FCC, KDB Publication No. 789033 D02 General U-NII Test Procedures New Rules v01r02 FCC, KDB Publication No. 662911 D01 Multiple Transmitter Output v02r01 Year 2016 2014 2013 2016 2013 Title Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Title 47 Telecommunication American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz American National Standard of Procedures for Compliance Testing of Unlicensed Wireless Devices GUIDELINES FOR COMPLIANCE TESTING OF UNLICENSED NATIONAL INFORMATION INFRASTRUCTURE (U-NII) DEVICES PART 15, SUBPART E Emissions Testing of Transmitters with Multiple Outputs in the Same Band ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 Page 2 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb EXHIBIT 2. PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT 2.1. CLIENT INFORMATION Name:
Address:
APPLICANT Microhard Systems Inc. 150 Country Hills Landing NW Calgary, Alberta Canada T3K 5P3 Contact Person: Mr. Hany Shenouda Phone #: 403 248-0028 Fax #: 403 248 2762 Email Address: shenouda@microhardcorp.com Name:
Address:
MANUFACTURER Microhard Systems Inc. 150 Country Hills Landing NW Calgary, Alberta Canada T3K 5P3 Contact Person: Mr. Hany Shenouda Phone #: 403 248-0028 Fax #: 403 248-2762 Email Address: shenouda@microhardcorp.com EQUIPMENT UNDER TEST (EUT) INFORMATION 2.2. The following information (with the exception of the Date of Receipt) has been supplied by the applicant. Brand Name:
Product Name:
Model Name or Number:
Serial Number:
Type of Equipment:
Input Power Supply Type:
Primary User Functions of EUT:
Microhard Systems Inc. VIP4Gb VIP4Gb Test Sample Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX 120 VAC 60 Hz LTE Ethernet Bridge/Serial Gateway ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb 2.3. EUTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Equipment Type:
Transmitter Mobile Base Station (fixed use) Page 3 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Intended Operating Environment: Residential environment Power Supply Requirement:
RF Output Power Rating:
9-30VDC via MHS-supplied power adapter 802.11a: 18.00 dBm (63.10 mW) 802.11an, HT20, MIMO: 15.31 dBm (33.98 mW) max. combined 802.11an, HT40, MIMO: 14.92 dBm (31.04 mW) max. combined conducted output power conducted output power Operating Frequency Range:
RF Output Impedance:
Modulation Type:
Antenna Connector Types:
5745 - 5825 MHz 5755 - 5795 MHz 50 DSSS, OFDM RPSMA ASSOCIATED ANTENNA DESCRIPTIONS 2.4. Antenna Type Dipole Antenna Maximum Gain (dBi) 2 2.5. Port Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 LIST OF EUTS PORTS EUTs Port Description ANT1 ANT2 DIV MAIN GPS Serial Power RS485 IO/Console Gigabit Ethernet Number of Identical Ports Connector Type 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 RPSMA RPSMA SMA SMA SMA DB9 4-Pin Molex 6-Pin Molex 10-Pin Molex RJ-45 Cable Type
(Shielded/Non-shielded) Direct connection (no cable) Direct connection (no cable) Direct connection (no cable) Direct connection (no cable) Direct connection (no cable) Shielded cable Non-shielded cable Non-shielded cable Non-shielded cable Non-shielded cable ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb 2.6. The EUT was tested while connected to the following representative configuration of ancillary equipment necessary to exercise the ports during tests:
ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT Page 4 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Ancillary Equipment # 1 Description:
Brand name:
Model Name or Number:
Connected to EUTs Port:
Laptop IBM 1161-260 DB9 Serial Ancillary Equipment # 2 Description:
Brand name:
Model Name or Number:
Connected to EUTs Port:
MHS-supplied power adapter (Switching Power Supply) BL BI30-120200-AdU PWR ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb EXHIBIT 3. EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS AND CONFIGURATIONS DURING TESTS Page 5 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 CLIMATE TEST CONDITIONS 3.1. The climate conditions of the test environment are as follows:
21 to 23 oC 45 to 58%
102 kPa 120 VAC Temperature:
Humidity:
Pressure:
Power Input Source:
3.2. Operating Modes:
Special Test Software:
Special Hardware Used:
Transmitter Test Antenna:
Transmitter Test Signals Frequency Band(s):
Frequency(ies) Tested:
RF Power Output:
(measured maximum output power at antenna terminals) Normal Test Modulation:
Modulating Signal Source:
OPERATIONAL TEST CONDITIONS & ARRANGEMENT FOR TESTS The transmitter was operated in a continuous transmission mode with the carrier modulated as specified in the Test Data. Special software provided by the Applicant to operate the EUT at each channel frequency continuously and in the range of typical modes of operation. N/A The EUT is tested with the antenna fitted in a manner typical of normal intended use as non-integral antenna equipment as described with the test results. 5745 - 5825 MHz 5755 - 5795 MHz 5745 MHz, 5785 MHz, 5825 MHz 5755 MHz, 5795 MHz 802.11a: 18.00 dBm (63.10 mW) 802.11an, HT20, MIMO: 15.31 dBm (33.98 mW) max. combined conducted output power 802.11an, HT40, MIMO: 14.92 dBm (31.04 mW) max. combined conducted output power OFDM Internal ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb EXHIBIT 4. SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS Page 6 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 LOCATION OF TESTS 4.1. All of the measurements described in this report were performed at Ultratech Group of Labs located in the city of Oakville, Province of Ontario, Canada. Radiated Emissions were performed at the Ultratech's 3-10 TDK Semi-Anechoic Chamber situated in the Town of Oakville, province of Ontario. This test site been calibrated in accordance with ANSI C63.4, and found to be in compliance with the requirements of Sec. 2.948 of the FCC Rules. The descriptions and site measurement data of the Oakville 3-10 TDK Semi-Anechoic Chamber has been filed with FCC office (FCC File No.: 91038) and Industry Canada office (Industry Canada File No.: 2049A-3). Expiry Date: 2017-04-02. APPLICABILITY & SUMMARY OF EMC EMISSION TEST RESULTS 4.2. FCC Section(s) 15.203 15.207(a) 15.407(a) 15.407(a) 15.407(b) 15.407(c) 15.407(e) 15.407(f) 15.407(g) 15.407(h) Test Requirements Antenna Requirements AC Power Line Conducted Emissions Output Power Power Spectral Density Undesirable Emission Transmission Requirements 6 dB Bandwidth RF Exposure Frequency Stability Transmit Power Control (TPC) and Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS). Device Security Compliance (Yes/No) Yes See Note 1 Yes See Note 1 Yes Yes See Note 1 Yes Yes N/A 15.407(i) Note 1: Refer to the original filing DTS test report under FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20, Report Number:
Yes 1212FR16. 4.3. MODIFICATIONS INCORPORATED IN THE EUT FOR COMPLIANCE PURPOSES None. ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb EXHIBIT 5. TEST DATA Page 7 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 DUTY CYCLE [ 15.35(c)]
5.1. 5.1.1. Requirements 15.35(c) Unless otherwise specified, e.g., 15.255(b), when the radiated emission limits are expressed in terms of the average value of the emission, and pulsed operation is employed, the measurement field strength shall be determined by averaging over one complete pulse train, including blanking intervals, as long as the pulse train does not exceed 0.1 seconds. As an alternative (provided the transmitter operates for longer than 0.1 seconds) or in cases where the pulse train exceeds 0.1 seconds, the measured field strength shall be determined from the average absolute voltage during a 0.1 second interval during which the field strength is at its maximum value. The exact method of calculating the average field strength shall be submitted with any application for certification or shall be retained in the measurement data file for equipment subject to notification or verification. 5.1.2. Method of Measurements FCC KDB 789033 D02 General UNII Test Procedures New Rules v01r02, Section II B.2.b 5.1.3. Test Arrangement Cellular Ant 1 Cellular Ant 2 IBM Laptop 4 x RJ45 cables GPS cable 10 pins terminal block 6 pins terminal block dB9 Serial cable VIP4G 5.8 GHz Ant 1 5.8 GHz Ant 2 20dB DC Block Spectrum Analyzer AC Adapter 120 Vac ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 Page 8 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb 5.1.4. Test Data Operating Mode Data Rate Channel Number Frequency
(MHz) 802.11a 802.11n HT20 802.11n HT40 9 18 36 54 6.5 19.5 39 65 13.5 40.5 81 135 Refer to the following plots for details. 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 151 151 151 151 5785 5785 5785 5785 5785 5785 5785 5785 5755 5755 5755 5755 Duty Cycle Correction Factor
(dB) 0.0493 0.0652 0.1268 0.1620 0.0269 0.0520 0.0998 0.1836 0.0537 0.1199 0.2085 0.3415 ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Plot 5.1.4.1. Duty Cycle, 802.11a, 5785 GHz, Data Rate 9 Mbps, Pulse Width Page 9 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.1.4.2. Duty Cycle, 802.11a, 5785 GHz, Data Rate 9 Mbps, Pulse Train Duty Cycle Correction Factor = 10*log [1 / (2.1002 / 2.1242)] = 0.0493 dB ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Plot 5.1.4.3. Duty Cycle, 802.11a, 5785 GHz, Data Rate 18 Mbps, Pulse Width Page 10 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.1.4.4. Duty Cycle, 802.11a, 5785 GHz, Data Rate 18 Mbps, Pulse Train Duty Cycle Correction Factor = 10*log [1 / (1.0641 / 1.0802)] = 0.0652 dB ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Plot 5.1.4.5. Duty Cycle, 802.11a, 5785 GHz, Data Rate 36 Mbps, Pulse Width Page 11 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.1.4.6. Duty Cycle, 802.11a, 5785 GHz, Data Rate 36 Mbps, Pulse Train Duty Cycle Correction Factor = 10*log [1 / (541.0822 / 557.1142)] = 0.1268 dB ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Plot 5.1.4.7. Duty Cycle, 802.11a, 5785 GHz, Data Rate 54 Mbps, Pulse Width Page 12 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.1.4.8. Duty Cycle, 802.11a, 5785 GHz, Data Rate 54 Mbps, Pulse Train Duty Cycle Correction Factor = 10*log [1 / (369.1383 / 383.1663)] = 0.1620 dB ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Plot 5.1.4.9. Duty Cycle, 802.11an HT20, 5785 GHz, Data Rate 6.5 Mbps, Pulse Width Page 13 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.1.4.10. Duty Cycle, 802.11an HT20, 5785 GHz, Data Rate 6.5 Mbps, Pulse Train Duty Cycle Correction Factor = 10*log [1 / (2.9172 / 2.9353)] = 0.0269 dB ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Plot 5.1.4.11. Duty Cycle, 802.11an HT20, 5785 GHz, Data Rate 19.5 Mbps, Pulse Width Page 14 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.1.4.12. Duty Cycle, 802.11an HT20, 5785 GHz, Data Rate 19.5 Mbps, Pulse Train Duty Cycle Correction Factor = 10*log [1 / (0.9961924 / 1.0082)] = 0.0520 dB ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Plot 5.1.4.13. Duty Cycle, 802.11an HT20, 5785 GHz, Data Rate 39 Mbps, Pulse Width Page 15 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.1.4.14. Duty Cycle, 802.11an HT20, 5785 GHz, Data Rate 39 Mbps, Pulse Train Duty Cycle Correction Factor = 10*log [1 / (517.2345 / 529.2585)] = 0.0998 dB ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Plot 5.1.4.15. Duty Cycle, 802.11an HT20, 5785 GHz, Data Rate 65 Mbps, Pulse Width Page 16 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.1.4.16. Duty Cycle, 802.11an HT20, 5785 GHz, Data Rate 65 Mbps, Pulse Train Duty Cycle Correction Factor = 10*log [1 / (324.8497 / 338.8778)] = 0.1836 dB ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Plot 5.1.4.17. Duty Cycle, 802.11an HT40, 5755 GHz, Data Rate 13.5 Mbps, Pulse Width Page 17 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.1.4.18. Duty Cycle, 802.11an HT40, 5755 GHz, Data Rate 13.5 Mbps, Pulse Train Duty Cycle Correction Factor = 10*log [1 / (1.4238 / 1.4415)] = 0.0537 dB ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Plot 5.1.4.19. Duty Cycle, 802.11an HT40, 5755 GHz, Data Rate 40.5 Mbps, Pulse Width Page 18 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.1.4.20. Duty Cycle, 802.11an HT40, 5755 GHz, Data Rate 40.5 Mbps, Pulse Train Duty Cycle Correction Factor = 10*log [1 / (501.0020 / 515.0301)] = 0.1199 dB ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Plot 5.1.4.21. Duty Cycle, 802.11an HT40, 5755 GHz, Data Rate 81 Mbps, Pulse Width Page 19 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.1.4.22. Duty Cycle, 802.11an HT40, 5755 GHz, Data Rate 81 Mbps, Pulse Train Duty Cycle Correction Factor = 10*log [1 / (268.9379 / 282.1643)] = 0.2085 dB ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Plot 5.1.4.23. Duty Cycle, 802.11an HT40, 5755 GHz, Data Rate 135 Mbps, Pulse Width Page 20 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.1.4.24. Duty Cycle, 802.11an HT40, 5755 GHz, Data Rate 135 Mbps, Pulse Train Duty Cycle Correction Factor = 10*log [1 / (176.3527 / 190.7816)] = 0.3415 dB ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 Page 21 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb 5.2. MAXIMUM CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER [ 15.407(a)]
5.2.1. Limit(s) 15.407(a)(3) For the band 5.725-5.85 GHz, the maximum conducted output power over the frequency band of operation shall not exceed 1 W. In addition, the maximum power spectral density shall not exceed 30 dBm in any 500 kHz band. If transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6 dBi are used, both the maximum conducted output power and the maximum power spectral density shall be reduced by the amount in dB that the directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi. However, fixed point-to-point UNII devices operating in this band may employ transmitting antennas with directional gain greater than 6 dBi without any corresponding reduction in transmitter conducted power. Fixed, point-to-point operations exclude the use of point-to-multipoint systems, omnidirectional applications, and multiple collocated transmitters transmitting the same information. The operator of the UNII device, or if the equipment is professionally installed, the installer, is responsible for ensuring that systems employing high gain directional antennas are used exclusively for fixed, point-to-point operations. 5.2.2. Method of Measurements FCC KDB 789033 D02 General UNII Test Procedures New Rules v01r02, Section II.E.3.a FCC KDB 662911 D01 Multiple Transmitter Output v02r01, Section E.1 5.2.3. Test Arrangement Cellular Ant 1 Cellular Ant 2 IBM Laptop 4 x RJ45 cables GPS cable 10 pins terminal block 6 pins terminal block VIP4G dB9 Serial cable 20dB 5.8 GHz Ant 1 DC Block 5.8 GHz Ant 2 Sensor Power Meter AC Adapter 120 Vac ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb 5.2.4. Test Data Page 22 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 802.11a , Single Antenna Mode (no MIMO), ANT 1 Modulation Type Data Rate
(Mbps) Channel Frequency
(MHz) 1PCDAC Power BPSK 9 QPSK 18 16-QAM 36 64-QAM 54 149 157 165 149 157 165 149 157 165 149 157 165 5745 5785 5825 5745 5785 5825 5745 5785 5825 5745 5785 5825 30 83 40 30 83 40 30 83 40 30 83 40 Average Power ANT 1
(dBm) Duty Cycle Correction Factor, DCCF
(dB) Average Power w/
DCCF ANT 1
(dBm) 10.21 16.89 12.92 10.09 16.75 12.81 10.29 16.84 12.22 10.13 16.68 12.15 0.0493 0.0493 0.0493 0.0652 0.0652 0.0652 0.1268 0.1268 0.1268 0.1620 0.1620 0.1620 10.26 16.94 12.97 10.16 16.82 12.88 10.42 16.97 12.35 10.29 16.84 12.31 1Test software power setting. 2EIRP = Average Power w/ DCCF (dBm) + Antenna Assembly Gain (2 dBi) 802.11a , Single Antenna Mode (no MIMO), ANT 2 Modulation Type Data Rate
(Mbps) Channel Frequency
(MHz) 1PCDAC Power BPSK 9 QPSK 18 16-QAM 36 64-QAM 54 149 157 165 149 157 165 149 157 165 149 157 165 5745 5785 5825 5745 5785 5825 5745 5785 5825 5745 5785 5825 30 83 40 30 83 40 30 83 40 30 83 40 Average Power ANT 2
(dBm) Duty Cycle Correction Factor, DCCF
(dB) 10.34 17.02 12.61 10.38 17.30 12.68 10.41 17.87 12.81 10.43 16.81 12.83 0.0493 0.0493 0.0493 0.0652 0.0652 0.0652 0.1268 0.1268 0.1268 0.1620 0.1620 0.1620 Average Power w/
DCCF ANT 2
(dBm) 10.39 17.07 12.66 10.45 17.37 12.75 10.54 18.00 12.94 10.59 16.97 12.99 1Test software power setting. 2EIRP = Average Power w/ DCCF (dBm) + Antenna Assembly Gain (2 dBi) 2EIRP
(dBm) 12.26 18.94 14.97 12.16 18.82 14.88 12.42 18.97 14.35 12.29 18.84 14.31 2EIRP
(dBm) 12.39 19.07 14.66 12.45 19.37 14.75 12.54 20.00 14.94 12.59 18.97 14.99 ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb MCS Index Modulation Type Data Rate
(Mbps) 0 BPSK1/2 2 QPSK3/4 4 16-QAM3/4 7 64-QAM5/6 6.5 6.5 6.5 19.5 19.5 19.5 39 39 39 65 65 65 Ch 149 157 165 149 157 165 149 157 165 149 157 165 Page 23 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 802.11an, HT20, MIMO Frequency
(MHz) 1PCDAC Power Average Power
(dBm) ANT 1 ANT 2 5745 5785 5825 5745 5785 5825 5745 5785 5825 5745 5785 5825 26 40 36 26 40 36 26 40 36 26 40 36 8.05 12.10 11.53 8.06 11.91 11.50 8.00 12.21 11.49 7.97 11.84 11.45 8.52 12.28 11.41 8.26 12.08 11.36 8.23 12.07 11.33 8.45 12.38 11.77 Duty Cycle Correction Factor, DCCF
(dB) 0.0269 0.0269 0.0269 0.0520 0.0520 0.0520 0.0998 0.0998 0.0998 0.1836 0.1836 0.1836 2Total Average Power w/ DCCF
(mW)
(dBm) 3EIRP
(dBm) 11.33 15.23 14.51 11.22 15.06 14.49 11.23 15.25 14.52 11.41 15.31 14.81 13.58 33.33 28.23 13.25 32.05 28.14 13.26 33.50 28.32 13.84 33.98 30.25 13.33 17.23 16.51 13.22 17.06 16.49 13.23 17.25 16.52 13.41 17.31 16.81 1Test software power setting. 2Total Average Power = (Average Power of ANT 1 + Average Power of ANT 2) + Duty Cycle Correction Factor 3EIRP = Total Average Power (dBm) + Antenna Assembly Gain (2 dBi) 802.11an, HT40, MIMO MCS Index Modulation Type Data Rate
(Mbps) Ch Frequency
(MHz) 1PCDAC Power Average Power
(dBm) ANT 1 ANT 2 0 2 4 7 BPSK1/2 QPSK3/4 16-QAM3/4 64-QAM5/6 13.5 13.5 40.5 40.5 81 81 135 135 151 159 151 159 151 159 151 159 5755 5795 5755 5795 5755 5795 5755 5795 25 36 25 36 25 36 25 36 7.17 11.67 6.78 11.77 6.82 11.78 6.75 11.29 7.05 11.59 7.01 11.74 6.75 11.62 7.06 11.56 Duty Cycle Correction Factor, DCCF
(dB) 0.0537 0.0537 0.1199 0.1199 0.2085 0.2085 0.3415 0.3415 2Total Average Power w/ DCCF
(dBm)
(mW) 10.17 14.69 10.03 14.89 10.00 14.92 10.26 14.78 10.41 29.47 10.06 30.80 10.01 31.04 10.62 30.05 3EIRP
(dBm) 12.17 16.69 12.03 16.89 12.00 16.92 12.26 16.78 1Test software power setting. 2Total Average Power = (Average Power of ANT 1 + Average Power of ANT 2) + Duty Cycle Correction Factor 3EIRP = Total Average Power (dBm) + Antenna Assembly Gain (2 dBi) ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb 5.3. 5.3.1. Limit(s) UNDESIRABLE EMISSIONS [ 15.407(b)]
Page 24 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 15.407(b) Undesirable emission limits. Except as shown in paragraph (b)(7) of this section, the maximum emissions outside of the frequency bands of operation shall be attenuated in accordance with the following limits:
(1) For transmitters operating in the 5.15-5.25 GHz band: All emissions outside of the 5.15-5.35 GHz band shall not exceed an e.i.r.p. of 27 dBm/MHz.
(2) For transmitters operating in the 5.25-5.35 GHz band: All emissions outside of the 5.15-5.35 GHz band shall not exceed an e.i.r.p. of 27 dBm/MHz.
(3) For transmitters operating in the 5.47-5.725 GHz band: All emissions outside of the 5.47-5.725 GHz band shall not exceed an e.i.r.p. of 27 dBm/MHz.
(4) For transmitters operating in the 5.725-5.85 GHz band: All emissions within the frequency range from the band edge to 10 MHz above or below the band edge shall not exceed an e.i.r.p. of 17 dBm/MHz;
for frequencies 10 MHz or greater above or below the band edge, emissions shall not exceed an e.i.r.p. of 27 dBm/MHz.
(5) The emission measurements shall be performed using a minimum resolution bandwidth of 1 MHz. A lower resolution bandwidth may be employed near the band edge, when necessary, provided the measured energy is integrated to show the total power over 1 MHz.
(6) Unwanted emissions below 1 GHz must comply with the general field strength limits set forth in 15.209. Further, any U-NII devices using an AC power line are required to comply also with the conducted limits set forth in 15.207.
(7) The provisions of 15.205 apply to intentional radiators operating under this section.
(8) When measuring the emission limits, the nominal carrier frequency shall be adjusted as close to the upper and lower frequency band edges as the design of the equipment permits. 5.3.2. Method of Measurements FCC KDB 789033 D02 General UNII Test Procedures New Rules v01r02, Section II.G. ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb 5.3.3. Test Arrangement Page 25 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Chain 2 Chain 1 20dB DC Block AC Adapter Laptop 5.3.4. Test Data Remark(s): Exploratory tests performed to determined worst-case test configurations, the following test results represent the worst-case. 5.3.4.1. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions Test Configuration Operating Mode Data rate (Mbps) Frequency (MHz)
*PCDAC Setting 802.11a 54 802.11an HT20 802.11an HT40 65 135
* Test software power setting. 5745 5765 5805 5825 5745 5825 5755 5795 45 83 83 83 40 40 40 40 ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Page 26 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.3.4.1.1. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11a 54 Mbps, Ch 149, 5745 MHz, PCDAC Power 45, ANT 1 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain
*
*
RBW 1 MHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
15.53 dBm 5.745769231 GHz 1 A LVL 3DB Ref 30 dBm 30 Offset 29.2 dB
*
Att 0 dB 1 PK VIEW 20 10 0
-10
-20 5GHZ15EC
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70 Center 5.745 GHz 8 MHz/
Span 80 MHz Date: 31.MAY.2016 16:07:02 Plot 5.3.4.1.2. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11a 54 Mbps, Ch 149, 5745 MHz, PCDAC Power 45, ANT 1 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain, Integration Method Ref 30 dBm
*
Att 0 dB
*
*
RBW 100 kHz VBW 300 kHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
-45.82 dBm 5.785000000 GHz 1 PK MAXH PWR MAXH Offset 29.2 dB 20 10 0
-10
-20 5GHZ15EC
-30
-40
-50
-60 A LVL 1 3DB Center 5.745 GHz Tx Channel Bandwidth 20 MHz Adjacent Channel Bandwidth 1 MHz Spacing 20 MHz Alternate Channel Bandwidth 1 MHz Spacing 30 MHz 8 MHz/
Span 80 MHz Power 25.29 dBm Lower -24.12 dBm Upper -25.07 dBm Lower -31.20 dBm Upper -31.40 dBm Date: 31.MAY.2016 15:54:56 ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Page 27 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.3.4.1.3. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11a 54 Mbps, Ch 149, 5745 MHz, PCDAC Power 45, ANT 2 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain Ref 30 dBm 30 Offset 29.2 dB
*
Att 0 dB
*
*
RBW 1 MHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
15.35 dBm 5.738717949 GHz 1 1 PK VIEW 20 10 0
-10
-20 5GHZ15EC
-30
-40
-50
-60 A LVL 3DB
-70 Center 5.745 GHz 8 MHz/
Span 80 MHz Date: 31.MAY.2016 16:15:49 Plot 5.3.4.1.4. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11a 54 Mbps, Ch 149, 5745 MHz, PCDAC Power 45, ANT 2 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain, Integration Method Ref 30 dBm
*
Att 0 dB
*
*
RBW 100 kHz VBW 300 kHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
5.55 dBm 5.738717949 GHz 1 PK VIEW PWR MAXH 1 Offset 29.2 dB 20 10 0
-10
-20 5GHZ15EC
-30
-40
-50
-60 A LVL 3DB Center 5.745 GHz Tx Channel Bandwidth 20 MHz Adjacent Channel Bandwidth 1 MHz Spacing 20 MHz Alternate Channel Bandwidth 1 MHz Spacing 30 MHz 8 MHz/
Span 80 MHz Power 25.03 dBm Lower -21.34 dBm Upper -21.84 dBm Lower -30.56 dBm Upper -30.46 dBm Date: 31.MAY.2016 16:22:11 ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Page 28 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.3.4.1.5. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11a, 54 Mbps, Ch 153, 5765 MHz, PCDAC Power 83, ANT 1 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain
*
*
RBW 1 MHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
16.97 dBm 5.766923077 GHz 1 A LVL 3DB Ref 30 dBm 30 Offset 29.2 dB
*
Att 0 dB 1 PK VIEW 20 10 0
-10
-20 5GHZ15EC
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70 Center 5.765 GHz 15 MHz/
Span 150 MHz Date: 31.MAY.2016 13:59:18 Plot 5.3.4.1.6. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11a, 54 Mbps, Ch 153, 5765 MHz, PCDAC Power 83, ANT 2 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain Ref 30 dBm 30 Offset 29.2 dB
*
Att 0 dB
*
*
RBW 1 MHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
16.74 dBm 5.759711538 GHz 1 A LVL 3DB 1 PK VIEW 20 10 0
-10
-20 5GHZ15EC
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70 Center 5.765 GHz 15 MHz/
Span 150 MHz Date: 31.MAY.2016 14:01:11 ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Page 29 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.3.4.1.7. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11a, 54 Mbps, Ch 161, 5805 MHz, PCDAC Power 83, ANT 1 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain
*
*
RBW 1 MHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
16.51 dBm 5.806201923 GHz 1 A LVL 3DB Ref 30 dBm 30 Offset 29.2 dB
*
Att 0 dB 1 PK VIEW 20 10 0
-10
-20 5GHZ15EC
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70 Center 5.805 GHz 15 MHz/
Span 150 MHz Date: 31.MAY.2016 14:17:36 Plot 5.3.4.1.8. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11a, 54 Mbps, Ch 161, 5805 MHz, PCDAC Power 83, ANT 2 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain Ref 30 dBm 30 Offset 29.2 dB
*
Att 0 dB
*
*
RBW 1 MHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
16.08 dBm 5.801875000 GHz 1 A LVL 3DB 1 PK VIEW 20 10 0
-10
-20 5GHZ15EC
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70 Center 5.805 GHz 15 MHz/
Span 150 MHz Date: 31.MAY.2016 14:16:02 ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Page 30 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.3.4.1.9. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11a, 54 Mbps, Ch 165, 5825 MHz, PCDAC Power 83, ANT 1 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain Ref 30 dBm 30 Offset 29.2 dB
*
Att 0 dB
*
*
RBW 1 MHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
16.02 dBm 5.818717949 GHz 1 A LVL 5GHZ15EC 3DB 1 PK VIEW 20 10 0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70 Center 5.825 GHz 8 MHz/
Span 80 MHz Date: 31.MAY.2016 15:25:04 Plot 5.3.4.1.10. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11a, 54 Mbps, Ch 165, 5825 MHz, PCDAC Power 83, ANT 1 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain, Integration Method Ref 30 dBm
*
Att 0 dB
*
*
RBW 100 kHz VBW 300 kHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
-43.83 dBm 5.785000000 GHz 1 PK VIEW PWR MAXH Offset 29.2 dB 20 10 0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60 1 5GHZ15EC A LVL 3DB Center 5.825 GHz Tx Channel Bandwidth 20 MHz Adjacent Channel Bandwidth 1 MHz Spacing 25 MHz Alternate Channel Bandwidth 1 MHz Spacing 35 MHz 8 MHz/
Span 80 MHz Power 26.89 dBm Lower -25.34 dBm Upper -24.88 dBm Lower -29.93 dBm Upper -30.48 dBm Date: 31.MAY.2016 15:35:21 ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Page 31 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.3.4.1.11. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11a, 54 Mbps, Ch 165, 5825 MHz, PCDAC Power 83, ANT 2 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain Ref 30 dBm 30 Offset 29.2 dB
*
Att 0 dB
*
*
RBW 1 MHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
15.69 dBm 5.821794872 GHz 1 A LVL 5GHZ15EC 3DB 1 PK VIEW 20 10 0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70 Center 5.825 GHz 8 MHz/
Span 80 MHz Date: 31.MAY.2016 14:29:11 ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Page 32 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.3.4.1.12. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11an HT20, 65 Mbps, Ch 149, 5745 MHz, PCDAC Power 40, ANT 1 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain Ref 30 dBm 30 Offset 29.2 dB
*
Att 0 dB
*
*
RBW 1 MHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
14.26 dBm 5.741794872 GHz 1 A LVL 3DB 1 PK VIEW 20 10 0
-10
-20 5GHZ15EC
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70 Center 5.745 GHz 8 MHz/
Span 80 MHz Date: 1.JUN.2016 11:54:32 Plot 5.3.4.1.13. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11an HT20, 65 Mbps, Ch 149, 5745 MHz, PCDAC Power 40, ANT 1 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain, Integration Method Ref 30 dBm
*
Att 0 dB
*
*
RBW 100 kHz VBW 300 kHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
2.65 dBm 5.741282051 GHz 1 PK MAXH PWR MAXH 1 Offset 29.2 dB 20 10 0
-10
-20 5GHZ15EC
-30
-40
-50
-60 A LVL 3DB Center 5.745 GHz Tx Channel Bandwidth 20 MHz Adjacent Channel Bandwidth 1 MHz Spacing 20 MHz Alternate Channel Bandwidth 1 MHz Spacing 30 MHz 8 MHz/
Span 80 MHz Power 23.61 dBm Lower -26.58 dBm Upper -27.55 dBm Lower -33.50 dBm Upper -34.79 dBm Date: 1.JUN.2016 12:03:26 ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Page 33 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.3.4.1.14. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11an HT20, 65 Mbps, Ch 149, 5745 MHz, PCDAC Power 40, ANT 2 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain Ref 30 dBm 30 Offset 29.2 dB
*
Att 0 dB
*
*
RBW 1 MHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
13.37 dBm 5.737564103 GHz 1 1 PK VIEW 20 10 0
-10
-20 5GHZ15EC
-30
-40
-50
-60 A LVL 3DB
-70 Center 5.745 GHz 8 MHz/
Span 80 MHz Date: 1.JUN.2016 12:09:09 Plot 5.3.4.1.15. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11an HT20, 65 Mbps, Ch 149, 5745 MHz, PCDAC Power 40, ANT 2 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain, Integration Method Ref 30 dBm
*
Att 0 dB
*
*
RBW 100 kHz VBW 300 kHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
0.32 dBm 5.737948718 GHz 1 PK MAXH PWR MAXH 1 Offset 29.2 dB 20 10 0
-10
-20 5GHZ15EC
-30
-40
-50
-60 A LVL 3DB Center 5.745 GHz Tx Channel Bandwidth 20 MHz Adjacent Channel Bandwidth 1 MHz Spacing 20 MHz Alternate Channel Bandwidth 1 MHz Spacing 30 MHz 8 MHz/
Span 80 MHz Power 23.21 dBm Lower -24.70 dBm Upper -24.89 dBm Lower -32.09 dBm Upper -32.63 dBm Date: 1.JUN.2016 12:29:08 ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Page 34 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.3.4.1.16. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11an HT20, 65 Mbps, Ch 165, 5825 MHz, PCDAC Power 40, ANT 1 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain Ref 30 dBm 30 Offset 29.2 dB
*
Att 0 dB
*
*
RBW 1 MHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
12.13 dBm 5.821153846 GHz 1 A LVL 5GHZ15EC 3DB 1 PK VIEW 20 10 0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70 Center 5.825 GHz 8 MHz/
Span 80 MHz Date: 1.JUN.2016 13:40:57 Plot 5.3.4.1.17. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11an HT20, 65 Mbps, Ch 165, 5825 MHz, PCDAC Power 40, ANT 2 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain Ref 30 dBm 30 Offset 29.2 dB
*
Att 0 dB
*
*
RBW 1 MHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
11.76 dBm 5.817692308 GHz 1 A LVL 5GHZ15EC 3DB 1 PK VIEW 20 10 0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70 Center 5.825 GHz 8 MHz/
Span 80 MHz Date: 1.JUN.2016 13:27:01 ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Page 35 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.3.4.1.18. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11an HT40, 135 Mbps, Ch 151, 5755 MHz, PCDAC Power 40, ANT 1 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain Ref 30 dBm 30 Offset 29.2 dB
*
Att 0 dB
*
*
RBW 1 MHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
9.17 dBm 5.738814103 GHz 1 1 PK VIEW 20 10 0
-10
-20 5GHZ15EC
-30
-40
-50
-60 A LVL 3DB
-70 Center 5.755 GHz 10 MHz/
Span 100 MHz Date: 1.JUN.2016 14:39:44 ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Page 36 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.3.4.1.19. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11an HT40, 135 Mbps, Ch 151, 5755 MHz, PCDAC Power 40, ANT 2 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain Ref 30 dBm 30 Offset 29.2 dB
*
Att 0 dB
*
*
RBW 1 MHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
10.09 dBm 5.745224359 GHz 1 1 PK VIEW 20 10 0
-10
-20 5GHZ15EC
-30
-40
-50
-60 A LVL 3DB
-70 Center 5.755 GHz 10 MHz/
Span 100 MHz Date: 1.JUN.2016 14:16:35 Plot 5.3.4.1.20. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11an HT40, 135 Mbps, Ch 151, 5755 MHz, PCDAC Power 40, ANT 2 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain, Integration Method Ref 30 dBm
*
Att 0 dB
*
*
RBW 100 kHz VBW 300 kHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
-1.05 dBm 5.746185897 GHz 1 PK MAXH PWR MAXH 1 Offset 29.2 dB 20 10 0
-10
-20 5GHZ15EC
-30
-40
-50
-60 Center 5.755 GHz Tx Channel Bandwidth 40 MHz Adjacent Channel Bandwidth 1 MHz Spacing 30 MHz Alternate Channel Bandwidth 1 MHz Spacing 40 MHz 10 MHz/
Span 100 MHz Power 21.93 dBm Lower -27.89 dBm Upper -29.20 dBm Lower -31.84 dBm Upper -32.95 dBm A LVL 3DB Date: 1.JUN.2016 14:33:48 ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Page 37 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Plot 5.3.4.1.21. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11an HT40, 135 Mbps, Ch 159, 5795 MHz, PCDAC Power 40, ANT 1 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain Ref 30 dBm 30 Offset 29.2 dB
*
Att 0 dB
*
*
RBW 1 MHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
10.22 dBm 5.785384615 GHz 1 1 PK VIEW 20 10 0
-10
-20 5GHZ15EC
-30
-40
-50
-60 A LVL 3DB
-70 Center 5.795 GHz 15 MHz/
Span 150 MHz Date: 1.JUN.2016 13:55:01 Plot 5.3.4.1.22. Band-Edge Conducted Emissions, 802.11an HT40, 135 Mbps, Ch 159, 5795 MHz, PCDAC Power 40, ANT 2 Offset = 29.16dB = 27.16dB Insertion Loss + 2dBi EUT antenna gain Ref 30 dBm 30 Offset 29.2 dB
*
Att 0 dB
*
*
RBW 1 MHz VBW 3 MHz SWT 20 ms Marker 1 [T1 ]
9.19 dBm 5.785384615 GHz 1 1 PK VIEW 20 10 0
-10
-20 5GHZ15EC
-30
-40
-50
-60 A LVL 3DB
-70 Center 5.795 GHz 15 MHz/
Span 150 MHz Date: 1.JUN.2016 14:08:31 ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb 5.4. 5.4.1. Limit(s) FREQUENCY STABILITY [ 15.407(g)]
Page 38 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 15.407(g) Manufacturers of U-NII devices are responsible for ensuring frequency stability such that an emission is maintained within the band of operation under all conditions of normal operation as specified in the users manual. 5.4.2. Method of Measurements ANSI C63.10-2013, Section 6.8. 5.4.3. Test Arrangement AC Adapter Laptop Chain 2 VIP4G Chain 1 20dB DC Block Spectrum Analyzer Environmental Chamber ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb 5.4.4. Test Data Remarks: Temperature range: -30 C to +60 C Nominal supply voltage: 120 VAC (Input to AC Adaptor) 802.11a Mode Page 39 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Test Condition Data Rate PCDAC Setting Channel Number Frequency (MHz) Chain # 1 Chain # 2 Frequency stability when varying supply voltage
+20C & 102 VAC 54
+20C & 138 VAC 54
-30C & 120 VAC 54
-20C & 120 VAC 54
-10C & 120 VAC 54 0C & 120 VAC 54
+10C & 120 VAC 54 45 83 83 83 45 83 83 83 149 153 161 165 149 153 161 165 5745 5765 5805 5825 5745 5765 5805 5825 Frequency stability with respect to ambient temperature 30 83 83 40 32 83 83 42 36 83 83 45 36 83 83 48 36 83 83 70 149 153 161 165 149 153 161 165 149 153 161 165 149 153 161 165 149 153 161 165 5745 5765 5805 5825 5745 5765 5805 5825 5745 5765 5805 5825 5745 5765 5805 5825 5745 5765 5805 5825 NOTE: Emission bandwidth is within the band of operation. See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb 802.11a Mode
+20C & 120 VAC 54
+30C & 120 VAC 54
+40C & 120 VAC 54
+50C & 120 VAC 54
+60C & 120 VAC 54 45 83 83 83 30 83 83 40 30 83 83 40 30 83 83 40 30 83 83 40 149 153 161 165 149 153 161 165 149 153 161 165 149 153 161 165 149 153 161 165 Page 40 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note 5745 5765 5805 5825 5745 5765 5805 5825 5745 5765 5805 5825 5745 5765 5805 5825 5745 5765 5805 5825 NOTE: Emission bandwidth is within the band of operation. 802.11an HT20 Mode Test Condition Data Rate PCDAC Setting Channel Number Frequency (MHz) Chain # 1 Chain # 2 Frequency stability when varying supply voltage
+20C & 102 VAC
+20C & 138 VAC 65 65 40 40 40 40 149 165 149 165 5745 5825 5745 5825 See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note NOTE: Emission bandwidth is within the band of operation. ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Page 41 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Test Condition Data Rate PCDAC Setting Channel Number Frequency (MHz) Chain # 1 Chain # 2 Frequency stability with respect to ambient temperature 802.11an HT20 Mode
-30C & 120 VAC 65
-20C & 120 VAC 65
-10C & 120 VAC 65 0C & 120 VAC
+10C & 120 VAC
+20C & 120 VAC 65 65 65
+30C & 120 VAC 65
+40C & 120 VAC 65
+50C & 120 VAC 65
+60C & 120 VAC 65 26 40 40 36 30 40 40 33 40 40 40 40 35 40 40 40 40 40 40 26 40 40 36 26 40 40 36 26 40 40 36 26 40 40 36 149 153 161 165 149 153 165 149 153 165 153 165 149 153 165 149 165 149 165 149 153 161 165 149 153 161 165 149 153 161 165 149 153 161 165 5745 5765 5805 5825 5745 5765 5825 5745 5765 5825 5765 5825 5745 5765 5825 5745 5825 5745 5825 5745 5765 5805 5825 5745 5765 5805 5825 5745 5765 5805 5825 5745 5765 5805 5825 See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note NOTE: Emission bandwidth is within the band of operation. ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb Page 42 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Test Condition Data Rate PCDAC Setting Channel Number Frequency (MHz) Chain # 1 Chain # 2 802.11an HT40 Mode
+20C & 102 VAC
+20C & 138 VAC
-30C & 120 VAC
-20C & 120 VAC
-10C & 120 VAC 0C & 120 VAC
+10C & 120 VAC
+20C & 120 VAC
+30C & 120 VAC
+40C & 120 VAC
+50C & 120 VAC
+60C & 120 VAC 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 Frequency stability when varying supply voltage 40 40 40 40 151 159 151 159 5755 5795 5755 5795 See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note Frequency stability with respect to ambient temperature 25 36 28 36 30 40 33 40 36 40 40 40 25 36 25 36 25 36 25 36 151 159 151 159 151 159 151 159 151 159 151 159 151 159 151 159 151 159 151 159 5755 5795 5755 5795 5755 5795 5755 5795 5755 5795 5755 5795 5755 5795 5755 5795 5755 5795 5755 5795 See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note See Note ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb 5.5. RF EXPOSURE REQUIRMENTS [ 15.247(i), 1.1310 & 2.1091]
Page 43 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 5.5.1. Limits 1.1310: The criteria listed in the following table shall be used to evaluate the environmental impact of human exposure to radio-frequency (RF) radiation as specified in 1.1307(b). Limits for Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) Frequency range
(MHz) 0.3-3.0 3.0-30 30-300 300-1500 1500-100,000 Electric field strength Magnetic field strength
(V/m)
(A) Limits for Occupational/Controlled Exposures
(A/m) Power density
(mW/cm2) Averaging time
(minutes) 614 1842/f 61.4 1.63 4.89/f 0.163
*(100)
*(900/f2) 1.0 f/300 5 6 6 6 6 6
(B) Limits for General Population/Uncontrolled Exposure 614 824/f 27.5 1.63 2.19/f 0.073
*(100)
*(180/f2) 0.2 f/1500 1.0 0.3-1.34 1.34-30 30-300 300-1500 1500-100,000 f = frequency in MHz
* = Plane-wave equivalent power density Note 1: Occupational/controlled limits apply in situations in which persons are exposed as a consequence of their employment provided those persons are fully aware of the potential for exposure and can exercise control over their exposure. Limits for occupational/controlled exposure also apply in situations when an individual is transient through a location where occupational/controlled limits apply provided he or she is made aware of the potential for exposure. Note 2: General population/uncontrolled exposures apply in situations in which the general public may be exposed, or in which persons that are exposed as a consequence of their employment may not be fully aware of the potential for exposure or can not exercise control over their exposure. 30 30 30 30 30 ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 Page 44 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb 5.5.2. Method of Measurements Calculation Method of Power Density/RF Safety Distance:
PG r 4 2 EIRP r 4 2 S Where, P: power input to the antenna in mW EIRP: Equivalent (effective) isotropic radiated power. S: power density mW/cm2 G: numeric gain of antenna relative to isotropic radiator r: distance to centre of radiation in cm 5.5.3. RF Evaluation 5.5.3.1. Co-location Pursuant to KDB 447498 D01 General RF Exposure Guidance v06, Section 7.2:
Simultaneous transmission MPE test exclusion applies when the sum of the MPE ratios for all simultaneously transmitting antennas incorporated in a host device is 1.0, according to calculated/estimated, numerically modeled, or measured field strengths or power density. Co-location MPE Evaluation of WIFI with 2 dBi Antenna and Data Card Module with 5 dBi Antenna
*Radio Module Frequency
(MHz) WIFI Radio Data Card Module
(FCC ID: RI7LN930, IC: 5131A-LN930) 5745 824.2 EIRP
(mW) 110 Evaluation Distance
(cm) 20 2511.89 20 Power Density
(mW/cm2) 0,022 0.50 FCC MPE Limit
(mW/cm2) 1.0 0.55 Sum of MPE Ratio:
MPE Ratio 0.02 0.91 0.93 Verdict: Compliant, the sum of MPE ratio is 0.93 < 1.0.
* The test data of the radio modules represented in this table is the worst-case configuration (maximum MPE ratio) derived from the original radio modules MPE reports. Refer to these reports for details. ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 Page 45 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Serial No. 100077 6 12460 3342A00657 3205A00175 200946 11994847-S-
11059 Frequency Range Cal. Due Date 20Hz40 GHz Nov 21, 2016 Cal on use DC26.5 GHz Cal on use 0.045 26.5 GHz 0.5 - 40 GHz Jul 15, 2016 0.5 - 40 GHz 20Hz26.5 GHz
-60 to 177 C Jul 15, 2016 Jul14, 2016 Jun 2, 2017 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb EXHIBIT 6. TEST EQUIPMENT LIST Test Instruments Spectrum Analyzer Attenuator DC Block Peak Power Analyzer Peak Power Sensor Hewlett Packard Spectrum Analyzer Environmental Chamber Manufacturer Rohde & Schwarz Pasternack Hewlett Packard Hewlett Packard Rohde & Schwarz Envirotronics Model No. FSEK30 7024-20 11742A 8991A 84814A FSU26 SSH32C ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016 FCC Part 15, Subpart E, Section 15.407 VIP4Gb, Model VIP4Gb EXHIBIT 7. MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY The measurement uncertainties stated were calculated in accordance with the requirements of CISPR 16-4-2 @
IEC:2003 and JCGM 100:2008 (GUM 1995) Guide to the Expression of Uncertainty in Measurement. 7.1. Page 46 of 46 FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 Measured
(dB) Limit
(dB) RADIATED EMISSION MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY Radiated Emission Measurement Uncertainty @ 3m, Horizontal
(30-1000 MHz):
Combined standard uncertainty:
uc(y) = mui I=1 Expanded uncertainty U:
U = 2uc(y) 2(y) Radiated Emission Measurement Uncertainty @ 3m, Vertical
(30-1000 MHz):
Combined standard uncertainty:
uc(y) = mui I=1 Expanded uncertainty U:
U = 2uc(y) 2(y) Radiated Emission Measurement Uncertainty @ 3 m, Horizontal &
Vertical (1 18 GHz):
Combined standard uncertainty:
uc(y) = mui I=1 Expanded uncertainty U:
U = 2uc(y) 2(y)
+ 2.39
+ 4.79 Measured
(dB)
+ 2.39
+ 4.78 Measured
(dB)
+ 1.87
+ 2.6
+ 5.2 Limit
(dB)
+ 2.6
+ 5.2 Limit
(dB) Under consideration
+ 3.75 Under consideration uc U uc U uc U ULTRATECH GROUP OF LABS 3000 Bristol Circle, Oakville, Ontario, Canada L6H 6G4 Tel. #: 905-829-1570, Fax. #: 905-829-8050, Email: vic@ultratech-labs.com, Website: http://www.ultratech-labs.com All test results contained in this engineering test report are traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) File #: 16MCRS087_FCC15E407 July 13, 2016
1 2 3 | RI7LN930 MPE | RF Exposure Info | 756.42 KiB | August 16 2016 |
RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111 RF Exposure Evaluation Report APPLICANT
: Telit Communications S.p.A. EQUIPMENT
: Data Card BRAND NAME
: Telit MODEL NAME
: LN930 MARKETING NAME
: LN930 FCC ID
: RI7LN930 STANDARD
: 47 CFR Part 2.1091 We, SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC., would like to declare that the device has been evaluated in accordance with 47 CFR Part 2.1091, and pass the limit. Without written approval of SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC., the test report shall not be reproduced except in full. Reviewed by: Eric Huang / Deputy Manager Approved by: Jones Tsai / Manager No. 52, Hwa Ya 1st Rd., Hwa Ya Technology Park, Kwei-Shan Hsiang, Tao Yuan Hsien, Taiwan, R.O.C. SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 1 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111 Table of Contents 1. ADMINISTRATION DATA ........................................................................................................................... 4 1.1. Testing Laboratory ............................................................................................................................. 4 1.2. Applicant ............................................................................................................................................ 4 1.3. Manufacturer ...................................................................................................................................... 4 2. DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT UNDER TEST (EUT) ............................................................................. 5 3. RF EXPOSURE LIMIT INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................... 6 4. MAXIMUM RF AVERAGE OUTPUT POWER AMONG PRODUCTION UNITS ........................................ 7 5. CONDUCTED RF OUTPUT POWER (UNIT: DBM) .................................................................................. 14 6. RADIO FREQUENCY RADIATION EXPOSURE EVALUATION ............................................................. 26 SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 2 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111 Revision History REPORT NO. VERSION DESCRIPTION ISSUED DATE FA391111 Rev. 01 Initial issue of report Nov. 21, 2013 SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 3 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111 1. Administration Data 1.1. Testing Laboratory Test Site SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. No. 52, Hwa Ya 1st Rd., Hwa Ya Technology Park, Kwei-Shan Hsiang, Tao Yuan Hsien, Taiwan, R.O.C. Test Site Location TEL: +886-3-327-3456 FAX: +886-3-328-4978 1.2. Applicant Company Name Telit Communications S.p.A. Address Viale Stazione di Prosecco 5/b, Trieste Italy 34010 1.3. Manufacturer Company Name Foxconn International Holdings Ltd. Address No. 4, Mingsheng St.,Tu-Cheng Dist., New Taipei City 23679, Taiwan SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 4 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111 2. Description of Equipment Under Test (EUT) EUT Type Brand Name Model Name Marketing Name FCC ID Wireless Technology and Frequency Range Mode Product Feature & Specification Data Card Telit LN930 LN930 RI7LN930 GSM850: 824.2 MHz ~ 848.8 MHz GSM1900: 1850.2 MHz ~ 1909.8 MHz WCDMA Band V: 826.4 MHz ~ 846.6 MHz WCDMA Band IV: 1712.4 MHz ~ 1752.6 MHz WCDMA Band II: 1852.4 MHz ~ 1907.6 MHz LTE Band 17: 706.5 MHz ~ 713.5 MHz LTE Band 13: 779.5 MHz ~ 784.5 MHz LTE Band 5: 824.7 MHz ~ 848.3 MHz LTE Band 4: 1710.7 MHz ~ 1754.3 MHz LTE Band 2: 1850.7 MHz ~ 1909.3 MHz LTE Band 7: 2506.5 MHz ~ 2535 MHz and 2553.5 MHz ~ 2570MHz GPRS/EGPRS UMTS Rel 99 HSDPA Rel 7, Cat14 DC-HSDPA Rel 8, Cat24 HSUPA Rel 6, Cat6 LTE: QPSK, 16QAM Production Unit EUT Stage Remark:
1. 2. The above EUT's information was declared by manufacturer. Please refer to the specifications or user's manual for more detailed description. The differences between Sample 1 and Sample 2 are as below :
(1) Sample 1EUT with HW version: PR3.2; SW version: FIH7160_MODEM_01.1326.00 Sample 2EUT with HW version: PR4.5; SW version: FIH7160_MODEM_01.1338.03
(2) Swap auxiliary and main antenna connectors' location. SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 5 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111 3. RF Exposure Limit Introduction The FCC categorizes the RF exposure limit based on the intended usage of the device and the users awareness and ability to exercise control over his or her exposure. This is a consumer product to be used in the home, hence this device was evaluated by mobile device with general population/uncontrolled exposure condition. The definition of these category are shown as follows:
Mobile Devices:
A mobile device is defined as a transmitting device designed to be used in other than fixed locations and to be generally used in such a way that a separation distance of at least 20 centimeters is normally maintained between the transmitters' radiating structures and the body of the user or nearby persons. Transmitters designed to be used by consumers or workers that can be easily re-located are considered mobile devices if they meet the 20 centimeter separation requirement. The FCC rules for evaluating mobile devices for RF compliance are found in 47 CFR 2.1091. General Population/Uncontrolled Exposure:
The general population / uncontrolled exposure limits are applicable to situations in which the general public may be exposed or in which persons who are exposed as a consequence of their employment may not be made fully aware of the potential for exposure or cannot exercise control over their exposure. Members of the general public would come under this category when exposure is not employment-related; for example, in the case of a wireless transmitter that exposes persons in its vicinity. Warning labels placed on low-power consumer devices such as cellular telephones are not considered sufficient to allow the device to be considered under the occupational/controlled category and the general population/uncontrolled exposure limits apply to these devices. Per OET Bulletin 65, the power density limit for General Population/Uncontrolled Exposure summary here:
Table: Limits for General Population/Uncontrolled Exposure Frequency Range Power Density (S)
(MHz) 0.31.34 1.3430 30300 3001500 1500100,000
(mW/cm2)
*(100)
*(180/f2) 0.2 f/1500 1.0 f = frequency in MHz
* = Plane-wave equivalent power density SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 6 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111 4. Maximum RF average output power among production units Mode GPRS/EDGE (GMSK, 1 Tx slot) GPRS/EDGE (GMSK, 2 Tx slots) GPRS/EDGE (GMSK, 3 Tx slots) GPRS/EDGE (GMSK, 4 Tx slots) EDGE (8PSK, 1 Tx slot) EDGE (8PSK, 2 Tx slots) EDGE (8PSK, 3 Tx slots) EDGE (8PSK, 4 Tx slots) GSM 850
(Nominal) GSM 1900
(Nominal) 33 33 33 32 28 28 27 26 30 30 30 29 27 27 26 25 Mode RMC 12.2K HSDPA Subtest-1 DC-HSDPA Subtest-1 HSUPA Subtest-5 WCDMA Band V
(Nominal) WCDMA Band II
(Nominal) WCDMA Band IV
(Nominal) 24.5 24.5 24.5 24 24.5 24.5 24.5 24 24.5 24.5 24.5 24 SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 7 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111 Modulation BW (MHz) RB size Target MPR Nominal Power LTE Band 2 QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 20 20 20 20 15 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 3 3 3 3 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 18
> 18 18
> 18 16
> 16 16
> 16 12
> 12 12
> 12 8
> 8 8
> 8 4
> 4 4
> 4 5
> 5 5
> 5 24 24 23 23 24 24 23 23 24 24 23 23 24 24 23 23 24 24 23 23 24 24 23 23 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 8 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111 Modulation BW (MHz) RB size Target MPR Nominal Power LTE Band 4 QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 20 20 20 20 15 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 3 3 3 3 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 18
> 18 18
> 18 16
> 16 16
> 16 12
> 12 12
> 12 8
> 8 8
> 8 4
> 4 4
> 4 5
> 5 5
> 5 24 24 23 23 24 24 23 23 24 24 23 23 24 24 23 23 24 24 23 23 24 24 23 23 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 9 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111 Modulation BW (MHz) RB size Target MPR Nominal Power LTE Band 5 QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 3 3 3 3 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 12
> 12 12
> 12 8
> 8 8
> 8 4
> 4 4
> 4 5
> 5 5
> 5 24 24 23 23 24 24 23 23 24 24 23 23 24 24 23 23 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 10 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111 Modulation BW (MHz) RB size Target MPR Nominal Power LTE Band 7 QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 20 20 20 20 15 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 18
> 18 18
> 18 16
> 16 16
> 16 12
> 12 12
> 12 8
> 8 8
> 8 24 24 23 23 24 24 23 23 24 24 23 23 24 24 23 23 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 Modulation BW (MHz) RB size Target MPR Nominal Power LTE Band 13 QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 12
> 12 12
> 12 8
> 8 8
> 8 24 24 23 23 24 24 23 23 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 Modulation BW (MHz) RB size Target MPR Nominal Power LTE Band 17 QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM Remark:
10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 12
> 12 12
> 12 8
> 8 8
> 8 24 24 23 23 24 24 23 23 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1. By design, maximum LTE RF power of smaller supported bandwidth does not exceed the RF power of largest supported bandwidth; the information is included in tune-up procedure exhibit SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 11 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111 The table below summarized necessary items addressed in KDB 941225 D05 v02r02. FCC ID EUT RI7LN930 Data Card Operating Frequency Range of each LTE transmission band LTE Band 17: 706.5 MHz ~ 713.5 MHz LTE Band 13: 779.5 MHz ~ 784.5 MHz LTE Band 5: 824.7 MHz ~ 848.3 MHz LTE Band 4: 1710.7 MHz ~ 1754.3 MHz LTE Band 2: 1850.7 MHz ~ 1909.3 MHz LTE Band 7: 2506.5 MHz ~ 2537 MHz and 2553.5MHz ~ 2570MHz Channel Bandwidth 1.4MHz, 3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz Transmission (H, M, L) channel numbers and frequencies in each LTE band Band 17 L M H L M H L M H Bandwidth 5 MHz Bandwidth 10 MHz Channel #
Frequency (MHz) Channel #
Frequency (MHz) 23755 23790 23825 706.5 710 713.5 Band 13 23780 23790 23800 709 710 711 Bandwidth 5 MHz Bandwidth 10 MHz Channel #
Frequency (MHz) Channel #
Frequency (MHz) 23205 23230 23255 779.5 782 784.5 LTE Band 5 23230 782 Bandwidth 1.4 MHz Bandwidth 3 MHz Bandwidth 5 MHz Bandwidth 10 MHz Ch. #
20407 20525 20643 Freq. (MHz) 824.7 836.5 848.3 Ch. #
20415 20525 20635 Freq. (MHz) 825.5 836.5 847.5 Ch. #
20425 20525 20625 LTE Band 4 Freq. (MHz) 826.5 836.5 846.5 Ch. #
20450 20525 20600 Freq. (MHz) 829 836.5 844 Bandwidth 1.4 MHz Bandwidth 3 MHz Bandwidth 5 MHz Bandwidth 10 MHz Bandwidth 15 MHz Bandwidth 20 MHz Ch. #
Freq.
(MHz) Ch. #
Freq.
(MHz) Ch. #
Freq.
(MHz) Ch. #
Freq.
(MHz) Ch. #
Freq.
(MHz) Ch. #
Freq.
(MHz) L 19957 1710.7 19965 1711.5 19975 1712.5 20000 1715 20025 1717.5 20050 1720 M 20175 1732.5 20175 1732.5 20175 1732.5 20175 1732.5 20175 1732.5 20175 1732.5 H 20393 1754.3 20385 1753.5 20375 1752.5 20350 1750 20325 1747.5 20300 1745 LTE Band 2 Bandwidth 1.4 MHz Bandwidth 3 MHz Bandwidth 5 MHz Bandwidth 10 MHz Bandwidth 15 MHz Bandwidth 20 MHz Ch. #
Freq.
(MHz) Ch. #
Freq.
(MHz) Ch. #
Freq.
(MHz) Ch. #
Freq.
(MHz) Ch. #
Freq.
(MHz) Ch. #
Freq.
(MHz) L 18607 1850.7 18615 1851.5 18625 1852.5 18650 1855 18675 1857.5 18700 1860 M 18900 1880 18900 1880 18900 1880 18900 1880 18900 1880 18900 1880 H 19193 1909.3 19185 1908.5 19175 1907.5 19150 1905 19125 1902.5 19100 1900 SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 12 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111 LTE Band 7 Bandwidth 5 MHz Bandwidth 10 MHz Bandwidth 15 MHz Bandwidth 20 MHz L M H Ch. #
20815 21095 21425 Freq. (MHz) 2506.5 2534.5 2567.5 Ch. #
20840 21070 21400 Freq. (MHz) 2509 2532 2565 Ch. #
20865 21045 21375 Freq. (MHz) 2511.5 2529.5 2562.5 Ch. #
20890 21020 Freq. (MHz) 2514 2527 E category, uplink modulations used Category 3, QPSK, and 16QAM LTE Voice / Data requirements Data only Yes, per 3GPP TS 36.101 v11.0.0 LTE MPR permanently built-in by design LTE A-MPR In the base station simulator configuration, Network Setting value is set to NS_01 to disable A-MPR during SAR testing. Base station simulator used for Testing Anritsu MT8820C SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 13 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111 5. Conducted RF Output Power (Unit: dBm)
<GSM Conducted Power>
Band GSM850 TX Channel Frequency (MHz) GPRS (GMSK, 1 Tx slot) CS1 GPRS (GMSK, 2 Tx slots) CS1 GPRS (GMSK, 3 Tx slots) CS1 GPRS (GMSK, 4 Tx slots) CS1 EDGE (GMSK, 1 Tx slot) MCS1 EDGE (GMSK, 2 Tx slots) MCS1 EDGE (GMSK, 3 Tx slots) MCS1 EDGE (GMSK, 4 Tx slots) MCS1 EDGE (8PSK, 1 Tx slot) MCS5 EDGE (8PSK, 2 Tx slots) MCS5 EDGE (8PSK, 3 Tx slots) MCS5 EDGE (8PSK, 4 Tx slots) MCS5 Burst Average Power (dBm) 128 824.2 32.77 32.64 32.04 30.66 32.72 32.62 32.03 30.65 26.96 26.93 25.97 24.67 189 836.4 32.89 32.70 32.28 31.03 32.82 32.68 32.26 31.02 26.87 26.84 25.87 24.58 251 848.8 32.92 32.75 32.38 31.06 32.86 32.70 32.37 31.04 26.90 26.86 25.94 24.61 Frame-Average Power (dBm) 128 251 848.8 824.2 189 836.4 23.77 26.64 27.78 27.66 23.72 26.62 27.77 27.65 17.96 20.93 21.71 21.67 23.89 26.70 28.02 28.03 23.82 26.68 28.00 28.02 17.87 20.84 21.61 21.58 23.92 26.75 28.12 28.06 23.86 26.70 28.11 28.04 17.90 20.86 21.68 21.61 Remark: The frame-averaged power is linearly scaled the maximum burst averaged power over 8 time slots. The calculated method are shown as below:
Frame-averaged power = Maximum burst averaged power (1 Tx Slot) - 9 dB Frame-averaged power = Maximum burst averaged power (2 Tx Slots) - 6 dB Frame-averaged power = Maximum burst averaged power (3 Tx Slots) - 4.26 dB Frame-averaged power = Maximum burst averaged power (4 Tx Slots) - 3 dB Band GSM1900 TX Channel Frequency (MHz) GPRS (GMSK, 1 Tx slot) CS1 GPRS (GMSK, 2 Tx slots) CS1 GPRS (GMSK, 3 Tx slots) CS1 GPRS (GMSK, 4 Tx slots) CS1 EDGE (GMSK, 1 Tx slot) MCS1 EDGE (GMSK, 2 Tx slots) MCS1 EDGE (GMSK, 3 Tx slots) MCS1 EDGE (GMSK, 4 Tx slots) MCS1 EDGE (8PSK, 1 Tx slot) MCS5 EDGE (8PSK, 2 Tx slots) MCS5 EDGE (8PSK, 3 Tx slots) MCS5 EDGE (8PSK, 4 Tx slots) MCS5 Burst Average Power (dBm) 512 1850.2 29.78 29.77 28.96 27.66 29.77 29.75 28.92 27.65 25.95 25.94 25.21 24.03 661 1880 29.80 29.79 28.99 27.70 29.79 29.78 28.98 27.68 26.06 26.04 25.31 24.15 810 1909.8 29.72 29.71 28.93 27.65 29.71 29.70 28.92 27.64 26.20 26.18 25.50 24.26 Frame-Average Power (dBm) 512 810 1850.2 20.78 23.77 24.70 24.66 20.77 23.75 24.66 24.65 16.95 19.94 20.95 21.03 661 1880 20.80 23.79 24.73 24.70 20.79 23.78 24.72 24.68 17.06 20.04 21.05 21.15 1909.8 20.72 23.71 24.67 24.65 20.71 23.70 24.66 24.64 17.20 20.18 21.24 21.26 Remark: The frame-averaged power is linearly scaled the maximum burst averaged power over 8 time slots. The calculated method are shown as below:
Frame-averaged power = Maximum burst averaged power (1 Tx Slot) - 9 dB Frame-averaged power = Maximum burst averaged power (2 Tx Slots) - 6 dB Frame-averaged power = Maximum burst averaged power (3 Tx Slots) - 4.26 dB Frame-averaged power = Maximum burst averaged power (4 Tx Slots) - 3 dB SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 14 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111
<WCDMA Conducted Power>
Band TX Channel WCDMA V WCDMA II WCDMA IV 4132 4182 4233 9262 9400 9538 1312 1413 1513 Frequency (MHz) 826.4 836.4 846.6 1852.4 1880 1907.6 1712.4 1732.6 1752.6 3GPP Rel 99 RMC 12.2Kbps 23.50 23.44 23.66 24.16 23.97 23.98 23.56 23.75 23.57 3GPP Rel 6 3GPP Rel 6 3GPP Rel 6 3GPP Rel 6 3GPP Rel 8 3GPP Rel 8 3GPP Rel 8 3GPP Rel 8 3GPP Rel 6 3GPP Rel 6 3GPP Rel 6 3GPP Rel 6 3GPP Rel 6 3GPP MPR specification 0 0 0.5 0.5 0 0 0.5 0.5 0 2 1 2 0 HSDPA Subtest-1 HSDPA Subtest-2 HSDPA Subtest-3 HSDPA Subtest-4 DC-HSDPA Subtest-1 DC-HSDPA Subtest-2 DC-HSDPA Subtest-3 DC-HSDPA Subtest-4 HSUPA Subtest-1 HSUPA Subtest-2 HSUPA Subtest-3 HSUPA Subtest-4 HSUPA Subtest-5 23.48 23.46 22.41 22.40 23.45 23.43 22.39 22.35 22.36 20.25 21.21 20.25 22.86 23.42 23.41 22.38 22.37 23.41 23.40 22.36 22.32 22.29 20.18 21.10 20.17 22.80 23.65 23.63 22.47 22.46 23.64 23.61 22.45 22.53 22.19 20.03 21.08 20.10 22.72 MPR result 24.15 24.05 22.96 22.95 24.09 24.05 23.11 23.09 23.08 21.75 22.23 21.69 23.68 23.96 23.93 22.77 22.76 23.95 23.93 22.92 22.90 22.72 21.52 22.05 21.39 23.14 23.97 23.98 22.78 22.77 23.96 23.95 22.95 22.93 22.94 21.56 22.18 21.40 23.38 23.50 23.46 22.71 22.81 23.45 23.42 22.69 22.78 23.08 21.05 21.98 21.30 23.56 23.74 23.20 22.70 22.60 23.72 23.18 22.68 22.56 23.14 21.02 22.04 21.25 23.70 23.52 23.12 23.09 22.78 23.49 23.09 23.05 22.75 23.03 20.85 21.91 21.15 23.55 Subtest WCDMA V WCDMA II WCDMA IV HSDPA Subtest-1 HSDPA Subtest-2 HSDPA Subtest-3 HSDPA Subtest-4 HSDPA Subtest-1 HSDPA Subtest-2 HSDPA Subtest-3 HSDPA Subtest-4 HSUPA Subtest-1 HSUPA Subtest-2 HSUPA Subtest-3 HSUPA Subtest-4 HSUPA Subtest-5 0.00 0.02 1.07 1.08 0.00 0.02 1.06 1.10 0.50 2.61 1.65 2.61 0.00 0.00 0.01 1.04 1.05 0.00 0.01 1.05 1.09 0.51 2.62 1.70 2.63 0.00 0.00 0.02 1.18 1.19 0.00 0.03 1.19 1.11 0.53 2.69 1.64 2.62 0.00 0.00 0.10 1.19 1.20 0.00 0.04 0.98 1.00 0.60 1.93 1.45 1.99 0.00 0.00 0.03 1.19 1.20 0.00 0.02 1.03 1.05 0.42 1.62 1.09 1.75 0.00 0.00
-0.01 1.19 1.20 0.00 0.01 1.01 1.03 0.44 1.82 1.20 1.98 0.00 0.00 0.04 0.79 0.69 0.00 0.03 0.76 0.67 0.48 2.51 1.58 2.26 0.00 0.00 0.54 1.04 1.14 0.00 0.54 1.04 1.16 0.56 2.68 1.66 2.45 0.00 0.00 0.40 0.43 0.74 0.00 0.40 0.44 0.74 0.52 2.70 1.64 2.40 0.00 SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 15 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111
<LTE Band 2 Conducted Power>
BW
[MHz]
Modulation RB Size RB Offset Channel Frequency (MHz) 0 49 99 0 24 49 0 0 49 99 0 24 49 0 0 37 74 0 19 39 0 0 37 74 0 19 39 0 0 24 49 0 12 24 0 0 24 49 0 12 24 0 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 50 50 50 100 1 1 1 50 50 50 100 Channel Frequency (MHz) QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 36 36 36 75 1 1 1 38 38 38 75 Channel Frequency (MHz) QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 25 25 25 50 1 1 1 25 25 25 50 SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Power Low Power Middle Power High Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. 18700 18900 19100 Target MPR 1860 22.50 22.55 21.92 22.37 22.34 22.40 22.34 21.74 21.92 20.89 21.41 21.52 21.45 21.38 18675 1857.5 21.68 21.36 21.08 21.50 21.45 21.29 21.36 21.05 21.05 20.72 20.63 20.70 20.66 20.59 1880 22.38 22.35 22.16 22.31 22.37 22.19 22.27 21.12 21.68 20.86 21.25 21.30 21.14 21.17 18900 1880 20.94 21.14 21.03 21.06 21.09 20.96 21.13 20.63 20.71 20.20 20.49 20.47 20.25 20.33 1900 22.12 22.24 21.85 22.01 22.14 21.74 21.85 20.78 21.41 20.62 21.11 21.10 20.81 20.97 19125 1902.5 20.60 21.15 20.65 20.96 21.13 20.76 20.84 20.13 20.64 19.79 20.30 20.35 20.14 20.20 18650 18900 19150 1855 23.15 22.56 22.50 22.72 22.56 22.56 22.70 22.45 22.32 21.73 21.77 21.49 21.72 22.04 1880 22.24 21.61 21.99 22.17 21.84 22.07 22.05 21.40 20.87 21.25 21.05 20.81 20.99 21.04 1905 21.99 21.32 21.82 21.79 21.30 21.57 21.68 21.15 20.34 21.33 20.76 20.38 20.74 20.83 0 1 1 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 1 2 MPR Low MPR Middle MPR High Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. 18700 1860 18900 1880 19100 1900 0.05 0.00 0.63 0.18 0.21 0.15 0.21 0.81 0.63 1.66 1.14 1.03 1.10 1.17 0.00 0.03 0.22 0.07 0.01 0.19 0.11 1.26 0.70 1.52 1.13 1.08 1.24 1.21 0.12 0.00 0.39 0.23 0.10 0.50 0.39 1.46 0.83 1.62 1.13 1.14 1.43 1.27 18675 1857.5 18900 1880 19125 1902.5 0.00 0.32 0.60 0.18 0.23 0.39 0.32 0.63 0.63 0.96 1.05 0.98 1.02 1.09 0.20 0.00 0.11 0.08 0.05 0.18 0.01 0.51 0.43 0.94 0.65 0.67 0.89 0.81 0.55 0.00 0.50 0.19 0.02 0.39 0.31 1.02 0.51 1.36 0.85 0.80 1.01 0.95 18650 1855 18900 1880 19150 1905 0.00 0.59 0.65 0.43 0.59 0.59 0.45 0.70 0.83 1.42 1.38 1.66 1.43 1.11 0.00 0.63 0.25 0.07 0.40 0.17 0.19 0.84 1.37 0.99 1.19 1.43 1.25 1.20 0.00 0.67 0.17 0.20 0.69 0.42 0.31 0.84 1.65 0.66 1.23 1.61 1.25 1.16 Page Number
: 16 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111 Channel Frequency (MHz) QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 12 12 12 25 1 1 1 12 12 12 25 Channel Frequency (MHz) QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 8 8 8 15 1 1 1 8 8 8 15 Channel Frequency (MHz) QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 3 3 3 6 1 1 1 3 3 3 6 0 12 24 0 6 11 0 0 12 24 0 6 11 0 0 7 14 0 4 7 0 0 7 14 0 4 7 0 0 2 5 0 1 2 0 0 2 5 0 1 2 0 18625 1852.5 22.70 22.40 22.16 22.62 22.39 22.14 22.17 21.67 21.74 21.16 21.55 21.38 21.20 21.24 18615 1851.5 22.42 22.34 21.89 22.31 22.14 21.74 21.74 21.30 21.41 20.99 21.34 21.20 21.05 21.06 18607 1850.7 21.99 22.07 21.56 21.92 21.96 21.85 21.78 21.18 21.34 20.90 21.01 21.10 21.13 21.11 18900 1880 21.34 21.77 21.23 21.66 21.72 21.71 21.62 20.57 20.99 20.46 20.61 20.69 20.58 20.57 18900 1880 20.85 21.21 20.74 21.04 21.09 20.99 21.03 20.23 20.70 20.25 20.27 20.40 20.31 20.32 18900 1880 20.74 21.00 20.64 20.91 20.99 20.97 20.89 20.25 20.54 20.22 20.07 20.14 20.14 20.10 19175 1907.5 21.06 21.38 20.74 21.23 21.32 21.20 21.17 20.30 20.73 20.19 20.37 20.45 20.40 20.28 19185 1908.5 20.64 20.86 20.34 20.73 20.67 20.58 20.65 20.14 20.50 19.98 20.18 20.14 20.03 20.05 19193 1909.3 20.21 20.50 20.18 20.36 20.41 20.43 20.28 19.79 20.20 20.00 19.91 19.98 20.03 19.92 0 1 1 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 1 2 18625 1852.5 18900 1880 19175 1907.5 0.00 0.30 0.54 0.08 0.31 0.56 0.53 1.03 0.96 1.54 1.15 1.32 1.50 1.46 0.43 0.00 0.54 0.11 0.05 0.06 0.15 1.20 0.78 1.31 1.16 1.08 1.19 1.20 0.32 0.00 0.64 0.15 0.06 0.18 0.21 1.08 0.65 1.19 1.01 0.93 0.98 1.10 18615 1851.5 18900 1880 19185 1908.5 0.00 0.08 0.53 0.11 0.28 0.68 0.68 1.12 1.01 1.43 1.08 1.22 1.37 1.36 0.36 0.00 0.47 0.17 0.12 0.22 0.18 0.98 0.51 0.96 0.94 0.81 0.90 0.89 0.22 0.00 0.52 0.13 0.19 0.28 0.21 0.72 0.36 0.88 0.68 0.72 0.83 0.81 18607 1850.7 18900 1880 19193 1909.3 0.08 0.00 0.51 0.15 0.11 0.22 0.29 0.89 0.73 1.17 1.06 0.97 0.94 0.96 0.26 0.00 0.36 0.09 0.01 0.03 0.11 0.75 0.46 0.78 0.93 0.86 0.86 0.90 0.29 0.00 0.32 0.14 0.09 0.07 0.22 0.71 0.30 0.50 0.59 0.52 0.47 0.58 SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 17 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111
<LTE Band 4 Conducted Power>
BW
[MHz]
Modulation RB Size RB Offset Channel Frequency (MHz) 0 49 99 0 24 49 0 0 49 99 0 24 49 0 0 37 74 0 19 39 0 0 37 74 0 19 39 0 0 24 49 0 12 24 0 0 24 49 0 12 24 0 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 50 50 50 100 1 1 1 50 50 50 100 Channel Frequency (MHz) QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 36 36 36 75 1 1 1 38 38 38 75 Channel Frequency (MHz) QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 25 25 25 50 1 1 1 25 25 25 50 SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Power Low Power Middle Power High Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. 20050 1720 22.12 22.66 22.03 22.47 22.65 22.65 22.54 21.38 21.85 21.50 21.33 21.53 21.52 21.46 20175 1732.5 22.52 22.83 22.23 22.58 22.74 22.54 22.54 21.85 22.01 21.80 21.52 21.79 21.76 21.67 20300 1745 22.05 22.60 22.01 22.59 22.57 22.15 22.51 21.46 21.80 21.35 21.74 21.59 21.30 21.53 20025 20175 20325 1717.5 1732.5 1747.5 22.30 22.45 22.02 22.24 22.35 22.27 22.25 21.41 21.74 21.38 21.34 21.50 21.46 21.47 20000 1715 22.59 22.11 22.19 22.17 22.00 22.03 22.08 21.99 21.06 21.78 21.52 21.15 21.51 21.48 22.15 22.64 22.02 22.47 22.63 22.63 22.59 21.64 22.23 21.72 21.83 21.95 21.80 21.87 20175 1732.5 22.38 22.00 22.41 22.25 22.03 22.29 22.26 21.84 21.35 22.07 21.66 21.47 21.70 21.70 22.58 22.44 22.00 22.57 22.52 22.30 22.52 21.89 21.76 21.22 21.69 21.56 21.33 21.57 20350 1750 22.37 22.02 22.25 22.23 22.00 22.16 22.24 21.64 21.07 21.60 21.31 21.08 21.23 21.30 Target MPR MPR Low MPR Middle MPR High Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. 20050 1720 20175 1732.5 20300 1745 0 1 1 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 1 2 0.54 0.00 0.63 0.19 0.01 0.01 0.12 1.28 0.81 1.16 1.33 1.13 1.14 1.20 0.31 0.00 0.60 0.25 0.09 0.29 0.29 0.98 0.82 1.03 1.31 1.04 1.07 1.16 0.55 0.00 0.59 0.01 0.03 0.45 0.09 1.14 0.80 1.25 0.86 1.01 1.30 1.07 20025 20175 20325 1717.5 1732.5 1747.5 0.15 0.00 0.43 0.21 0.10 0.18 0.20 1.04 0.71 1.07 1.11 0.95 0.99 0.98 0.49 0.00 0.62 0.17 0.01 0.01 0.05 1.00 0.41 0.92 0.81 0.69 0.84 0.77 0.00 0.14 0.58 0.01 0.06 0.28 0.06 0.69 0.82 1.36 0.89 1.02 1.25 1.01 20000 1715 20175 1732.5 20350 1750 0.00 0.48 0.40 0.42 0.59 0.56 0.51 0.60 1.53 0.81 1.07 1.44 1.08 1.11 0.03 0.41 0.00 0.16 0.38 0.12 0.15 0.57 1.06 0.34 0.75 0.94 0.71 0.71 0.00 0.35 0.12 0.14 0.37 0.21 0.13 0.73 1.30 0.77 1.06 1.29 1.14 1.07 Page Number
: 18 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111 Channel 19975 20175 20375 19975 20175 20375 Frequency (MHz) 1712.5 1732.5 1752.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 12 12 12 25 1 1 1 12 12 12 25 Channel Frequency (MHz) QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 8 8 8 15 1 1 1 8 8 8 15 Channel Frequency (MHz) QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 3 3 3 6 1 1 1 3 3 3 6 0 12 24 0 6 11 0 0 12 24 0 6 11 0 0 7 14 0 4 7 0 0 7 14 0 4 7 0 0 2 5 0 1 2 0 0 2 5 0 1 2 0 22.38 22.45 22.01 22.40 22.38 22.21 22.26 21.57 21.65 21.15 21.46 21.42 21.25 21.30 22.17 22.55 22.08 22.39 22.46 22.46 22.32 21.57 22.00 21.49 21.65 21.74 21.75 21.78 22.06 22.37 22.07 22.25 22.35 22.31 22.32 21.30 21.64 21.28 21.33 21.40 21.31 21.28 19965 1711.5 20175 20385 1732.5 1753.5 22.55 22.69 22.04 22.36 22.30 22.20 22.25 21.48 21.66 21.28 21.57 21.54 21.45 21.46 22.29 22.60 22.24 22.41 22.47 22.42 22.33 21.63 21.99 21.66 21.66 21.69 21.68 21.62 22.11 22.40 22.09 22.19 22.27 22.14 22.13 21.28 21.56 21.24 21.28 21.37 21.26 21.21 19957 20175 20393 1710.7 1732.5 1754.3 22.31 22.51 22.21 22.37 22.43 22.41 22.29 21.61 21.82 21.50 21.57 21.58 21.59 21.53 22.32 22.51 22.23 22.32 22.41 22.40 22.27 21.70 21.98 21.74 21.58 21.69 21.71 21.67 22.05 22.27 22.03 22.13 22.17 22.21 22.11 21.25 21.49 21.25 21.22 21.29 21.33 21.30 0 1 1 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 1 2 1712.5 1732.5 1752.5 0.07 0.00 0.44 0.05 0.07 0.24 0.19 0.88 0.80 1.30 0.99 1.03 1.20 1.15 0.38 0.00 0.47 0.16 0.09 0.09 0.23 0.98 0.55 1.06 0.90 0.81 0.80 0.77 0.31 0.00 0.30 0.12 0.02 0.06 0.05 1.07 0.73 1.09 1.04 0.97 1.06 1.09 19965 1711.5 20175 20385 1732.5 1753.5 0.14 0.00 0.65 0.33 0.39 0.49 0.44 1.21 1.03 1.41 1.12 1.15 1.24 1.23 0.31 0.00 0.36 0.19 0.13 0.18 0.27 0.97 0.61 0.94 0.94 0.91 0.92 0.98 0.29 0.00 0.31 0.21 0.13 0.26 0.27 1.12 0.84 1.16 1.12 1.03 1.14 1.19 19957 20175 20393 1710.7 1732.5 1754.3 0.20 0.00 0.30 0.14 0.08 0.10 0.22 0.90 0.69 1.01 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.98 0.19 0.00 0.28 0.19 0.10 0.11 0.24 0.81 0.53 0.77 0.93 0.82 0.80 0.84 0.22 0.00 0.24 0.14 0.10 0.06 0.16 1.02 0.78 1.02 1.05 0.98 0.94 0.97 SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 19 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111
<LTE Band 5 Conducted Power>
BW
[MHz]
Modulation RB Size RB Offset Channel Frequency (MHz) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 25 25 25 50 1 1 1 25 25 25 50 Channel Frequency (MHz) QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 12 12 12 25 1 1 1 12 12 12 25 Channel Frequency (MHz) QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 8 8 8 15 1 1 1 8 8 8 15 0 24 49 0 12 24 0 0 24 49 0 12 24 0 0 12 24 0 6 11 0 0 12 24 0 6 11 0 0 7 14 0 4 7 0 0 7 14 0 4 7 0 SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Power Low Power Middle Power High Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. 20450 20525 20600 Target MPR 829 22.83 22.57 23.20 22.62 22.58 22.94 22.69 22.15 22.01 22.54 21.80 21.58 22.05 21.84 836.5 23.25 22.85 22.84 23.08 22.86 22.86 23.12 22.51 22.21 22.19 22.28 21.89 21.95 22.11 844 22.91 22.44 22.95 22.62 22.41 22.86 22.80 22.32 21.73 22.35 21.90 21.76 22.12 22.08 20425 20525 20625 826.5 22.67 23.02 22.88 22.87 22.98 23.00 22.85 21.78 22.23 22.10 21.90 21.93 22.17 21.98 836.5 22.99 23.21 22.60 23.18 23.20 22.98 22.98 22.26 22.41 21.85 22.38 22.38 22.11 22.15 846.5 22.64 23.14 22.51 22.80 22.89 22.90 22.74 21.85 22.41 21.82 22.05 22.26 22.25 22.15 20415 20525 20635 825.5 22.64 23.04 22.62 22.83 22.76 22.71 22.70 21.81 22.20 21.78 21.76 21.79 21.76 21.81 836.5 23.12 23.22 22.62 23.11 23.05 22.86 22.92 22.28 22.46 21.79 22.24 22.18 21.94 22.04 847.5 22.65 22.84 22.24 22.75 22.79 22.73 22.70 21.94 22.32 21.73 22.04 22.08 21.98 21.93 0 1 1 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 1 2 MPR Low MPR Middle MPR High Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. 20450 829 0.37 0.63 0.00 0.58 0.62 0.26 0.51 1.05 1.19 0.66 1.40 1.62 1.15 1.36 20525 836.5 0.00 0.40 0.41 0.17 0.39 0.39 0.13 0.74 1.04 1.06 0.97 1.36 1.30 1.14 20600 844 0.04 0.51 0.00 0.33 0.54 0.09 0.15 0.63 1.22 0.60 1.05 1.19 0.83 0.87 20425 826.5 20525 836.5 20625 846.5 0.35 0.00 0.14 0.15 0.04 0.02 0.17 1.24 0.79 0.92 1.12 1.09 0.85 1.04 0.22 0.00 0.61 0.03 0.01 0.23 0.23 0.95 0.80 1.36 0.83 0.83 1.10 1.06 0.50 0.00 0.63 0.34 0.25 0.24 0.40 1.29 0.73 1.32 1.09 0.88 0.89 0.99 20415 825.5 20525 836.5 20635 847.5 0.40 0.00 0.42 0.21 0.28 0.33 0.34 1.23 0.84 1.26 1.28 1.25 1.28 1.23 0.10 0.00 0.60 0.11 0.17 0.36 0.30 0.94 0.76 1.43 0.98 1.04 1.28 1.18 0.19 0.00 0.60 0.09 0.05 0.11 0.14 0.90 0.52 1.11 0.80 0.76 0.86 0.91 Page Number
: 20 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111 BW
[MHz]
Modulation RB Size RB Offset Power Low Power Middle Power High Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. Target MPR MPR Low MPR Middle MPR High Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. Channel Frequency (MHz) 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 3 3 3 6 1 1 1 3 3 3 6 20407 20525 20643 824.7 22.37 22.58 22.17 22.36 22.48 22.55 22.48 21.87 22.14 21.85 21.74 21.80 21.89 21.87 836.5 22.85 22.89 22.57 22.79 22.82 22.76 22.69 22.22 22.39 22.00 22.17 22.29 22.24 22.25 848.3 22.57 22.69 22.17 22.60 22.54 22.34 22.33 22.00 22.18 21.63 21.97 21.94 21.75 21.78 0 1 1 2 20407 824.7 20525 836.5 20643 848.3 0.21 0.00 0.41 0.22 0.10 0.03 0.10 0.71 0.44 0.73 0.84 0.78 0.69 0.71 0.04 0.00 0.32 0.10 0.07 0.13 0.20 0.67 0.50 0.89 0.72 0.60 0.65 0.64 0.12 0.00 0.52 0.09 0.15 0.35 0.36 0.69 0.51 1.06 0.72 0.75 0.94 0.91 0 2 5 0 1 2 0 0 2 5 0 1 2 0 SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 21 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Power Low Power Middle Power High Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. 20890 21020 2514 22.62 23.14 22.56 22.91 22.97 22.98 22.85 21.57 22.08 21.66 21.77 21.88 21.77 21.78 2527 22.05 22.63 22.05 22.50 22.59 22.39 22.34 21.15 22.30 21.46 21.54 21.91 21.68 21.71 20865 2511.5 21045 21375 2529.5 2562.5 22.32 23.02 22.35 22.72 22.82 22.56 22.58 21.58 22.13 21.48 21.68 21.80 21.59 21.58 22.28 22.66 22.03 22.48 22.56 22.42 22.34 21.21 21.96 21.36 21.53 21.58 21.42 21.36 22.10 22.54 22.01 22.48 22.48 22.17 22.33 21.57 21.91 21.21 21.65 21.67 21.51 21.59 20840 21070 21400 2509 22.65 22.20 22.57 22.55 22.27 22.45 22.49 21.46 21.10 21.57 21.44 21.15 21.34 21.35 2532 22.64 22.07 22.39 22.31 22.07 22.17 22.00 21.66 21.29 21.72 21.49 21.17 21.40 21.35 2565 22.64 22.11 22.10 22.33 22.02 22.03 22.15 21.82 21.34 21.57 21.58 21.23 21.40 21.46
<LTE Band 7 Conducted Power>
BW
[MHz]
Modulation RB Size RB Offset Channel Frequency (MHz) 0 49 99 0 24 49 0 0 49 99 0 24 49 0 0 37 74 0 19 39 0 0 37 74 0 19 39 0 0 24 49 0 12 24 0 0 24 49 0 12 24 0 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 50 50 50 100 1 1 1 50 50 50 100 Channel Frequency (MHz) QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 36 36 36 75 1 1 1 38 38 38 75 Channel Frequency (MHz) QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 25 25 25 50 1 1 1 25 25 25 50 SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Target MPR 0 1 1 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 1 2 Report No. : FA391111 MPR Low MPR Middle MPR High Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. 20890 2514 21020 2527 0.52 0.00 0.58 0.23 0.17 0.16 0.29 1.57 1.06 1.48 1.37 1.26 1.37 1.36 0.58 0.00 0.58 0.13 0.04 0.24 0.29 1.48 0.33 1.17 1.09 0.72 0.95 0.92 20865 2511.5 21045 21375 2529.5 2562.5 0.70 0.00 0.67 0.30 0.20 0.46 0.44 1.44 0.89 1.54 1.34 1.22 1.43 1.44 0.38 0.00 0.63 0.18 0.10 0.24 0.32 1.45 0.70 1.30 1.13 1.08 1.24 1.30 0.44 0.00 0.53 0.06 0.06 0.37 0.21 0.97 0.63 1.33 0.89 0.87 1.03 0.95 20840 2509 21070 2532 21400 2565 0.00 0.45 0.08 0.10 0.38 0.20 0.16 1.19 1.55 1.08 1.21 1.50 1.31 1.30 0.00 0.57 0.25 0.33 0.57 0.47 0.64 0.98 1.35 0.92 1.15 1.47 1.24 1.29 0.00 0.53 0.54 0.31 0.62 0.61 0.49 0.82 1.30 1.07 1.06 1.41 1.24 1.18 Page Number
: 22 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111 Channel 20815 21095 21425 20815 21095 21425 Frequency (MHz) 2506.5 2534.5 2567.5 QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 12 12 12 25 1 1 1 12 12 12 25 0 12 24 0 6 11 0 0 12 24 0 6 11 0 22.39 22.96 22.56 22.62 22.80 22.75 22.59 21.59 21.97 21.59 21.67 21.88 21.84 21.65 22.37 22.56 22.14 22.38 22.44 22.37 22.37 21.48 21.82 21.42 21.49 21.56 21.51 21.44 22.56 22.75 22.10 22.45 22.45 22.36 22.31 21.85 22.24 21.73 21.90 21.97 21.84 21.83 0 1 1 2 2506.5 2534.5 2567.5 0.57 0.00 0.40 0.34 0.16 0.21 0.37 1.37 0.99 1.37 1.29 1.08 1.12 1.31 0.19 0.00 0.42 0.18 0.12 0.19 0.19 1.08 0.74 1.14 1.07 1.00 1.05 1.12 0.19 0.00 0.65 0.30 0.30 0.39 0.44 0.90 0.51 1.02 0.85 0.78 0.91 0.92 SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 23 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111
<LTE Band 13 Conducted Power>
BW
[MHz]
Modulation RB Size RB Offset Channel Frequency (MHz) QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 25 25 25 50 1 1 1 25 25 25 50 Channel Frequency (MHz) QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 12 12 12 25 1 1 1 12 12 12 25 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 0 24 49 0 12 24 0 0 24 49 0 12 24 0 0 12 24 0 6 11 0 0 12 24 0 6 11 0 Power Low Power Middle Power High Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. Target MPR MPR Low MPR Middle MPR High Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. 23230 782 22.98 22.64 23.12 22.98 22.62 22.70 22.76 22.51 21.65 22.73 21.97 21.64 21.73 21.82 23205 23230 23255 779.5 22.97 22.99 22.80 22.94 22.95 22.91 22.97 22.28 22.55 22.20 22.44 22.23 22.08 22.12 782 22.72 22.67 22.31 22.62 22.45 22.45 22.57 22.10 22.07 22.03 22.09 21.98 21.97 21.62 784.5 22.65 22.75 22.77 22.56 22.58 22.70 22.52 21.86 22.14 22.30 22.04 21.96 22.20 21.95 0 1 1 2 0 1 1 2 23205 779.5 0.02 0.00 0.19 0.05 0.04 0.08 0.02 0.71 0.44 0.79 0.55 0.76 0.91 0.87 23230 782 0.14 0.48 0.00 0.14 0.50 0.42 0.36 0.61 1.47 0.39 1.15 1.48 1.39 1.30 23230 782 0.00 0.05 0.41 0.10 0.27 0.27 0.15 0.62 0.65 0.69 0.63 0.74 0.75 1.10 23255 784.5 0.12 0.02 0.00 0.21 0.19 0.07 0.25 0.91 0.63 0.47 0.73 0.81 0.57 0.82 SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 24 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111
<LTE Band 17 Conducted Power>
BW
[MHz]
Modulation RB Size RB Offset Channel Frequency (MHz) QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 25 25 25 50 1 1 1 25 25 25 50 Channel Frequency (MHz) QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 1 1 1 12 12 12 25 1 1 1 12 12 12 25 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 0 24 49 0 12 24 0 0 24 49 0 12 24 0 0 12 24 0 6 11 0 0 12 24 0 6 11 0 Power Low Power Middle Power High Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. 23780 23790 23800 Target MPR MPR Low MPR Middle MPR High Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. Ch. / Freq. 23780 23790 23800 709 23.00 22.36 23.05 22.97 22.69 23.04 22.95 22.29 21.75 22.54 22.04 21.80 22.16 22.08 710 23.02 22.49 23.16 23.02 22.87 23.02 23.04 22.30 21.86 22.76 22.01 21.85 22.10 22.21 711 23.10 22.69 23.32 23.02 22.80 23.27 23.20 22.38 21.83 22.78 22.08 21.85 22.30 22.27 23755 23790 23825 706.5 22.91 23.30 22.80 23.15 23.28 23.20 23.12 22.21 22.63 22.15 22.22 22.31 22.23 22.25 710 22.78 23.22 22.79 22.98 23.20 23.18 23.12 21.92 22.57 22.23 22.14 22.33 22.31 22.26 713.5 22.77 23.27 23.23 23.02 23.15 23.20 23.09 22.04 22.69 22.49 22.17 22.40 22.64 22.49 0 1 1 2 0 1 1 2 709 0.05 0.69 0.00 0.08 0.36 0.01 0.10 0.76 1.30 0.51 1.01 1.25 0.89 0.97 23755 706.5 0.39 0.00 0.50 0.15 0.02 0.10 0.18 1.09 0.67 1.15 1.08 0.99 1.07 1.05 710 0.14 0.67 0.00 0.14 0.29 0.14 0.12 0.86 1.30 0.40 1.15 1.31 1.06 0.95 23790 710 0.44 0.00 0.43 0.24 0.02 0.04 0.10 1.30 0.65 0.99 1.08 0.89 0.91 0.96 711 0.22 0.63 0.00 0.30 0.52 0.05 0.12 0.94 1.49 0.54 1.24 1.47 1.02 1.05 23825 713.5 0.50 0.00 0.04 0.25 0.12 0.07 0.18 1.23 0.58 0.78 1.10 0.87 0.63 0.78 SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 25 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111 6. Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure Evaluation The MPE was calculated at 20 cm to show compliance with the power density limit. The following formula was used to calculate the Power Density:
S =
PG 4R2 Where:
S = Power Density P = Output Power at Antenna Terminals G = Gain of Transmit Antenna (linear gain) R = Distance from Transmitting Antenna For this device, the calculation is as follows:
<For this device, the calculation is as follows>
Band Frequency
(MHz) Antenna Maximum Gain
(dBi) Power
(dBm) GPRS 850 (1 Tx slot) GPRS 850 (2 Tx slots) GPRS 850 (3 Tx slots) GPRS 850 (4 Tx slots) EGPRS 850 (1 Tx slot) EGPRS 850 (2 Tx slots) EGPRS 850 (3 Tx slots) EGPRS 850 (4 Tx slots) GPRS 1900 (1 Tx slot) GPRS 1900 (2 Tx slots) GPRS 1900 (3 Tx slots) GPRS 1900 (4 Tx slots) EGPRS 1900 (1 Tx slot) EGPRS 1900 (2 Tx slots) EGPRS 1900 (3 Tx slots) EGPRS 1900 (4 Tx slots) WCDMA Band 5 WCDMA Band 4 WCDMA Band 2 LTE Band 17 LTE Band 13 LTE Band 5 LTE Band 4 LTE Band 2 824.2 824.2 824.2 824.2 824.2 824.2 824.2 824.2 1850.2 1850.2 1850.2 1850.2 1850.2 1850.2 1850.2 1850.2 826.4 1712.4 1852.4 706.5 779.5 824.7 1710.7 1850.7 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 5.0 5.5 3.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.5 3.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 32.0 28.0 28.0 27.0 26.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 29.0 27.0 27.0 26.0 25.0 24.5 24.5 24.5 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 Maximum ERP/EIRP
(W) 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.05 1.22 1.22 0.97 0.77 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.58 1.00 1.00 0.79 0.63 0.54 1.00 0.56 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.89 0.50 Maximum ERP/EIRP Limit (W) Power Average Density at Limit EIRP (mW) 20cm
(mW/cm2)
(mW/cm2) 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 7.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 7.0 1.0 2.0 794.33 1584.89 2365.92 2511.89 251.19 251.19 594.29 630.96 251.19 501.19 748.17 794.33 125.89 251.19 297.85 316.23 891.25 1000.00 562.34 794.33 794.33 794.33 891.25 501.19 0.16 0.32 0.47 0.50 0.05 0.05 0.12 0.13 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.16 0.03 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.18 0.20 0.11 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.18 0.10 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.55 1.00 1.00 0.47 0.52 0.55 1.00 1.00 LTE Band 7 1.00 Note: For conservativeness, the lowest uplink frequency of each band is used to determine the MPE limit of that band. 794.33 2504.0 24.0 0.79 0.16 5.0 2.0 SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 26 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01 RF Exposure Evaluation Report Report No. : FA391111 Conclusion:
Based on FCC OET Bulletin 65 Supplement C and 47 CFR 2.1091, the analysis concludes that this product when transmitting in standalone within a host device, is complant with the FCC RF exposure requirements in mobile exposure condition, provided the conducted power and antenna gain do not exceed the limits for each given frequency band per wireless technology as follow table:
Technology GSM UMTS LTE Band GSM850 GSM1900 Band 5 Band 4 Band 2 Band 17 Band 13 Band 5 Band 4 Band 2 Band 7 Maximum Conducted Power (dBm) Maximum Stanalone Antenna Gain (dBi) 33.0 30.0 24.5 24.5 24.5 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 5.0 3.0 5.0 5.5 3.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.5 3.0 5.0 SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-328-4978 FCC ID : RI7LN930 Page Number
: 27 of 27 Report Issued Date : Nov. 21, 2013 Report Version
: Rev. 01
1 2 3 | Software Security | Cover Letter(s) | 531.04 KiB | August 16 2016 |
150 Country Hills Landing N.W. Calgary, Alberta T3K 5P3 Tel: (403) 248-0028 Fax: (403) 248-2762 E-mail: info@microhardcorp.com www.microhardcorp.com
| SYSTEMS INC, Leaders in Wireless Telecom SOFTWARE SECURITY REQUIREMENTS FOR U-NII DEVICES Applicant: Microhard Systems Inc FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 June 15, 2016 To Whom It May Concern:
We attest the following regarding KDB 594280 D02 U-NII device Security There is no firmware provided by the manufacturer that can modify critical radio transmitter parameters. All obtained, downloaded, validated and installed. |critical parameters are programmed in EEPROM ftware that is accessed through manufacturers memory at the factory and cannot be modified or website or device's management system, describe the | overridden by third parties. different levels of security as appropriate. 2. Describe the RF parameters that are modified by There are no RF parameters that can be modified. All any software/firmware without any hardware changes. |RF parameters are programmed in EEPROM memory Are these parameters in some way limited such that at the time of production in the factory per FCC any other software/firmware changes will not allow the |approved. device to exceed the authorized RF characteristics? | These parameters are therefore fixed at the factory such that they will not exceed the authorized values. 3. Describe in detail the authentication protocols that |Yes. The RF Parameters is put in read-only partition of are In place to ensure that the source of the RF- the memory and is only installed by the factory. RF related software/firmware is valid. Describe in detail Parameters will be locked in this partition. how the RF-related software is protected against modification. |
4. Describe in detail any encryption methods used to |The firmware is built at the factory and cannot be support the use of legitimate RF-related modified by third parties therefore no encryption is software/firmware. jnecessary. 5. For a device that can be configured as a master The device will be able as access point only ISM 2.4GHz and client (with active or passive scanning), explain band and UNII 3 bands. how the device ensures compliance for each mode? For compliance, device will transmit under approved In particular if the device acts as master in some band | power. And user cant access to change Master/client of operation and client in another; how is compliance | feature per band. ensured in each band of operation?
Third-Party Access Control No, third parties don't have capability to access and change radio parameters. 1. Explain if any third parties have the capability to operate a U.S.-sold device on any other regulatory domain, frequencies, or in any manner that may allow the device to operate in violation of the devices authorization if activated in the U.S. 150 Country Hills Landing N.W. Calgary, Alberta T3K 5P3 Tel: (403) 248-0028 Fax: (403) 248-2762 E-mail: info@microhardcorp.com 1 SYSTEMS INC. into\d@micronaracorp.com www. imicrohardcorp.com serene Leaders in Wireless Telecom 2. Describe, if the device permits third-party software |RF parameters are programmed into EEPROM memory or firmware installation, wnat mechanisms are at the factory and cannot be reprogrammed or re-flashed provided by the manufacturer to permit integration of | by third parties. |
such functions while ensuring that the RF parameters |Also, device doesnt allow third-party software or firmware of the device cannot be operated outside its installation. authorization for operation in the U.S. In the description include what controls and/or agreements are in place with providers of third-party functionality to ensure the devices underlying RF parameters are unchanged and how the manufacturer verifies the functionality. 3. For Certified Transmitter modular devices, describe | Not a modular device how the module grantee ensures that host manufacturers fully comply with these software security requirements for U-NII devices. If the module is controlled through driver software loaded in the host, describe how the drivers are controlled and managed such that the modular transmitter RF | |
parameters are not modified outside the grant of authorization. User Configuration Guide 1. Describe the user configurations permitted through |The Ul is accessible to anyone using the device. But the UI. If different levels of access are permitted for the UI never gives access for specific RF parameters professional installers, system integrators or end-
users, describe the differences. a. What parameters are viewable and configurable by |Nothing to control the radio operation parameter for different parties? different parties b. What parameters are accessible or modifiable by _|None. the professional installer or system integrators?
(1) Are the parameters in some way limited, so that |Some parameters are programmed in EEPROM, installer the installers will not enter parameters that exceed j|cannot access them. The system firmware is those authorized? programmed and protected in flash memory. The installer/end-user cannot access the flash memory.
(2) What controls exist that the user cannot operate | The end user has no access to configuration settings that the device outside its authorization in the U.S.? could change the radio operation parameters. c. What parameters are accessible or modifiabie by the end-user?
(1) Are the parameters in some way limited, so that the user or installers will not enter parameters that | End-user only can select approved channels and power exceed those authorized? levels on web UI, but cannot modify them.
(2) What controls exist so that the user cannot End-user only can select approved channels and power operate the device outside its authorization in the levels on web UI, but cannot modify them. el cna orapimrent pen etstngaergeemstns nse _mkesnes oopeneomegpee
- 150 Country Hills Landing N.W. Calgary, Alberta T3K 5P3 Tel: (403) 248-0028 a Fax: (403) 248-2762
') SYSTEMS INC. E-mail: info@microhardcorp.com www. microhardcorp.com Leaders in Wireless Telecom a d. Is the country code factory set? Can it be changed | There is no country code factory set. Also, it couldnt be in the UI? changed in the UI. It couldnt be changed. The end user has no access to ensure that the device can only operate within its configuration settings that could change the radio authorization in the U.S.? operation parameters programmed in EEPROM. e. What are the default parameters when the device _ | All of RF parameters are programmed into EEPROM is restarted? memory at the factory. 2. Can the radio be configured in bridge or mesh Yes, but it is operating in the frequency bands 5.745 to mode? If yes, an attestation may be required. Further | 5.825 GHz (UNII 3 bands range), not in DFS bands information is available in KDB Publication 905462 (5250-5350 MHz AND 5470-5725 MHz). DO2. 3. For a device that can be configured as a master For compliance, device will transmit under approved and client (with active or passive scanning), if this is power. And user can't access to change Master/client user configurable, describe what controls exist, within | feature per band. tha lll to anciira camnilianra far aarh mada If tha UF Ewes ww iy uw ows PIWUAE EW FAI wwLA NEE FEE VAs OU UG ee wil \w wwihin |
(1) If it can be changed, what controls exist to A moactar in cama hande and crliant in Le PPP OWEFRIOS VaTIUO GU UFO Hl e ac oy Go a thiddeo others, how is this configured to ensure compliance?
4. For a device that can be configured as different The device can be configured as an access point and types of access points, such as point-to-point or point- | client. Changing between access point and client can be to-multipoint, and use different types of antennas, done with the selection in the UI. describe what controls exist to ensure compliance There are regulatory parameters to limit product to with applicable limits and the proper antenna is used operate the device under its authorization in the U.S. for each mode of operation. (See Section 15.407(a)) This regulatory parameters would define which channel would be available to operate in access point or client to meet UNII requirements. Sincerely, Hany Shenouda Director of Engineering Microhard Systems Inc
1 2 3 | Test Setup Photos | Test Setup Photos | 369.99 KiB | August 16 2016 |
Part 15C Test Setup Photographs Conducted Emissions Test Configuration:
Front View Rear View A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR161 of 3 Radiated Emissions Test Configuration:
Below 1GHz _ Front View Below 1GHz _ Rear View A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR162 of 3 Above 1GHz _ Front View Above 1GHz _ Rear View A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FR163 of 3
1 2 3 | Third-party Confidentiality Request | Cover Letter(s) | 307.69 KiB | August 16 2016 |
Compex Systems Pte Ltd No. 9 Harrison Building, #05-01,Singapore 369651 Tel: +65 6286 2086 Fax: +65 6280 9947 Co.Reg.No.198601256N Date 16-Aug-2016 Subject: Request for Confidentiality To Whom It May Concern:
Pursuant to Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules, we hereby request that the following information from Compex Systems Pte Ltd provided in support of this FCC application, be held permanent confidential. 1. Compex Systems Pte Ltd Block Diagram(s) 2. Compex Systems Pte Ltd Schematic(s) 3. Compex Systems Pte Ltd Detailed Operational Description The above materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public. The public disclosure of these materials may be harmful to Compex Systems Pte Ltd and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. We declared that the information is owned by Compex Systems Pte Ltd or obtained under specific agreements with Compex Systems Pte Ltd. Pertaining to this application, we hereby authorize Ulttratech Engineering Labs Inc. TCB to access and include the information in the filing and permit the Applicant to reference the documents in the application. Regards Yaw a Teng
1 2 3 | Agents letter | Cover Letter(s) | 20.39 KiB | May 21 2013 |
BABT TCB Balfour House, Churchfield Road, Walton-on-Thames, Surrey, KT12 2TD Date: Feb. 19, 2013 We,
, hereby authorize Authorisation letter Microhard Systems Inc 150 Country Hills Landing N.W. Calgary Alberta T3K 5P3 Canada AT4 wireless, S.A. Parque Tecnolgico de Andaluca C/ Severo Ochoa n 2 29590 Campanillas - Malaga Spain Ricardo Orejas Phone: +34952619317 e-mail: rorejas@at4wireless.com to act as our agent in all matters relating to applications for equipment authorization, including the signing of all documents relating to these matters. The present authorization considers the development of documents on behalf of the client, written under his own letterhead and related to the necessary information to be provided on his behalf to complete the certification process. This authorisation is applicable to the product:
Microhard VIP4G NS9VIP4GABGN20 3143A-VIP4GABGN20 Brand:
Model:
FCC ID:
IC:
This agreement expires one year from the current date. Signed on behalf of Microhard Systems Inc in Calgary on Feb. 19, 2013 Hany Shenouda / President Tel/Fax: +1 403 248-0028 / +1 403 248-2762 Email: Shenouda@microhardcorp.com Company: Microhard Systems Inc Address: 150 Country Hills Landing N.W. Calgary Alberta T3K 5P3 Canada
1 2 3 | Attestation letter | Cover Letter(s) | 19.47 KiB | May 21 2013 |
BABT TCB Balfour House, Churchfield Road, Walton-on-Thames, Surrey, KT12 2TD Feb. 19, 2013 Ref: Attestation Statement for FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 FCC ID:
NS9VIP4GABGN20 To whom it may concern:
Microhard Systems Inc does not provide any controls or software to allow the operation of the device VIP4G (FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20) outside the allowed frequency bands of operation when the product is commercialized in the USA. Operation is limited to the following frequency bands/range:
Title/model:
VIP4G Frequency band Frequency range Mode 802.11b 802.11g 802.11n - 20 MHz 802.11n - 40 MHz 802.11a 802.11n - 20 MHz 802.11n - 40 MHz
(MHz) 2400-2483,5 2400-2483,5 2400-2483,5 2400-2483,5 5725-5850 5725-5850 5725-5850
(MHz) 2412 - 2462 2412 - 2462 2412 - 2462 2422 - 2452 5745 - 5825 5745 - 5825 5755 - 5795 Signed on behalf of Microhard Systems Inc in Calgary on Feb. 19, 2013 Hany Shenouda / President Tel/Fax: +1 403 248-0028 / +1 403 248-2762 Email: Shenouda@microhardcorp.com Company: Microhard Systems Inc Address: 150 Country Hills Landing N.W. Calgary Alberta T3K 5P3 Canada
1 2 3 | Confidentiality letter - permanent | Cover Letter(s) | 20.70 KiB | May 21 2013 |
BABT TCB Balfour House, Churchfield Road, Walton-on-Thames, Surrey, KT12 2TD Feb. 19, 2013 Ref: Confidentiality request for FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 FCC ID:
NS9VIP4GABGN20 To whom it may concern:
Pursuant to 0.457(d)(1)(ii) and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules (47 C.F.R.) and 552 (b)(4) of the Freedom of Information Act, Microhard Systems Inc hereby request permanent confidentiality to avoid release of sensitive information of the product to the public. For the product stated above, we request that the following information be withheld from public disclose:
Title/model:
VIP4G
- Schematics
- Bill of Materials
- Operational description
- Block diagram The above materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public. The public disclosure of these matters might be harmful to Microhard Systems Inc and provide unjustified benefits to our competitors. Microhard Systems Inc understand that pursuant to 0.457(d)(1)(ii), disclosure of this Application and all accompanying materials will not be made before the date of the Grant for this Application. Signed on behalf of Microhard Systems Inc in Calgary on Feb. 19, 2013 Hany Shenouda / Managing Director Tel/Fax: +1 403 248-0028 / +1 403 248-2762 Email: Shenouda@microhardcorp.com Company: Microhard Systems Inc Address: 150 Country Hills Landing N.W. Calgary Alberta T3K 5P3 Canada
1 2 3 | Confidentiality letter - short term | Cover Letter(s) | 19.04 KiB | May 21 2013 |
BABT TCB Balfour House, Churchfield Road, Walton-on-Thames, Surrey, KT12 2TD Feb. 19, 2013 REF: Short-term confidentiality request for FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20 FCC ID:
NS9VIP4GABGN20 To whom it may concern:
Pursuant to 0.457(d)(1)(ii) and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules (47 C.F.R.) and 552 (b)(4) of the Freedom of Information Act, Microhard Systems Inc hereby request short-term confidentiality to avoid premature release of sensitive information prior to marketing or release of the product to the public. For the product stated above, we request that the following information be temporarily withheld from public disclose for an initial period of 180 days:
Title/model:
VIP4G
- External photographs
-
Internal photographs
- Test setup photographs
- Users guide It is understood that no extensions of the short-term confidentiality may be requested. Signed on behalf of Microhard Systems Inc in Calgary on Feb. 19, 2013 Hany Shenouda / President Tel/Fax: +1 403 248-0028 / +1 403 248-2762 Email: Shenouda@microhardcorp.com Company: Microhard Systems Inc Address: 150 Country Hills Landing N.W. Calgary Alberta T3K 5P3 Canada
1 2 3 | Test report | Test Report | 558.88 KiB | May 21 2013 |
Product Type Applicant Address FCC 47 CFR PART 15 SUBPART B VIP4G Microhard Systems Inc. 150 Country Hills Landing NW Calgary, Alberta, Canada T3K 5P3 Trade Name Microhard Model Number VIP4G Test Specification FCC 47 CFR PART 15 SUBPART B: Oct., 2012 ANSI C63.4: 2009 CISPR 22: 1997 ICES-003: Issue 5 Receive Date Nov. 28, 2012 Test Period Issue Date Jan. 21, ~ Feb. 27, 2013 Mar. 05, 2013 Issue by A Test Lab Techno Corp. No. 140-1, Changan Street, Bade City, Taoyuan County 334, Taiwan R.O.C. Tel+886-3-2710188 / Fax+886-3-2710190 Taiwan Accreditation Foundation accreditation number: 1330 Note: This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of A Test Lab Techno Corp. This document may be altered or revised by A Test Lab Techno Corp. personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. The client should not use it to claim product endorsement by TAF, or any government agencies. The test results in the report only apply to the tested sample. A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-011 of 57 Rev. 00 01 Issue Date Jan. 24, 2013 Mar. 05, 2013 Revision History Revisions Initial Issue Add test data Revised By Joyce Liao A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-012 of 57 Verification of Compliance Issued Date: 03/05/2013 Product Type
: VIP4G Applicant Address Trade Name Model Number FCC ID IC
: Microhard Systems Inc.
: 150 Country Hills Landing NW Calgary, Alberta, Canada T3K 5P3
: Microhard
: VIP4G
: NS9VIP4GABGN20
: 3143A-VIP4GABGN20 EUT Rated Voltage
: DC 12.0V, 1.25V Test Voltage
: 120 Vac / 60 Hz Applicable Standard
: FCC 47 CFR PART 15 SUBPART B: Oct., 2012 ANSI C63.4: 2009 CISPR 22: 1997 ICES-003: Issue 5 Test Result Performing Lab.
: Complied
: A Test Lab Techno Corp. No. 140-1, Changan Street, Bade City, Taoyuan County 334, Taiwan R.O.C. Tel+886-3-2710188 / Fax+886-3-2710190 Taiwan Accreditation Foundation accreditation number: 1330 http://www.atl-lab.com.tw/e-index.htm The above equipment has been tested by A Test Lab Techno Corp., and found compliance with the requirements set forth in the technical standards mentioned above. The results of testing in this report apply only to the product/system, which was tested. Other similar equipment will not necessarily produce the same results due to production tolerance and measurement uncertainties. Approved By Reviewed By
(Manager)
(Murphy Wang)
(Testing Engineer)
(Frank Lin) A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-013 of 57 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 General Information .........................................................................................................5 2 EUT Description................................................................................................................6 3 Test Methodology.............................................................................................................7 3.1. Decision of Test Mode .............................................................................................7 3.2. EUT Exercise Software............................................................................................7 3.3. Configuration of Test System Details .......................................................................8 3.4. Test Site Environment..............................................................................................9 4 Emission Test .................................................................................................................10 4.1. Conducted Emission Measurement .......................................................................10 4.2. Radiated Interference Measurement .....................................................................26 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-014 of 57 General Information 1 1.1 Summary of Test Result Standard FCC 47 CFR PART 15 SUBPART B ANSI C63.4 ICES-003 FCC 47 CFR PART 15 SUBPART B ANSI C63.4 ICES-003 Emission Item Result Remark Conducted Emission PASS Meet Class B limit Radiated Emission PASS Meet Class B limit The test results of this report relate only to the tested sample(s) identified in this report. Manufacturer or whom it may concern should recognize the pass or fail of the test result. 1.2 Measurement Uncertainty Conducted Emission The measurement uncertainty is evaluated as 2.24 dB. Conducted Emissions (Telecommunication Ports) The measurement uncertainty is evaluated as 2.24 dB. Radiated Emission The measurement uncertainty of 30 MHz - 1GHz is evaluated as 3.072dB. The measurement uncertainty of 1GHz - 40GHz is evaluated as 3.072dB. A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-015 of 57 2 EUT Description Product VIP4G Trade Name Microhard Model Number VIP4G FCC ID IC Applicant Manufacturer NS9VIP4GABGN20 3143A-VIP4GABGN20 Microhard Systems Inc. 150 Country Hills Landing NW Calgary, Alberta, Canada T3K 5P3 Microhard Systems Inc. 150 Country Hills Landing NW Calgary, Alberta, Canada T3K 5P3 Component Power Adapter BI, BI30-120200-AdU Input:100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 1.2A Output: 12Vdc, 2A Cable out: Non-Shielded, 1.5m Non-Detachable at Power adapter with a core I/O Port Description I/O Port Types QTY Test Description 1). RS-232 Port 2). LAN Port 3). Antenna Port 4). Antenna Port 5). SIM Card Port 6). DC Power Port 7). WAN Port 1 3 2 2 1 1 1 Connected to Notebook Connected to Notebook / Terminal Connected to 2G/3G Antenna Connected to Wi-Fi Antenna Connected to SIM Card Connected to AC Adapter Connected to Notebook A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-016 of 57 Test Methodology 3 3.1. Decision of Test Mode 3.1.1. The following test mode(s) were scanned during the preliminary test:
Pre-Test Mode Mode 1: GSM 850 + Wi-Fi Link Mode Mode 2: GSM 1900 + Wi-Fi Link Mode Mode 3: WCDMA Band II + Wi-Fi Link Mode Mode 4: WCDMA Band V + Wi-Fi Link Mode Mode 5: WCDMA Band IV + Wi-Fi Link Mode Mode 6: LTE Band 4 + Wi-Fi Link Mode Mode 7: LTE Band 17 + Wi-Fi Link Mode 3.1.2. After the preliminary scan, the following test mode was found to produce the highest emission level. Final Test Mode Conducted Emission Emission Radiated Emission Below 1GHz Above 1GHz Mode 1 / Mode 2 / Mode 3 / Mode 4 / Mode 5 / Mode 6 /
Mode 7 Mode 1 / Mode 2 / Mode 3 / Mode 4 / Mode 5 / Mode 6 /
Mode 7 Mode 1 / Mode 2 / Mode 3 / Mode 4 / Mode 5 / Mode 6 /
Mode 7 Then, the above highest emission mode of the configuration of the EUT and cable was chosen for all final test items. 3.2. EUT Exercise Software 1. Setup the EUT and simulators as shown on 3.3. 2. Turn on the power of all equipment. 3. EUT link to CMU200. 4. The EUT LAN port connects to the Notebook and data will communicate between Notebook through EUT. 5. The EUT will start to operate function. A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-017 of 57 3.3. Configuration of Test System Details Mode 1 / Mode 2 / Mode 3 / Mode 4 / Mode 5 / Mode 6 / Mode 7 AC Input
(3) Notebook Adapter Terminal Terminal E D F EUT B A C
(2) Notebook
(1) Notebook Signal Cable Type Signal Cable Description A B C D E F RS-232 Cable WAN Cable LAN Cable LAN Cable LAN Cable DC Power Cable Shielded, 1.8m Non-Shielded, 3.0m Non-Shielded, 3.0m Non-Shielded, 3.0m Non-Shielded, 3.0m Non-Shielded, 1.5m with one core Devices Description Product Manufacturer Model Number Serial Number Power Cord
(1) Notebook
(2) Notebook
(3) Notebook DELL DELL DELL D531 D830 D531 GCDCD-T6HYQ-3MQ8 R-JCPD3-3G8G2 CN-OHN341-48643-88 Q-1221 CN-OXM006-48643-87 A-3398 Non-Shielded, 2.0m Non-Shielded, 2.0m Non-Shielded, 2.0m A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-018 of 57 3.4. Test Site Environment Items Temperature (C) Humidity (%RH) Barometric pressure (mbar) Temperature (C) Humidity (%RH) Barometric pressure (mbar) Test Item Required (IEC 68-1) FCC part 15:
15.107 Conducted Emission FCC part 15:
15.109 Radiated Emission 15-35 25-75 860-1060 15-35 25-75 860-1060 Actual 26 60 950 26 60 950 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-019 of 57 Emission Test 4 4.1. Conducted Emission Measurement 4.1.1. Limit A.C. Mains Conducted Interference Limit Frequency (MHz) 0.15 - 0.5 0.50 - 5.0 5.0 - 30.0 Class A (dBuV) Class B (dBuV) Quasi-peak Average Quasi-peak 79 73 73 66 60 60 66 - 56 56 60 Average 56 - 46 46 50 Note: (1) The lower limit shall apply at the transition frequencies.
(2) The limit decreases in line with the logarithm of the frequency in the range 0.15 to 0.50 MHz. 4.1.2. Test Instruments Equipment Test Receiver LISN LISN Universal Radio Communication Tester Test Site Manufacturer Model Number Serial Number Cal. Date Remark R&S R&S R&S R&S ATL ESCI ENV216 ENV216 CMU200 TE02 100367 101040 101041 109369 TE02 06/18/2012 03/07/2012 03/07/2012 08/07/2012
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2) N.C.R.
-----
Remark: (1) Calibration period 1 year. (2) Calibration period 2 years. Note: N.C.R. = No Calibration Request. 4.1.3. Test Setup A.C. mains setup A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0110 of 57 4.1.4. Test Procedure The EUT and simulators are connected to the main power through a line impedance stabilization network (L.I.S.N.). This provides a 50 ohm /50uH coupling impedance for the measuring equipment. The peripheral devices are also connected to the main power through a LISN that provides a 50ohm/50uH coupling impedance with 50ohm termination. For A.C. mains conducted interference, measured both sides of A.C. lines and carried out using quasi-peak and average detector receivers of maximum conducted interference. Conducted emissions were invested over the frequency range from 0.15 MHz to 30 MHz using a receiver bandwidth of 9 kHz. The equipment under test (EUT) shall be meet the limits in section 4.1.1, as applicable, including the average limit and the quasi-peak limit when using respectively, an average detector and quasi-peak detector measured in accordance with the methods described of related standard. The voltage limits shall be met. If the average limit is met when using a quasi-peak detector receiver, the EUT shall be deemed to meet both limits and measurement with the average detector receiver is unnecessary. If the reading of the measuring receiver shows fluctuations close to the limit, the reading shall be observed for at least 15 s at each measurement frequency; the higher reading shall be recorded with the exception of any brief isolated high reading which shall be ignored. A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0111 of 57 4.1.5. Test Result Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
FCC Part 15B Class B Conducted Emission VIP4G 1 Description:
Line:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
L1 AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. Frequency
(MHz) QP reading
(dBuV) AVG reading
(dBuV) Correction factor
(dB) QP result
(dBuV) AVG result
(dBuV) QP limit
(dBuV) AVG limit
(dBuV) QP margin
(dB) AVG margin
(dB) Remark 1 2 3 4 5 6 0.1700 36.44 19.67 0.1940 33.33 17.64 0.2420 28.50 15.81 0.5220 27.23 21.13 1.8020 18.00 11.96 13.1260 16.09 9.70 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.78 9.78 46.16 43.05 38.22 36.95 27.78 25.87 29.39 27.36 25.53 30.85 21.74 19.48 64.96 63.86 62.03 56.00 56.00 60.00 54.96
-18.80
-25.57 53.86
-20.81
-26.50 52.03
-23.81
-26.50 46.00
-19.05
-15.15 46.00
-28.22
-24.26 50.00
-34.13
-30.52 Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0112 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
FCC Part 15B Class B Conducted Emission VIP4G 1 Description:
Line:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
N AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. Frequency
(MHz) QP reading
(dBuV) AVG reading
(dBuV) Correction factor
(dB) QP result
(dBuV) AVG result
(dBuV) QP limit
(dBuV) AVG limit
(dBuV) QP margin
(dB) AVG margin
(dB) Remark 1 2 3 4 5 6 0.1660 36.83 20.97 0.2140 31.54 17.92 0.5340 25.66 17.79 1.8660 18.53 12.95 6.8300 14.91 13.5020 14.08 9.50 8.42 9.65 9.64 9.64 9.71 9.94 9.82 46.48 41.18 35.30 28.24 24.85 23.90 30.62 27.56 27.43 22.66 19.44 18.24 65.16 63.05 56.00 56.00 60.00 60.00 55.16
-18.68
-24.54 53.05
-21.87
-25.49 46.00
-20.70
-18.57 46.00
-27.76
-23.34 50.00
-35.15
-30.56 50.00
-36.10
-31.76 Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0113 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
FCC Part 15B Class B Conducted Emission VIP4G 2 Description:
Line:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
L1 AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. Frequency
(MHz) QP reading
(dBuV) AVG reading
(dBuV) Correction factor
(dB) QP result
(dBuV) AVG result
(dBuV) QP limit
(dBuV) AVG limit
(dBuV) QP margin
(dB) AVG margin
(dB) Remark 1 2 3 4 5 6 0.1500 35.56 15.72 0.1660 36.67 20.28 0.1940 33.31 17.64 0.2540 23.52 4.91 0.5260 26.20 24.46 1.9380 14.47 6.11 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.80 45.28 46.39 43.03 33.24 35.92 24.27 25.44 30.00 27.36 14.63 34.18 15.91 66.00 65.16 63.86 61.63 56.00 56.00 56.00
-20.72
-30.56 55.16
-18.77
-25.16 53.86
-20.83
-26.50 51.63
-28.39
-37.00 46.00
-20.08
-11.82 46.00
-31.73
-30.09 Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0114 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
FCC Part 15B Class B Conducted Emission VIP4G 2 Description:
Line:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
N AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. Frequency
(MHz) QP reading
(dBuV) AVG reading
(dBuV) Correction factor
(dB) QP result
(dBuV) AVG result
(dBuV) QP limit
(dBuV) AVG limit
(dBuV) QP margin
(dB) AVG margin
(dB) Remark 1 2 3 4 5 6 0.1700 36.36 20.66 0.1820 28.14 5.80 0.5220 27.84 21.45 1.7260 17.76 12.16 4.3980 16.08 13.8660 13.49 8.92 8.02 9.65 9.64 9.64 9.71 9.71 9.85 46.01 37.78 37.48 27.47 25.79 23.34 30.31 15.44 31.09 21.87 18.63 17.87 64.96 64.39 56.00 56.00 56.00 60.00 54.96
-18.95
-24.65 54.39
-26.61
-38.95 46.00
-18.52
-14.91 46.00
-28.53
-24.13 46.00
-30.21
-27.37 50.00
-36.66
-32.13 Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0115 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
FCC Part 15B Class B Conducted Emission VIP4G 3 Description:
Line:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
L1 AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. Frequency
(MHz) QP reading
(dBuV) AVG reading
(dBuV) Correction factor
(dB) QP result
(dBuV) AVG result
(dBuV) QP limit
(dBuV) AVG limit
(dBuV) QP margin
(dB) AVG margin
(dB) Remark 1 2 3 4 5 6 0.1780 33.62 0.2020 30.11 0.2260 26.65 7.73 6.47 5.41 0.5220 27.22 20.85 1.7580 18.00 11.52 12.7900 16.71 10.98 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.78 9.81 43.34 39.83 36.37 36.94 27.78 26.52 17.45 16.19 15.13 30.57 21.30 20.79 64.58 63.53 62.60 56.00 56.00 60.00 54.58
-21.24
-37.13 53.53
-23.70
-37.34 52.60
-26.23
-37.47 46.00
-19.06
-15.43 46.00
-28.22
-24.70 50.00
-33.48
-29.21 Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0116 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
FCC Part 15B Class B Conducted Emission VIP4G 3 Description:
Line:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
N AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. Frequency
(MHz) QP reading
(dBuV) AVG reading
(dBuV) Correction factor
(dB) QP result
(dBuV) AVG result
(dBuV) QP limit
(dBuV) AVG limit
(dBuV) QP margin
(dB) AVG margin
(dB) Remark 1 2 3 4 5 6 0.1500 37.21 16.66 0.1660 37.49 21.64 0.1900 34.48 19.16 0.2140 31.92 18.05 0.2620 28.15 17.92 0.5220 27.77 20.98 9.65 9.65 9.64 9.64 9.64 9.64 46.86 47.14 44.12 41.56 37.79 37.41 26.31 31.29 28.80 27.69 27.56 30.62 66.00 65.16 64.04 63.05 61.37 56.00 56.00
-19.14
-29.69 55.16
-18.02
-23.87 54.04
-19.92
-25.24 53.05
-21.49
-25.36 51.37
-23.58
-23.81 46.00
-18.59
-15.38 Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0117 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
FCC Part 15B Class B Conducted Emission VIP4G 4 Description:
Line:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
L1 AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. Frequency
(MHz) QP reading
(dBuV) AVG reading
(dBuV) Correction factor
(dB) QP result
(dBuV) AVG result
(dBuV) QP limit
(dBuV) AVG limit
(dBuV) QP margin
(dB) AVG margin
(dB) Remark 1 2 3 4 5 6 0.1660 37.03 20.64 0.1940 33.06 17.79 0.2140 31.32 16.92 0.2630 27.71 16.85 0.5380 20.75 6.91 1.7700 18.74 12.35 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.78 46.75 42.78 41.04 37.43 30.47 28.52 30.36 27.51 26.64 26.57 16.63 22.13 65.16 63.86 63.05 61.34 56.00 56.00 55.16
-18.41
-24.80 53.86
-21.08
-26.35 53.05
-22.01
-26.41 51.34
-23.91
-24.77 46.00
-25.53
-29.37 46.00
-27.48
-23.87 Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0118 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
FCC Part 15B Class B Conducted Emission VIP4G 4 Description:
Line:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
N AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. Frequency
(MHz) QP reading
(dBuV) AVG reading
(dBuV) Correction factor
(dB) QP result
(dBuV) AVG result
(dBuV) QP limit
(dBuV) AVG limit
(dBuV) QP margin
(dB) AVG margin
(dB) Remark 1 2 3 4 5 6 0.1540 34.79 10.81 0.1780 0.2020 33.86 29.79 7.89 6.81 0.5220 27.94 22.26 1.9060 15.38 13.2780 14.43 9.34 9.23 9.65 9.64 9.64 9.64 9.72 9.81 44.44 43.50 39.43 37.58 25.10 24.24 20.46 17.53 16.45 31.90 19.06 19.04 65.78 64.58 63.53 56.00 56.00 60.00 55.78
-21.34
-35.32 54.58
-21.08
-37.05 53.53
-24.10
-37.08 46.00
-18.42
-14.10 46.00
-30.90
-26.94 50.00
-35.76
-30.96 Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0119 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
FCC Part 15B Class B Conducted Emission VIP4G 5 Description:
Line:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
L1 AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 02/27/2013 Frank Lin No. Frequency
(MHz) QP reading
(dBuV) AVG reading
(dBuV) Correction factor
(dB) QP result
(dBuV) AVG result
(dBuV) QP limit
(dBuV) AVG limit
(dBuV) QP margin
(dB) AVG margin
(dB) Remark 1 2 3 4 5 6 0.1580 41.36 24.35 0.1860 37.07 21.39 0.2100 34.28 19.40 0.2340 31.73 18.05 0.5100 24.51 16.67 1.8740 17.41 13.72 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.78 51.08 46.79 44.00 41.45 34.23 27.19 34.07 31.11 29.12 27.77 26.39 23.50 65.57 64.21 63.21 62.31 56.00 56.00 55.57
-14.49
-21.50 54.21
-17.42
-23.10 53.21
-19.21
-24.09 52.31
-20.86
-24.54 46.00
-21.77
-19.61 46.00
-28.81
-22.50 Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0120 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
FCC Part 15B Class B Conducted Emission VIP4G 5 Description:
Line:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
N AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 02/27/2013 Frank Lin No. Frequency
(MHz) QP reading
(dBuV) AVG reading
(dBuV) Correction factor
(dB) QP result
(dBuV) AVG result
(dBuV) QP limit
(dBuV) AVG limit
(dBuV) QP margin
(dB) AVG margin
(dB) Remark 1 2 3 4 5 6 0.1580 41.67 23.98 0.1860 37.26 21.51 0.2060 34.86 18.02 0.2300 31.73 16.46 0.5260 28.05 20.15 1.5540 21.28 14.74 9.65 9.64 9.64 9.64 9.64 9.70 51.32 46.90 44.50 41.37 37.69 30.98 33.63 31.15 27.66 26.10 29.79 24.44 65.57 64.21 63.37 62.45 56.00 56.00 55.57
-14.25
-21.94 54.21
-17.31
-23.06 53.37
-18.87
-25.71 52.45
-21.08
-26.35 46.00
-18.31
-16.21 46.00
-25.02
-21.56 Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0121 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
FCC Part 15B Class B Conducted Emission VIP4G 6 Description:
Line:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
L1 AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. Frequency
(MHz) QP reading
(dBuV) AVG reading
(dBuV) Correction factor
(dB) QP result
(dBuV) AVG result
(dBuV) QP limit
(dBuV) AVG limit
(dBuV) QP margin
(dB) AVG margin
(dB) Remark 1 2 3 4 5 6 0.1580 30.78 11.84 0.1780 32.76 10.22 0.2220 28.33 10.00 0.3660 22.31 4.07 0.5500 22.60 18.02 1.2380 13.70 4.50 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.71 9.74 40.50 42.48 38.05 32.03 32.31 23.44 21.56 19.94 19.72 13.79 27.73 14.24 65.57 64.58 62.74 58.59 56.00 56.00 55.57
-25.07
-34.01 54.58
-22.10
-34.64 52.74
-24.69
-33.02 48.59
-26.56
-34.80 46.00
-23.69
-18.27 46.00
-32.56
-31.76 Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0122 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
FCC Part 15B Class B Conducted Emission VIP4G 6 Description:
Line:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
N AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. Frequency
(MHz) QP reading
(dBuV) AVG reading
(dBuV) Correction factor
(dB) QP result
(dBuV) AVG result
(dBuV) QP limit
(dBuV) AVG limit
(dBuV) QP margin
(dB) AVG margin
(dB) Remark 1 2 3 4 5 6 0.1620 35.81 17.76 0.1860 33.38 15.85 0.2100 31.50 15.43 0.2580 28.75 14.67 0.5020 25.82 23.35 1.6940 18.73 12.94 9.65 9.64 9.64 9.64 9.64 9.71 45.46 43.02 41.14 38.39 35.46 28.44 27.41 25.49 25.07 24.31 32.99 22.65 65.36 64.21 63.21 61.50 56.00 56.00 55.36
-19.90
-27.95 54.21
-21.19
-28.72 53.21
-22.07
-28.14 51.50
-23.11
-27.19 46.00
-20.54
-13.01 46.00
-27.56
-23.35 Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0123 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
FCC Part 15B Class B Conducted Emission VIP4G 7 Description:
Line:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
L1 AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. Frequency
(MHz) QP reading
(dBuV) AVG reading
(dBuV) Correction factor
(dB) QP result
(dBuV) AVG result
(dBuV) QP limit
(dBuV) AVG limit
(dBuV) QP margin
(dB) AVG margin
(dB) Remark 1 2 3 4 5 6 0.1700 37.17 20.26 0.1940 34.17 17.52 0.2180 32.15 16.42 0.2420 29.07 14.94 0.2660 28.73 15.20 0.5260 27.11 25.18 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.72 9.72 46.89 43.89 41.87 38.79 38.45 36.83 29.98 27.24 26.14 24.66 24.92 34.90 64.96 63.86 62.89 62.03 61.24 56.00 54.96
-18.07
-24.98 53.86
-19.97
-26.62 52.89
-21.02
-26.75 52.03
-23.24
-27.37 51.24
-22.79
-26.32 46.00
-19.17
-11.10 Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0124 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
FCC Part 15B Class B Conducted Emission VIP4G 7 Description:
Line:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
N AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. Frequency
(MHz) QP reading
(dBuV) AVG reading
(dBuV) Correction factor
(dB) QP result
(dBuV) AVG result
(dBuV) QP limit
(dBuV) AVG limit
(dBuV) QP margin
(dB) AVG margin
(dB) Remark 1 2 3 4 5 6 0.1620 35.20 17.55 0.1860 33.36 15.68 0.2340 30.12 14.37 0.2780 0.3260 0.3740 26.14 23.87 22.46 9.59 6.39 3.23 9.65 9.64 9.64 9.64 9.64 9.64 44.85 43.00 39.76 35.78 33.51 32.10 27.20 25.32 24.01 19.23 16.03 12.87 65.36 64.21 62.31 60.88 59.55 58.41 55.36
-20.51
-28.16 54.21
-21.21
-28.89 52.31
-22.55
-28.30 50.88
-25.10
-31.65 49.55
-26.04
-33.52 48.41
-26.31
-35.54 Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0125 of 57 4.2. Radiated Interference Measurement 4.2.1. Limit Under 1GHz test shall not exceed following value Frequency range
(MHz) 30 to 230 230 to 1000 CISPR 22 Class A Class B Distance (m) dBuV/m Distance (m) dBuV/m 10 10 40 47 10 10 Above 1GHz test shall not exceed following value Frequency
(MHz) Class A Average dBuV/m (Distance 3m) Class B Average Peak 80 1000 ~ 40000 54 Remark: 1. The tighter limit shall apply at the edge between two frequency bands. 60 2. Distance refers to the distance in meters between the measuring instrument antenna and the closed point of any part of the device or system. 3. RF Voltage (dBuV/m) = 20 log RF Voltage (uV/m) 4. Peak detector limit is corresponding to 20 dB above the maximum permitted average limit. 30 37 Peak 74 A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0126 of 57 4.2.2. Test Instruments 10 Meter Chamber Equipment Pre Amplifier Pre Amplifier Test Receiver Test Receiver Broadband Antenna Broadband Antenna Universal Radio Communication Tester Test Site Manufacturer Model Number Serial Number Cal. Date Remark Agilent Agilent R&S R&S SCHWARZBECK MESS-ELEKTRONIK SCHWARZBECK MESS-ELEKTRONIK 8447D 8447D ESCI ESCI 2944A11120 04/10/2012 2944A11119 04/10/2012 100722 101000 10/18/2012 12/18/2012 VULB 9160 9160-3268 06/06/2012 VULB 9160 9160-3273 12/16/2012 R&S ATL CMU200 109369 08/07/2012 TE06 TE06 08/13/2012
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1) 3 Meter Chamber Equipment Manufacturer Model Number Serial Number Cal. Date Remark Spectrum Analyzer Agilent E4445A MY46181986 05/10/2012 Amplifier Amplifier RF Pre-selector Horn Antenna
(1~18GHz) Horn Antenna
(18~40GHz) Universal Radio Communication Tester Test Site Mini-Circuits Mini-Circuits Agilent ZKL-1R5+
072010 05/29/2012 ZVA-213-S+
467900926 05/29/2012 N9039A MY46520255 05/10/2012 ETS-Lindgren 3117 00128055 08/09/2012 SCHWARZBECK MESS-ELEKTRONIK BBHA9170 9170-320 06/21/2012 R&S ATL CMU200 109369 08/07/2012 TE09 TE09 05/11/2012
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1) Remark: (1) Calibration period 1 year. (2) Calibration period 2 years. Note: N.C.R. = No Calibration Request. A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0127 of 57 4.2.3. Setup Below 1GHz Above 1GHz EUT 3m 1 ~ 4m Turntable 0.8m 30cm Antenna tower Horn antenna Spectrum analyzer Pre-amp A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0128 of 57 4.2.4. Test Procedure The EUT and its simulators are placed on a turn table which is 0.8 meter above ground. When the EUT is floor-
standing equipment, it is placed on the ground plane which has a 3-12 mm non-conductive covering to insulate the EUT from the ground plane. The turn table can rotate 360 degrees to determine the position of the maximum emission level. The EUT was positioned such that the distance from antenna to the EUT was 10 meters for under 1GHz, and 3 meter for above 1GHz, the highest frequency performed according to internal source frequency of the EUT, the specification was below:
Highest frequency generated or used in the device or on Upper frequency of measurement range (MHz) which the device operates or tunes (MHz) Below 1.705 1.705 - 108 108 - 500 500 - 1000 Above 1000 30 1000 2000 5000 5th harmonic of the highest frequency or 40 GHz, whichever is lower According to this standard paragraph 15.109, as an alternative to the radiated emission limits, digital devices may be shown to comply with the standards contained in Third Edition of the International Special Committee on Radio Interference (CISPR), Pub. 22, Information Technology Equipment - Radio Disturbance Characteristics - Limits and Methods of Measurement. The antenna can move up and down between 1 meter and 4 meters to find out the maximum emission level. Both horizontal and vertical polarization of the antenna are set on measurement. In order to find the maximum emission, all of the interface cables must be manipulated on radiated measurement. Radiated emissions were invested over the frequency range from 30MHz to1GHz using a receiver bandwidth of 120 kHz. Radiated was performed at an antenna to EUT distance of 10 meters. A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0129 of 57 4.2.5. Test Result Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
CISPR 22 Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 1 Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
10m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Frequency Reading Correct Factor
(MHz) 125.0066 250.3012 375.9385 508.2582 601.4265 679.9600 839.1817 875.2470 884.5028
(dBuV) 40.30 37.89 34.00 35.45 31.95 31.22 65.79 45.57 41.13
(dB/m)
-14.20
-13.29
-10.30
-7.65
-5.55
-4.32
-1.53
-0.88
-0.73 Result
(dBuV/m) 26.10 Limit
(dBuV/m) 30.00 24.60 23.70 27.80 26.40 26.90 64.26 44.69 40.40 37.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 N/A N/A N/A Margin
(dB)
-3.90
-12.40
-13.30
-9.20
-10.60
-10.10 N/A N/A N/A Height Degree
(cm)
( ) 41 300 400 300 200 100 100 300 300 400 72 78 329 106 279 241 288 317 Note: TX: the transmitting signal of Universal Radio Communication Tester. RX: the receiving signal of Universal Radio Communication Tester. BS: the signal of Universal Radio Communication Tester. Remark QP QP QP QP QP QP TX BS RX A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0130 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
CISPR 22 Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 1 Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
10m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Frequency Reading Correct Factor
(MHz) 46.0164 74.3955 125.0066 250.3012 510.0436 601.4265 839.1818 875.2470 884.5030
(dBuV) 40.66 43.79 43.45 41.00 33.12 30.91 64.13 44.49 40.30
(dB/m)
-14.36
-16.99
-13.85
-12.60
-6.42
-4.41 0.21 0.87 1.00 Result
(dBuV/m) 26.30 Limit
(dBuV/m) 30.00 26.80 27.60 28.40 26.70 26.50 64.34 45.36 41.30 30.00 30.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 N/A N/A N/A Margin
(dB)
-3.70
-3.20
-2.40
-8.60
-10.30
-10.50 N/A N/A N/A Height Degree
(cm)
( ) 360 101 100 100 100 100 400 200 200 100 97 255 140 42 163 57 216 173 Note: TX: the transmitting signal of Universal Radio Communication Tester. RX: the receiving signal of Universal Radio Communication Tester. BS: the signal of Universal Radio Communication Tester. Remark QP QP QP QP QP QP TX BS RX A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0131 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15B Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 1 (1GHz~10GHz) Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 Frequency
(MHz) 3745.000 6634.000 8497.000 Reading
(dBuV) 62.06 58.09 57.09 Correct Factor Result Limit
(dB/m)
-15.34
-9.19
-6.86
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 46.72 48.90 50.23 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-27.28
-25.10
-23.77 Remark peak peak peak A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0132 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15B Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 1 (1GHz~10GHz) Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 Frequency
(MHz) 5077.000 6742.000 9235.000 Reading
(dBuV) 56.97 58.55 54.48 Correct Factor Result Limit
(dB/m)
-12.49
-9.04
-5.74
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 44.48 49.51 48.74 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-29.52
-24.49
-25.26 Remark peak peak peak A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0133 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
CISPR 22 Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 2 Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
10m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Frequency Reading Correct Factor
(MHz) 125.0066 250.3012 375.9385 510.0436 601.4265 679.9600
(dBuV) 30.60 40.09 31.70 32.53 33.85 34.52
(dB/m)
-14.20
-13.29
-10.30
-7.63
-5.55
-4.32 Result
(dBuV/m) 16.40 Limit
(dBuV/m) 30.00 26.80 21.40 24.90 28.30 30.20 37.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 Margin
(dB)
-13.60
-10.20
-15.60
-12.10
-8.70
-6.80 Height Degree
(cm)
( ) 64 400 300 300 232 200 100 69 217 360 122 112 Remark QP QP QP QP QP QP A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0134 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
CISPR 22 Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 2 Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
10m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Frequency Reading Correct Factor
(MHz) 47.3255 73.8756 125.0066 250.3012 510.0436 601.4265
(dBuV) 40.75 43.59 39.75 42.80 34.82 31.31
(dB/m)
-14.35
-16.89
-13.85
-12.60
-6.42
-4.41 Result
(dBuV/m) 26.40 Limit
(dBuV/m) 30.00 26.70 25.90 30.20 28.40 26.90 30.00 30.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 Margin
(dB)
-3.60
-3.30
-4.10
-6.80
-8.60
-10.10 Height Degree
(cm)
( ) 0 101 200 100 100 101 300 156 270 203 0 198 Remark QP QP QP QP QP QP A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0135 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15B Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 2 (1GHz~10GHz) Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 Frequency
(MHz) 5023.000 7147.000 9262.000 Reading
(dBuV) 58.58 57.17 56.09 Correct Factor Result Limit
(dB/m)
-12.58
-8.55
-5.70
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 46.00 48.62 50.39 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-28.00
-25.38
-23.61 Remark peak peak peak A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0136 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15B Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 2 (1GHz~10GHz) Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 Frequency
(MHz) 3970.000 6193.000 7687.000 Reading
(dBuV) 58.87 56.52 55.74 Correct Factor Result Limit
(dB/m)
-14.59
-9.75
-7.98
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 44.28 46.77 47.76 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-29.72
-27.23
-26.24 Remark peak peak peak A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0137 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
CISPR 22 Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 3 Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
10m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Frequency Reading Correct Factor
(MHz) 125.0066 250.3012 375.9385 520.8882 601.4265 824.5968
(dBuV) 32.80 36.79 32.10 30.06 33.05 27.69
(dB/m)
-14.20
-13.29
-10.30
-7.46
-5.55
-1.79 Result
(dBuV/m) 18.60 Limit
(dBuV/m) 30.00 23.50 21.80 22.60 27.50 25.90 37.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 Margin
(dB)
-11.40
-13.50
-15.20
-14.40
-9.50
-11.10 Height Degree
(cm)
( ) 30 400 400 300 200 200 400 65 224 337 102 359 Remark QP QP QP QP QP QP A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0138 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
CISPR 22 Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 3 Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
10m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Frequency Reading Correct Factor
(MHz) 46.9948 73.8756 125.0066 250.3012 601.4265 824.5968
(dBuV) 43.25 44.49 40.25 43.40 29.81 29.34
(dB/m)
-14.35
-16.89
-13.85
-12.60
-4.41
-0.06 Result
(dBuV/m) 28.90 Limit
(dBuV/m) 30.00 27.60 26.40 30.80 25.40 29.28 30.00 30.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 Margin
(dB)
-1.10
-2.40
-3.60
-6.20
-11.60
-7.72 Height Degree
(cm)
( ) 360 201 100 100 100 300 100 7 304 106 160 359 Remark QP QP QP QP QP QP A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0139 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15B Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 3 (1GHz~10GHz) Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 Frequency
(MHz) 5113.000 7777.000 9217.000 Reading
(dBuV) 58.50 56.75 55.59 Correct Factor Result Limit
(dB/m)
-12.42
-7.87
-5.77
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 46.08 48.88 49.82 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-27.92
-25.12
-24.18 Remark peak peak peak A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0140 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15B Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 3 (1GHz~10GHz) Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 Frequency
(MHz) 3925.000 7426.000 8830.000 Reading
(dBuV) 59.01 54.68 55.34 Correct Factor Result Limit
(dB/m)
-14.75
-8.25
-6.35
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 44.26 46.43 48.99 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-29.74
-27.57
-25.01 Remark peak peak peak A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0141 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
CISPR 22 Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 4 Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
10m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Frequency Reading Correct Factor
(MHz) 48.5016 125.0066 250.3012 520.8882 601.4265 679.9600 836.2443 878.3214
(dBuV) 28.61 32.80 37.59 32.36 34.25 31.82 66.75 45.37
(dB/m)
-14.31
-14.20
-13.29
-7.46
-5.55
-4.32
-1.59
-0.84 Result
(dBuV/m) 14.30 Limit
(dBuV/m) 30.00 18.60 24.30 24.90 28.70 27.50 65.16 44.53 30.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 N/A N/A Margin
(dB)
-15.70
-11.40
-12.70
-12.10
-8.30
-9.50 N/A N/A Height Degree
(cm)
( ) 261 300 400 400 200 200 100 300 200 54 68 333 115 282 291 202 Note: TX: the transmitting signal of Universal Radio Communication Tester. RX: the receiving signal of Universal Radio Communication Tester. Remark QP QP QP QP QP QP TX RX A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0142 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
CISPR 22 Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 4 Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
10m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Frequency Reading Correct Factor
(MHz) 46.8303 73.6170 125.0066 170.1948 250.3012 601.4265 836.2443 878.3214
(dBuV) 43.06
(dB/m)
-14.36 43.53 40.65 33.63 41.00 31.11 65.36 43.02
-16.83
-13.85
-12.73
-12.60
-4.41 0.11 0.91 Result
(dBuV/m) 28.70 Limit
(dBuV/m) 30.00 26.70 26.80 20.90 28.40 26.70 65.47 43.93 30.00 30.00 30.00 37.00 37.00 N/A N/A Margin
(dB)
-1.30
-3.30
-3.20
-9.10
-8.60
-10.30 N/A N/A Height Degree
(cm)
( ) 343 200 200 100 200 100 300 300 300 241 263 276 272 199 34 304 Note: TX: the transmitting signal of Universal Radio Communication Tester. RX: the receiving signal of Universal Radio Communication Tester. Remark QP QP QP QP QP QP TX RX A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0143 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15B Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 4 (1GHz~10GHz) Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 Frequency
(MHz) 4357.000 5725.000 9550.000 Reading
(dBuV) 60.12 58.31 56.40 Correct Factor Result Limit
(dB/m)
-13.53
-10.95
-5.20
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 46.59 47.36 51.20 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-27.41
-26.64
-22.80 Remark peak peak peak A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0144 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15B Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 4 (1GHz~10GHz) Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 Frequency
(MHz) 3178.000 6157.000 8803.000 Reading
(dBuV) 59.96 55.68 54.23 Correct Factor Result Limit
(dB/m)
-16.49
-9.78
-6.40
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 43.47 45.90 47.83 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-30.53
-28.10
-26.17 Remark peak peak peak A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0145 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
CISPR 22 Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 5 Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
10m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 02/27/2013 Frank Lin No. Frequency Reading Correct Factor
(MHz)
(dBuV)
(dB/m) Result
(dBuV/m) Limit
(dBuV/m) 1 2 3 4 5 6 47.8260 160.3456 250.3011 510.0436 601.4265 679.9600 29.72 26.45 41.59 33.33 33.45 36.52
-14.32
-12.75
-13.29
-7.63
-5.55
-4.32 15.40 13.70 28.30 25.70 27.90 32.20 30.00 30.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 Margin
(dB)
-14.60
-16.30
-8.70
-11.30
-9.10
-4.80 Height Degree
(cm)
( ) Remark 300 200 400 400 300 300 57 159 27 254 180 18 QP QP QP QP QP QP A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0146 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
CISPR 22 Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 5 Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
10m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 02/27/2013 Frank Lin No. Frequency Reading Correct Factor
(MHz)
(dBuV)
(dB/m) Result
(dBuV/m) Limit
(dBuV/m) Margin
(dB) Height Degree
(cm)
( ) Remark 1 2 3 4 5 6 46.5030 73.8756 125.0066 250.3011 375.9384 510.0436 42.76 44.39 37.45 46.00 32.54 33.71
-14.36
-16.89
-13.85
-12.60
-9.34
-6.42 28.40 27.50 23.60 33.40 23.20 27.29 30.00 30.00 30.00 37.00 37.00 37.00
-1.60
-2.50
-6.40
-3.60
-13.80
-9.71 200 100 200 300 200 300 128 250 360 114 159 312 QP QP QP QP QP QP A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0147 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15B Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 5 (1GHz~10GHz) Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 02/27/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 Frequency
(MHz) 5293.000 7255.000 9415.000 Reading
(dBuV) 58.67 56.29 56.08 Correct Factor Result Limit
(dB/m)
-12.10
-8.43
-5.47
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 46.57 47.86 50.61 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-27.43
-26.14
-23.39 Remark peak peak peak A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0148 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15B Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 5 (1GHz~10GHz) Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 02/27/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 Frequency
(MHz) 5905.000 7786.000 9127.000 Reading
(dBuV) 56.82 54.59 55.02 Correct Factor Result Limit
(dB/m)
-10.31
-7.86
-5.90
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 46.51 46.73 49.12 74.00 74.00 74.00 Margin
(dB)
-27.49
-27.27
-24.88 Remark peak peak peak A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0149 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
CISPR 22 Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 6 Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
10m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. Frequency Reading Correct Factor
(MHz)
(dBuV)
(dB/m) Result
(dBuV/m) Limit
(dBuV/m) 1 2 3 4 5 6 130.3788 250.3011 510.0436 601.4265 679.9600 801.7862 29.35 34.89 30.03 33.85 36.72 26.53
-13.95
-13.29
-7.63
-5.55
-4.32
-2.03 15.40 21.60 22.40 28.30 32.40 24.50 30.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 Margin
(dB)
-14.60
-15.40
-14.60
-8.70
-4.60
-12.50 Height Degree
(cm)
( ) Remark 200 100 300 100 140 355 65 184 64 270 279 227 QP QP QP QP QP QP A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0150 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
CISPR 22 Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 6 Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
10m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. Frequency Reading Correct Factor
(MHz)
(dBuV)
(dB/m) Result
(dBuV/m) Limit
(dBuV/m) Margin
(dB) Height Degree
(cm)
( ) Remark 1 2 3 4 5 6 47.3253 74.1350 125.0066 250.3011 375.9384 510.0436 42.75 43.25 40.65 41.50 33.94 34.72
-14.35
-16.95
-13.85
-12.60
-9.34
-6.42 28.40 26.30 26.80 28.90 24.60 28.30 30.00 30.00 30.00 37.00 37.00 37.00
-1.60
-3.70
-3.20
-8.10
-12.40
-8.70 100 300 200 200 300 400 43 40 122 240 158 107 QP QP QP QP QP QP A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0151 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15B Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 6 (1GHz~13GHz) Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 Frequency
(MHz) 6988.000 9952.000 11740.000 Reading
(dBuV) 57.83 54.10 55.14 Correct Factor Result Limit
(dB/m)
-8.72
-4.04
-1.09
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 49.11 50.06 54.05 80.00 80.00 80.00 Margin
(dB)
-30.89
-29.94
-25.95 Remark peak peak peak A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0152 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15B Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 6 (1GHz~13GHz) Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 Frequency
(MHz) 7096.000 9748.000 12064.000 Reading
(dBuV) 57.61 54.79 52.84 Correct Factor Result Limit
(dB/m)
-8.61
-4.63
-0.34
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 49.00 50.16 52.50 80.00 80.00 80.00 Margin
(dB)
-31.00
-29.84
-27.50 Remark peak peak peak A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0153 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
CISPR 22 Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 7 Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
10m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Frequency Reading Correct Factor
(MHz) 125.0066 250.3011 375.9384 510.0436 601.4265 709.1823 739.6603 824.5968
(dBuV) 32.30 37.59 31.40 30.03 31.15 67.76 44.04 28.69
(dB/m)
-14.20
-13.29
-10.30
-7.63
-5.55
-3.70
-3.08
-1.79 Result
(dBuV/m) 18.10 24.30 21.10 22.40 25.60 64.06 40.96 26.90 Limit
(dBuV/m) 30.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 Margin
(dB)
-11.90
-12.70
-15.90
-14.60
-11.40 27.06 3.96
-10.10 Height Degree
(cm)
( ) 253 100 46 400 400 179 303 300 45 200 400 358 11 400 200 319 Note: TX: the transmitting signal of Universal Radio Communication Tester. RX: the receiving signal of Universal Radio Communication Tester. Remark QP QP QP QP QP TX RX QP A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0154 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
CISPR 22 Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 7 Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
10m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Frequency Reading Correct Factor
(MHz) 46.9947 73.8756 125.0066 250.3011 286.9823 709.1823 739.6603 824.5968
(dBuV) 43.05 44.39 39.75 42.90 35.32 66.12 42.91 28.16
(dB/m)
-14.35
-16.89
-13.85
-12.60
-11.02
-2.24
-1.58
-0.06 Result
(dBuV/m) 28.70 27.50 25.90 30.30 24.30 63.88 41.33 28.10 Limit
(dBuV/m) 30.00 30.00 30.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 Margin
(dB)
-1.30
-2.50
-4.10
-6.70
-12.70 26.88 4.33
-8.90 Height Degree
(cm)
( ) 247 101 295 300 100 342 229 200 234 400 100 360 10 100 200 295 Note: TX: the transmitting signal of Universal Radio Communication Tester. RX: the receiving signal of Universal Radio Communication Tester. Remark QP QP QP QP QP TX RX QP A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0155 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15B Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 7 (1GHz~10GHz) Horizontal Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 Frequency
(MHz) 5986.000 6886.000 8731.000 Reading
(dBuV) 55.92 55.61 54.13 Correct Factor Result Limit
(dB/m)
-10.04
-8.86
-6.51
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 45.88 46.75 47.62 80.00 80.00 80.00 Margin
(dB)
-34.12
-33.25
-32.38 Remark peak peak peak A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0156 of 57 Standard:
Test item:
Model Number:
Mode:
Ant.Polar.:
FCC Part 15B Class B Radiated Emission VIP4G 7 (1GHz~10GHz) Vertical Test Distance:
Power:
Temp.()/Hum.(%RH):
Date:
Test By:
3m AC 120V/60Hz 26()/60%RH 01/21/2013 Frank Lin No. 1 2 3 Frequency
(MHz) 3763.000 7867.000 9163.000 Reading
(dBuV) 60.20 55.79 55.35 Correct Factor Result Limit
(dB/m)
-15.27
-7.79
-5.85
(dBuV/m)
(dBuV/m) 44.93 48.00 49.50 80.00 80.00 80.00 Margin
(dB)
-35.07
-32.00
-30.50 Remark peak peak peak A Test Lab Techno Corp. Report Number: 1212FE13-0157 of 57
1 2 3 | RF exposure info. | RF Exposure Info | 114.47 KiB | May 21 2013 |
RF Exposure / RF Technical Brief BABT TCB Balfour House, Churchfield Road, Walton-on-Thames, Surrey, KT12 2TD ATTN: Reviewing Engineer RF exposure information for the equipment VIP4G (FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20, IC: 3143A-
VIP4GABGN20) Introduction:
1. The device VIP4G (FCC ID: NS9VIP4GABGN20, IC: 3143A-VIP4GABGN20) is designed to be used only for fixed and mobile applications. This product integrates a Novatel Wireless' Expedite E371 PCI Express Mini Card (FCC ID: PKRNVWE371, IC:
3229A-E371). The Novatel Wireless' Expedite E371 PCI Express Mini Card is granted with a modular approval for mobile applications and the highest antenna gains allowed for use with this module for mobile RF exposure conditions are 3.5 dBi (850 MHz), 5.0 dBi (700 MHz), 5.0 dBi (1700 MHz), and 3.0 dBi (1900 MHz). The antenna(s) used for VIP4G transmitter and the antenna used for Novatel Wireless' Expedite E371 PCI Express Mini Card are co-located and can transmit simultaneously. All the antennas must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all the persons. 2. MPE limits:
The table below is excerpted from RSS-102, Issue 4, 4.2, titled RF Limits for Devices used by the General Public:
Frequency Range
(MHz) 300 1500 1500 15000 Power density
(W/m2) f (MHz)/150 10 Power density
(mW/cm2) f (MHz) /1500 1.0 Averaging time
(minutes) 6 6 The table below is excerpted from Table 1B of 47 CFR 1.1310 titled Limits for Maximum Permissible Exposure
(MPE), Limits for General Population/Uncontrolled Exposure:
Frequency Range (MHz) Power density (mW/cm2) Averaging time (minutes) 300 1500 1500 100.000 f (MHz) /1500 1.0 30 30 3. Compliance criteria:
Power density of individual transmitters is calculated using the equation:
S PG R 4 2 P = power input to the antenna (in appropriate units, e.g., mW) G = power gain of the antenna in the direction of interest relative to an isotropic radiator R = distance to the center of radiation of the antenna (appropriate units, e.g., cm) where: S = power density (in appropriate units, e.g. mW/cm2) 3.1. Standalone compliance criteria:
Power density must be lower than the MPE limits stated in item 2. 3.2. Simultaneous transmission compliance criteria The sum of the MPE ratios (Power density/MPE limit) for all simultaneous transmitting antennas incorporated in the device based on the calculated power density is 1.0. 4. Compliance calculations:
4.1. Standalone transmission - Novatel Wireless' Expedite E371 PCI Express Mini Card Generation Frequency Evaluation distance Frequency range Power Density FCC-IC MPE Duty Cycle MPE ratio Antenna Mode limit
(mW/cm^2)
(mW/cm^2)
(Power Density /
FCC-IC MPE limit) band
(MHz) 824,2 - 848,8 824,2 - 848,8 GPRS 850 EGPRS 850 GPRS 1900 1850,2 - 1909,8 EGPRS 1900 1850,2 - 1909,8 1712,4 - 1752,6 1712,4 - 1752,6 826,4 - 846,0 826,4 - 846,0 1852,4 - 1907,6 1852,4 - 1907,6 706,5 - 713,5 706,5 - 713,5 709,0 - 711,0 709,0 - 711,0 1710,7 - 1754,3 1710,7 - 1754,3 1711,5 - 1753,5 1711,5 - 1753,5 1712,5 - 1752,5 1712,5 - 1752,5 1715,0 - 1750,0 1715,0 - 1750,0 1717,5 - 1747,5 1717,5 - 1747,5 1720,0 - 1745,0 1720,0 - 1745,0 FDD IV FDD IV FDD V FDD V FDD II FDD II FDD 17 FDD 17 FDD 17 FDD 17 FDD 4 FDD 4 FDD 4 FDD 4 FDD 4 FDD 4 FDD 4 FDD 4 FDD 4 FDD 4 FDD 4 FDD 4 2G 2G 2G 2G 3G 3G 3G 3G 3G 3G 4G (LTE) 4G (LTE) 4G (LTE) 4G (LTE) 4G (LTE) 4G (LTE) 4G (LTE) 4G (LTE) 4G (LTE) 4G (LTE) 4G (LTE) 4G (LTE) 4G (LTE) 4G (LTE) 4G (LTE) 4G (LTE) GPRS EGPRS GPRS EGPRS UMTS, Rel 99 UMTS, HSDPA UMTS, Rel 99 UMTS, HSDPA UMTS, Rel 99 UMTS, HSDPA 5MHz, QPSK 5MHz, 16QAM 10MHz, QPSK 10MHz, 16QAM 1.4MHz, QPSK 1.4MHz, 16QAM 3MHz, QPSK 3MHz, 16QAM 5MHz, QPSK 5MHz, 16QAM 10MHz, QPSK 10MHz, 16QAM 15MHz, QPSK 15MHz, 16QAM 20MHz, QPSK 20MHz, 16QAM Maximum MPE ratio: 0,36 4.2. Standalone transmission - VIP4G Frequency Frequency range
(MHz) Mode band 2,4 GHz 2,4 GHz 2,4 GHz 2,4 GHz 5,75 GHz 5,75 GHz 5,75 GHz 2412 - 2462 2412 - 2462 2412 - 2462 2422 - 2452 5745 - 5825 5745 - 5825 5755 - 5795 802.11b 802.11g 802.11n - 20 MHz 802.11n - 40 MHz 802.11a 802.11n - 20 MHz 802.11n - 40 MHz Maximum MPE ratio: 0,02 4.3. Simultaneous transmission Average power
(dBm) 32,50 26,04 29,00 25,00 24,05 23,90 24,33 24,35 23,53 23,70 23,80 22,46 23,85 23,54 23,81 23,16 23,90 22,79 23,55 22,68 23,75 22,39 23,53 23,02 23,53 22,87 gain
(dBi) 3,5 3,5 3 3 5 5 3,5 3,5 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Total power
(W) 3,98 0,90 1,58 0,63 0,80 0,78 0,61 0,61 0,45 0,47 0,76 0,56 0,77 0,71 0,76 0,65 0,78 0,60 0,72 0,59 0,75 0,55 0,71 0,63 0,71 0,61
(%) 25%
50%
25%
50%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
(cm) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 0,198 0,089 0,079 0,063 0,160 0,154 0,121 0,121 0,089 0,093 0,151 0,111 0,153 0,142 0,151 0,130 0,154 0,120 0,142 0,117 0,149 0,109 0,142 0,126 0,142 0,122 0,55 0,55 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 0,55 0,55 1,00 1,00 0,47 0,47 0,47 0,47 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 0,36 0,16 0,08 0,06 0,16 0,15 0,22 0,22 0,09 0,09 0,32 0,24 0,32 0,30 0,15 0,13 0,15 0,12 0,14 0,12 0,15 0,11 0,14 0,13 0,14 0,12 Average power
(dBm) 15,91 14,51 15,31 13,28 16,61 18,41 16,61 Antenna gain
(dBi) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Total power
(W) 0,06 0,04 0,05 0,03 0,07 0,11 0,07 Duty Cycle
(%) 100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
Evaluation distance
(cm) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Power Density 0,012 0,009 0,011 0,007 0,014 0,022 0,014 limit 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00 FCC-IC MPE MPE ratio
(mW/cm^2)
(mW/cm^2)
(Power Density /
FCC-IC MPE limit) 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,02 0,01 Maximum MPE ratio of Novatel Wireless' Expedite E371 PCI Express Mini Card: 0,36
+
Maximum MPE ratio of VIP4G: 0,02 Signed on behalf of Microhard Systems Inc in Calgary on Feb. 19, 2013
= 0,38 1 Hany Shenouda / President Tel/Fax: +1 403 248-0028 / +1 403 248-2762 Email: Shenouda@microhardcorp.com Company: Microhard Systems Inc Address: 150 Country Hills Landing N.W. Calgary Alberta T3K 5P3 Canada
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2016-08-16 | 5755 ~ 5795 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | Original Equipment |
2 | 2013-05-21 | JBP - Part 15 Class B Computing Device Peripheral | ||
3 | 5755 ~ 5795 | DTS - Digital Transmission System |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 | Effective |
2016-08-16
|
||||
1 2 3 |
2013-05-21
|
|||||
1 2 3 | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
Microhard Systems Inc
|
||||
1 2 3 | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0007211139
|
||||
1 2 3 | Physical Address |
150 Country Hills Landing NW
|
||||
1 2 3 |
Calgary, AB, N/A
|
|||||
1 2 3 |
Canada
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
1 2 3 | TCB Application Email Address |
v******@ultratech-labs.com
|
||||
1 2 3 |
t******@babt.com
|
|||||
1 2 3 | TCB Scope |
A4: UNII devices & low power transmitters using spread spectrum techniques
|
||||
1 2 3 |
A1: Low Power Transmitters below 1 GHz (except Spread Spectrum), Unintentional Radiators, EAS (Part 11) & Consumer ISM devices
|
|||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
1 2 3 | Grantee Code |
NS9
|
||||
1 2 3 | Equipment Product Code |
VIP4GABGN20
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
1 2 3 | Name |
H**** S****
|
||||
1 2 3 | Title |
President
|
||||
1 2 3 | Telephone Number |
403 2********
|
||||
1 2 3 | Fax Number |
403 2********
|
||||
1 2 3 |
S******@microhardcorp.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
1 2 3 | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | No | ||||
1 2 3 | Yes | |||||
1 2 3 | If so, specify the short-term confidentiality release date (MM/DD/YYYY format) | 11/17/2013 | ||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
1 2 3 | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | Equipment Class | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||||
1 2 3 | JBP - Part 15 Class B Computing Device Peripheral | |||||
1 2 3 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | |||||
1 2 3 | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | LTE Ethernet Bridge / Serial Gateway | ||||
1 2 3 | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | Modular Equipment Type | Does not apply | ||||
1 2 3 | Purpose / Application is for | Original Equipment | ||||
1 2 3 | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | Grant Comments | Power output listed is conducted. This device has 20 MHz and 40 MHz bandwidth modes. Transmitter antenna types, gains and installation shall meet the requirements instructed in the users manual of this filing and shall not be collocated or operating in conjunction with any other antennas, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. For operations in mobile RF exposure conditions, the antenna used for this transmitter shall be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons. | ||||
1 2 3 | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
1 2 3 | Firm Name |
UltraTech Engineering Labs Inc.
|
||||
1 2 3 |
A Test Lab Techno Corp.
|
|||||
1 2 3 | Name |
T**** L********
|
||||
1 2 3 |
J****** L********
|
|||||
1 2 3 | Telephone Number |
905-8********
|
||||
1 2 3 |
886-3********
|
|||||
1 2 3 | Fax Number |
905-8********
|
||||
1 2 3 |
886-3********
|
|||||
1 2 3 |
t******@ultratech-labs.com
|
|||||
1 2 3 |
J******@atl-lab.com.tw
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 15E | 49 CC | 5745 | 5825 | 0.063 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 2 | 15E | 49 CC MO | 5745 | 5825 | 0.034 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 3 | 15E | 49 CC MO | 5755 | 5795 | 0.031 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 15B | CC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2412 | 2462 | 0.077 | 15M8D2W | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 2 | 15C | CC | 2412 | 2462 | 0.335 | 16M5D7W | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 3 | 15C | CC | 2412 | 2462 | 0.398 | 17M7D7W | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 4 | 15C | CC | 2422 | 2452 | 0.247 | 36M1D7W | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 5 | 15C | CC | 5745 | 5825 | 0.245 | 16M5D7W | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 6 | 15C | CC | 5745 | 5825 | 0.291 | 17M7D7W | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 7 | 15C | CC | 5755 | 5795 | 0.242 | 36M1D7W |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC